Letters
From Andromeda is proud to make available for all Terrans the online
version of Defending Sacred Ground to read: The
Andromedan Compendium
The Story of Alex Collier and his lifetime personal contact with the
Zenetaen culture from Andromeda
In cooperation with Moraney and Vasais of Andromeda
Produced by Letters From Andromeda and Diversified Enterprises. Edited
by Val Valerian, January 1997, Revised July 1998
Chapter
1 - The ET Global
Connection: A Lecture by Alex Collier
Transcript 1996
Although many elements contained within this December 1995 lecture are
basically unverifiable, the synchronicity with the material presented
by Drunvalo Melchizedek, especially in his video presentations on the
Light and Dark Brotherhood and his lecture at the Conclave of Michael
Conference in Banff, Canada in 1994 make this material so highly
interesting, that it demands presentation in The Leading Edge.
Relate it
to other material and decide yourself. Together with other material in
existence, it appears to have a bearing on the immediate future of the
planet and all its inhabitants. (Legend: AC- Alex Collier Q-Audience
questioner).
Introduction
AC: Hello, I'm Alex Collier. In the last 31 years I have been given so
much information, that I would ask
you to write down your questions, otherwise it may not be brought up.
There are some positive aspects to
the information, and there is some information that is not very
positive. There is absolutely nothing we
cannot resolve, if we stick together.
What I mean by that is that we
don't turn on each other. To have us
turn on each other is definitely something that they are trying to get
us to do - to divide us. The problems
in the world that we have on the government level are just a symptom of
a much bigger problem. I believe
it was Bill Cooper, much to his credit, who said several years ago -
when you put the ET's in the middle of
this thing, it absolutely makes sense. He's absolutely right. I am
going to be presenting the Andromedan
perspective as to what is going on, who we are, and some material about
our past history They have
comments about all of our history.
I have been a contactee for 31 years. I has not been consistent for 31
years, but it has been consistent
since 1985. The first contact was in the upper peninsula of Michigan in
a place called Woodstock. In 1964 I
was on a family picnic. I went out to play with cousins, and I laid on
the grass. The next thing I remember
is that it was night time. They could not find me. I had missing time.
I did not remember anything until age
14. We went back to the area where I had been sleeping. My body print
was there. My mom, dad and a
Michigan State Trooper swore up and down that they had looked for me. I
wasn't there. So, it was one of
those dilemma's. At age 14, I went to bed on a normal August night. I
woke up and found myself on a
platform. There were two men standing over me, a short one and a very
tall one. They were both very
handsome. On a soul-level, I had absolute recognition of who they were.
The tall one, Moraney, had light
blue skin. Vasais, the shorter one, was much older, and his skin was
whitish, having lost most of the blue
pigmentation.
The Andromedans are a very very old race. Apparently, all of the human
race comes from Lyrae. There is a
lot of information about this. Billy Meier also talks about it. The
human race did not originally exist in Lyrae
- it came from some other galaxy but first began to evolve in our
galaxy in the Lyran system. According to
the Andromedans, there are over 135 billion human beings in the 8
galaxies closest to ours. Now, there are
also other races out there. Some of these races have had a lot of
conflicts with the human race, and that
conflict continues. But, there are things that are happening that will
hopefully alleviate that problem. It
comes down to philosophies, more than anything else.
The Andromedans are a telepathic race. Moraney, over the last ten
years, has learned to use his vocal
chords. The reason that the newsletter here is called Letters From
Andromeda, is because the first words
that Moraney said to me when I went on board one time were "another
letter". He was trying to convey the
idea of "meeting", and had been trying to search for the word. The
Andromedans care really deeply about
what is going on, and a lot of it apparently has to do with who we are
as souls, who we are genetically, and
it also has to do with the future - a future in which we will probably
be in other physical forms. We're
talking about the future between now and 357 years from now.
Our Universe is a Hologram:
To us, some may say "that doesn't matter, I won't be here." But as far
as other extraterrestrial races are
concerned, they will be here. Many of them live from an average of
1,000 to 1,500 years. The
Andromedans live to an average of 2,007 years. The "years" that I am
going to be giving you as a measure
of time are linear - it's the only way I can give it to you.
chapter1.html (1 of 29)
They do
not look at time the same way we do. Just
keep that in mind. They say that our universe, which consists of
everything that we do and don't know
about, is a 21 trillion year-old hologram. That's what they say. They
say, that all the matter, that is in our
universe, came out of black holes. Under every galaxy, they say, there
is
a black hole, from whence
everything came. How they have described it, is that there was a
universe, that was evolving (when they
mean evolve, they mean, that the frequency of that universe continues
to
evolve), and as the universe
evolved, those energies, that did not want to evolve or were holding
themselves back, because they were full
of fear, started to "gain weight," so to speak. These energies, which
include consciousness, formed "sacks",
which got "heavier". As the universe raises in frequency (colour and
sound), the pockets of resistance break
and explode out .
This scenario is apparently what
is beginning to
happen now in our Universe, 21 trillion years after its Creation.
Everything in our Universe, including us, came from a Black Hole. The
Andromedans say there is no age to us. We truly are infinite. You can
take that any way you want.
According to Vasais and Moraney, on March 23rd of 1994 a specific
(Aquamarine) colour and sound frequency began to emanate
from all the Black Holes in the known (this Old) Universe. In terms of
their science, which goes back along way, this is
the first time this has ever happened. What this energy and frequency
is doing is that it is
creating a holographic impression throughout all dimensional levels, of
which, they say, there are ELEVEN CREATIONAL DENSITIES. This new
holographic impression has become a 12th density (the 12th
LEVEL OF CONSCIOUSNESS. LM). They say, that this
new holographic impression has one frequency - that it does not carry a
duality within it (It is White
Sparkling Sun Energy of Balance! LM). What this frequency is
doing
is that
it is pulling up all the
dimensional levels below it. They say, that by December 2013, third
density, as we know it here, will cease to exist -
it is imploding in on itself as
everything is being drawn up. Those on the 11th are going to 12th. We
are supposed to go to 4th and then to 5th density. From the Andromedan
perspective, 4th density is a
consciousness. It is where an entire race is telepathic with each
other,
they are aware of each other, they feel
each other - they are of one mind, separate individuals, but still one.
Fifth density is, where we would be
considered from the third density, as being Light. They say, that this
is what is going to happen to us, no
later than 2013, based on their science. Do I know if this is right? I
will know when you know, but they have
not been wrong yet. Now, there are individual
consciousness', which have appeared in this
12th density Holographic Consciousness. They apparently are like
nothing, that has ever been seen
before. The Andromedans don't know, who they are, what they are, and
don't know even how to
describe
them. But, apparently, these 12th dimensional Beings have the
capability to gaze down through all of the
dimensions and see everything, that is going on there. That is all I
know about that. Why is this happening?
As all this is happening,
certain essences (or beings, LM) are starting to "gain
weight", because the frequency shifting is "pulling everything
up." Those energies, that are regressive
are starting to "freak out". According to the Andromedans, every single
one of us on Planet Earth and 21 other Star systems in our Galaxy,
apparently, consist of a group of Beings, individual consciousness',
that apparently evolved some trillions of
years ago to the 11th density.
An experiment was conceived,
where Beings would drop down into the concept
of time and experiment with our thoughts, creating physical matter.
They say, that apparently, a large
group of us dropped down into 3rd density and found a specific race
already there with a very specific
genetic coding involving 22 different extraterrestrial races. All life
on Earth was brought here by traders
(Earth lies along a Galactic trade route), explorers, miners,
joy-riders - all different people. Originally, the
Earth was in a different orbit, closer to Mars, and nothing but ice.
The Draconians and the Paa Tal:
The Alpha Draconians, a reptilian race composed of master geneticists,
tinker with life - which from their
perspective exists as a natural resource. The Draconians look at
lifeforms, which they have created or
altered as a natural resource. Apparently, the Alpha Draconians created
the primate race, which was first
brought to Mars and then to Earth. The primate race was then tinkered
with by many other different races -
21 other races - resulting in the primate race having been modified 22
times. This primate race eventually
became Homo Sapien Sapiens. - who we are on a physical level. Yes, we
used to have 12 strands of DNA.
Ten strands were taken out by a group from Orion, in order to control
us
and hold us back. Why would they
want to hold us back?
The reason the Orion group wanted to hold us back was, because they
found out, who we were on a soul
level. Again, according to the Andromedans, we humans are part of a
group of energies, that they know of
as the Paa Tal. The reason, that the Andromedans use the word Paa Tal,
which is by the way a Draconian
word, is because the Draconians have legends about warring with a race,
that was creating human life forms,
that were opposed to Draconian philosophy. The Paa Tal created life
forms, that could evolve on their own,
with free expression. The Draconians, on the other hand, created races
to function as a natural resource for
their pleasure. So, you have two very different philosophies.
Well, how the Orion group found out, who we were, was through our
extreme
span of emotions. We are very
very different, than all the other races. Even the Andromedans do not
understand how we could hate one minute and five minutes later be
loving and snuggling. On one trip I
was brought on board a ship, and
Vasais was watching a monitor floating in the middle of the room, that
had an Earth news broadcast on it,
where a policeman had shot a black man and then had run up to him and
tried to save his life. To Vasais,
there wasn't a clue, why the policeman would do this. I couldn't
explain
it to him, because I don't even
understand it. They are perplexed, why we could be this incredible
race,
and have the abilities, that we have,
and be so hell-bent on destroying ourselves.
Another time I came on board and Moraney was looking at Earth while
monitoring all these meters
analyzing the atmosphere of Earth. He looked very sad, and I asked him,
what the matter was. He said,
"don't they understand, that all of this is here, because they needed
it?" They don't understand how we can
just destroy our environment. It's not like we have another place to
go. We don't.
Humans
Have The Ability to Create Without Technology:
We have the ability - each one of us - even though we may not feel like
it, on a spiritual level, to time
travel, to create anything without technology. The reason we can do
that is, because of who we are, and
because of our extremes of emotions. According to the Andromedans, it
is
the male aspect of ourselves, that
creates the thought and the feminine aspect of ourselves, that makes
things manifest through emotion.
Now, third density is incredibly dense and a lot of extraterrestrial
races don't like to hang out here. The
best example I could give about density resistance is if you moved your
hand through a bathtub of jello. That's how third density is viewed by
those not here. The Andromedans
say that proof of how awesome
humans are is demonstrated by the fact that we can literally create
this third density. As slow as third
density is, our intent can literally create anything here. The
Andromedans cannot do this without
technology. This world we live on, each one of us help to create. It
literally is us, and we are it. We are
literally one. We created this place. They don't understand why we
would want to destroy it. The Hierarchy in Our Galaxy:
There are two schools of thought in our galaxy. There are the
regressives, who are races, that carry fear
and because of that want to control others. The hierarchy of the
regressives starts with a group from Alpha
Draconis. The Andromedans have no idea where the Alpha Draconians came
from, but what they have
learned through interaction with other dimensional races is that
somebody brought the Draconians to this
universe and "dumped" them in the Alpha Draconis system, where they had
the highest probability of
survival. According to the Andromedans, the Alpha Draconians have had
space travel for 4 billion years.
They are an incredible race and have achieved great things, but they
are bullies. They are jerks, and that's
a judgment - I'm taking that judgment myself. That's my judgment based
on what I know about them. The
Draconians do not like human beings. The Andromedans say that
Draconians believe that this universe was
here for them - that their history teaches them that they were left
here to rule it. But, when they started
traveling, they ran across other races. They were able to conquer many
of those races through genetic
manipulation.
Now, our government, the United States government, the New World Order
- whatever you want to call it -
wants to implant everybody. From the Andromedan perspective that means
ownership. Extraterrestrial
don't want to bother with that stuff, since that is not permanent.
Extraterrestrials
value genetics. What they
do is they come in, conquer a race and genetically alter it. From that
moment on, that race is genetically
altered. The genetic changes alter the frequency, sound and thought
patterns of the race if they move into
a physical form.
Does everyone understand this?
Page 12 of the book
Q: Could you give us an example of this?
AC: The best example I could give you concerns the Greys. Apparently,
the Greys were much more
human-looking at one time. What happened was that they, as a race, were
captured 891,000 years ago
while leaving Zeta 1 and Zeta 2 to go off and do their own thing. This
is very common, and it is how Earth
became colonized. What happened is that they got captured by a group in
Orion that was already
genetically altered and under control of the Alpha Draconians.
According to Moraney, the first thing this
Draconian- altered Orion group did was slaughter almost all of the
females of the captured race in order to
control the birth process. They then genetically altered the remaining
females, so that all the children born
after that were genetically altered. The males were enslaved, made to
work in mines and slaughtered by
the Draconian-controlled Orion group, who had absolutely no regard for
life. What we know now as the
Greys became a natural resource.
Time
Travel Permits Altering Consciousness of a Race:
Now, I am told that the Greys would love to be absolutely free of this
hierarchy, but what they have done is, that they have continued to
propagate the problem. Now, we have been
told that the Greys "have been
here for thousands of years." According to the Andromedans, however,
the Greys got here in 1931. Because of
their ability to time travel, it looks like they have been
here thousands of years - they can go
backwards in time. If you can go backwards in time you can literally
alter the consciousness of any race. You can alter any event. That's
exactly, what they have done. They are
not the only ones, who have done
this. There is also a group from Sirius B, who have also done this. It
took me a long time to understand,
why it was, that they wanted to do this. The bottom line is, that they
wanted to control us. We have things,
that they want. We have the benefit of having been on 11th density,
which means, that we have covered a
very large area of spiritual evolvement - which is why our range of
emotions is so large. They want that
information. Not only that, but with the new frequency, coming in and
third density beginning to implode on
itself, the Greys are trying to save their race. According to
Moraney,
there are only 2000 real Greys left --
all the rest are clones - organic robots. They do not carry a spiritual
essence. Folks, we are talking about a
technology thousands of years ahead of, where we are now.
The
Abduction of Humans:
The reason the Greys are doing so many abductions is for genetics.
They are trying to bring the races
together. They are creating hybrids, most of which are females. There
are very few male hybrids. The
problem is, that they have a hard time keeping them alive, because
spirit
will not attach to it. The life force
will not attach to it. So, they are abducting the human mothers and
children and peeling off the vital body,
containing the energy and feeding it to the hybrids of the same
lineage.
Page 13 of the book
They are trying to create a soul,
and they just can't do it, and they are desperate, which is why there
are so many weird things happening. This is just one of the things that
are happening. There is a huge Grey
complex conspiracy behind it. Why
we agreed to do this I haven't a clue. [ Editor Note: the permission to
do it from the governments was in
trade for manipulative technology for
humans to use against humans, ultimately for upper hierarchy alien
benefit of further repression of the
human "threat" ]. So this is not working and the races are dying. Now,
what the Greys
have done, because they are having
problems with this is, that they have been abducting large groups of
human children. This is why children
are vanishing without a trace all over the world. Some of them are
being taken by the Greys. In
Westchester County, New York, over 5,000 children have vanished without
a trace over the last three
years. The government knows, what is going on, but they are helpless to
do anything about it. The reason
they don't want to bring it up is, because they let the bastards in
here
in the first place. They cut a deal. They sold us out, and I've got a
lot of energy on it, because I have
friends, who want to know, where their
kids are. This is just one scenario. Apparently we have been
manipulated for
5,724 years now. We have been
manipulated beyond belief. To make matters worse, we have had free
energy technology, that has been
withheld from us. So, for the last 100 years we have totally trashed
our environment.
The Rest of the Galactic Hierarchy .... and the Rest of the
Story:
We'll look at the positives. There are so many, that want to help. For
those of you, who are "trekkies", you
know the number one rule. You don't intervene with an evolving race,
unless you're asked. That happens to
be a reality. They will not directly intervene - at least they are not
supposed to - unless they are specifically
asked to. Those people, who are contactees, have a reincarnational
lineage, that leads back to many of these
positive races, which is why it is not considered intervention.
The
Andromedan Council
Now, in our galaxy there are many councils. I don't know everything
about all those councils, but I do know
about the Andromedan council, which is a group of beings from 139
different star systems that come
together and discuss what is going on in the galaxy. It is not a
political body. What they have been recently
discussing is the tyranny in our future, 357 years from now, because
that affects everybody. Apparently
what they have done, through time travel, is that they have
been able to figure out where the significant shift in energy occurred
that causes the tyranny 357 years in
our future. They have traced it back to our solar system, and they have
been able to further track it down
to Earth, Earth's moon and Mars.
Page 14 of the book
Those three places. The very first meeting the Andromedan council had
was to decide whether
or not to directly intervene with what was going on here. According to
Moraney, there were only 78
systems, that met this first time. Of
those 78, just short of half decided that they wanted nothing to do
with us at all, regardless of the
problems. I think it is really important that you know why they wanted
nothing to do with us. We are
talking about star systems that are hundreds of millions of light years
away from us. Even some who have
never met us. They just knew the vibration of the planet reflected
those on it. The reasons why they
wanted nothing to do with us is that from their perspective, Earth
humans don't respect themselves, each
other or the planet. What possibly can be the value of Earth humans?
Fortunately, the majority of the council gave the opinion that because
Earth has been manipulated for over
5,700 years, that we deserved an opportunity to prove ourselves - to at
least have a shot at proving the
other part of the council wrong. So, the Andromedan council passed a
directive that all extraterrestrial
presence will be off our planet no
later than August 12, 2003.
[ Editor Note: Isn't it also curious, that August 12, 2003 is also a
resonant node for the Montauk Project? -
1943, 1983, 2003 - all 20 years apart. Also, in 12-year progressions,
1931,1943,1955, 1967, 1979, 1991,
2003. The implications are interesting. The year 2002 was also
designated the new target date for
implementation of the New World Order, one year prior to 2003]
They want everything extraterrestrial on the planet, in the planet and
Earth's moon out of here by that
date. The reason for this is, that they want to see how we will act,
when
we are not being manipulated. We
are all being manipulated, and my first suggestion is to throw your
television set away. I can't tell you how
sincere I am about that. They are teaching you what to think, not how
to think, you
become a robot. You become sheeple. I know it's going to be tough. This
determination that ET influence will end by August 12, 2003 will
be interesting, because living inside
our planet 100 to 200 miles under the surface are 1837 reptilians, who
have been here a very long time, 17
humans from Sirius B, and 18000 Grey clones inside the Earth and on the
moon. Most of the 2000 original
Greys are on Phobos, one of the moons of Mars, which is an artificial
satellite. There are also around 141
Orion beings inside the Earth from 9 different races.
The Negative Hierarchy 932 to 3,700 Years Ahead in Technology
There are a lot of "bad boys" here who have technology thousands of
years ahead of us. It is estimated,
that Grey technology is 2,500 years ahead of us. The Orion group, who
control the Greys, have technology
approximately 3,700 years ahead of us. Nobody really knows how far the
Draconians are, because they are
incredibly elusive. The group from Sirius B are approximately 932 years
ahead of us.
Forbidden Planet Redoux:
How many of you have heard of the Montauk technology? It's time travel.
Opening up time warps. Apparently, that technology was given to our
government by the group
from Sirius B. We were not
supposed to have it. It was supposed to be another 150 years, before we
would have developed this
technology ourselves. They purposely gave us this technology, knowing
we would abuse it. Now, I can't tell
you, what the mindset was of the humans, that got this technology and
started doing all this weird stuff with
it. Within the last six weeks, Moraney has told me, that the
Andromedans
have found a small Earth human
military colony, containing families with children, in the Altair star
system. They have enslaved the beings
of that planet. Montauk only works, if you have exact coordinates. That
means somebody gave them the
coordinates of the planet in the Altair system. The Andromedans are
really upset about that. That's just one
of the problems.
Earth Humans: The Only Race That
Kills Itself:
The other problem that has evolved from this involves the human
extraterrestrial races that are
benevolent. Many of the races are really pure - they only breed within
themselves. However, there has
been so much interbreeding between the races that they are now
beginning to anticipate break-downs in
the genetic coding. The Pleiadians are apparently going to start
experiencing this genetic break down in 172
linear Earth years. For the first time in hundreds of thousands of
years, they will start to see deformities at birth. The Andromedans
anticipate this problem themselves in 757 years.
Now, there is only one race
capable of giving them a genetic boost so that this breakdown does not
occur. They say it's us. They want
to
make a proposal to borrow some of our genes, but they can't. They can't
come near us now, because of our
vibratory frequency.
They
can't
use our genetics right now, because they
currently carry the vibration of
fear, which is not an emotion, they know.
The first time I walked on to
one of their ships, a bunch of their
children started to run away from me. They knew that I was from Earth.
We have a very bad reputation,
because we are the only race in the galaxy that kills itself, that
turns on itself. We are the only race that
allows itself to live in poverty. We are the only ones who allow
members of our race to starve. We are the
only ones that allow members of the race to be homeless. We are the
only race that would sell itself into
slavery. I don't like the reflection they give me of us. It's not that
they are judging. They just don't
understand why we do it. If anyone's got an answer for it, I'm open.
Yes, we've been manipulated by belief
systems, but why do we believe these belief systems?
To Believe or Not to Believe: That is the Question:
I have asked a lot of questions about Earth, religions and our history.
Moraney has this really great way of
mirroring back my questions. One of the things that he mirrored back to
me was a question regarding the
history of a particular religion. His response to that was "it is not
so much what you believe in, but why you
believe it." I have had to look at that, and I've had to go back and
look at all the belief systems I have. Are
they really mine, or are they something that I have been fed that I
believe is true, and I am basing my
perceptions on the idea that they are or are not true? Another time, I
was feeling depressed, and I had a
contact and I decided I didn't want to come back to Earth. I was made
to come back, and I was very upset
about that.
As I was walking away, Vasais looked at me and said, Alex, the love
that you withhold is the pain you
carry. There is not a day that goes by that I don't think about that -
that I don't look at every decision I
make and try to get crystal clear about why I'm making that decision,
and where that decision is coming
from inside of me. Another time, I was talking with Moraney and he
asked me, Alex, when you are having a
relationship, where does the love come from? When you are having a
relationship with your family, where
does that love come from? When you are having a relationship with the
universe, where does that love
come from? Well, the obvious answer is that it comes from me, which is
what I said to him. He turned back
to me and asked me, why do you then believe you have a shortage of love
in your life? Again, it all goes
back to belief systems. If they are right, we created all of this to
watch how our thoughts can create
matter. So, in essence, everything is a belief system.
Space is the Place To Really See Your Face:
The Andromedans call our universe consciousness. They say, that
consciousness is the space, that you
create, in which to evolve. So in other words, to continue to evolve we
had to create a space, in which to do
it. That is
physicality. There is
a physicality on each and every
dimension. Fifth density is not filled with
"whispering clouds." There is a genuine physicality to it. It's a lot
different, than what we have created here,
but nevertheless it is still a physicality.
History: More of a Circle, Than a
Spiral:
I wanted to get back to this hierarchy for a minute, because I wanted
to show you, what was in our past
and what it is today. I wanted to show you the similarities to
illustrate, that history does repeat itself, until
we decide to break cycle, and also that it has always been the same, if
you go back and look at history. If
you look at Egypt, the Sumerians, the Babylonians, Greek mythology --
there are elements of truth in all of
that. In ancient days, you had the "gods". Mythology is littered with
stories
about "the gods", warring with each
other, marrying the daughters of man, etc. All throughout ancient
literature, there are stories like this. The
gods would then allow their offspring, kings or pharaohs, to rule in
their place, as they went flitting around
the galaxy. The kings really didn't want to have much to do with the
"common people", so they had their
"priesthood's" to control information, the masses and accumulate
wealth. The military kept the masses in
order.
(7 of 29)
Whatever the dictates were, the military made sure it happened.
It's the way it has always been, all
through our ancient history. If you read Sitchin's information and a
book called The Greatest Story Never
Told by Lana Cantrell - I understand it's out of print - The Gods of
Eden by William Bramley - all this stuff is
well documented.
Things Change, But They Remain the Same:
We still have basically the same situation. The ET's are still here.
The names and faces change, but they
still have the same mindset - control, control, control. Looking at the
parallels with ancient times, today
instead of pharaohs you have presidents, prime ministers and kings. In
terms of priesthoods, today you
have religions and bankers. Those of you who have done research will
see the power that secret societies
have because of money, and how virtually every country on the planet is
bankrupt, and how small groups
of men are controlling everything. These men are apparently doing the
bidding of the ET's, because the
whole point of this coming down on this planet is to take self-rule and
free will away from us. The idea is to
make things so bad on the planet that the masses will beg to be
"saved." According to the Andromedans, if
you do not accept self- responsibility, and you allow somebody to come
in and "save" you, you do not
permanently evolve. I'm not here to buck anybody's belief system. I'm
here to share with you what they've
said.
Then, you've got the military. You've got nuclear weapons and
technology far beyond anything we know.
Mutually assured destruction. It's an interesting concept. Then, you
have the masses. So, as you can see,
nothing has really changed, except now we have ways to destroy
ourselves. Before, the "gods" were more,
than happy to do that. They could change the orbit of the planet, cause
pole shifts. The technology exists.
The Draconians can literally create a solar system. They can move
planets and take moons and put them,
whereever they want. There are races, that have this technology. The
Andromedans have said, that if the
regressives, who have their first line of defense our moon, are not out
of here by 2003, the Andromedans
have every intention of putting a tractor beam on the moon and pulling
it out of orbit, and dealing with it. Andromedans say, that there are
100 trillion galaxies in the universe.
The NSA: Black Monks, Alpha 1&2 and MJ-12:
Our moon now is colonized. I am told by Moraney, that there is a full
time working population on the moon
of 35,000 people, and that they are all Ari-ans by birth. I'll let you
figure out the implications of that
yourself. There are no blacks, Chinese, Hispanics, Korean, Japanese,
Italians ... they are all Ari-ans by
birth. In the UFO literature that is going out, we are told, that there
are a lot of different groups. This the
part, that makes me nervous. According to Moraney, and this is the
Andromedan perspective, inside that
National Security Agency there is a group called The Black Monks. These
are human beings, but they
completely interact with all of the extraterrestrials. Moraney has
said,
that these humans are so implanted
with extraterrestrial belief systems, that they are no longer
considered
to be Earth humans. Underneath the
Black Monks, there is what is called Blue Moon. Now, I understand, that
the name of this changes from time
to time, but Blue Moon is primarily deals with the lunar bases. This
group is composed of Americans,
Russians, British and French. Now, above the NSA itself are bankers.
All they had to do to create this stuff
is the money. Those of you, who have researched the Federal Reserve
know
how easy it is to create the
money.
Project
Blue Moon
Blue Moon deals with technological development, and this is connected
with what is going on in the
Manzano mountains, especially those projects, connected with the
Department of Energy, that are to be used
on the moon. Under Blue Moon there is a group called Alpha One and
Alpha Two. I am not real clear about,
what Alpha One does, but my understanding is, that it has to do with
globally gathering materials and
making sure, that the population doesn't get spooked. Alpha Two deals
with personnel. It was their job to
make sure, that the 35,000 people on the moon had the type of belief
system, they wanted, and the
colonists on Mars also had the belief systems, they wanted - even if
they didn't want to go. According to
Moraney, Alpha Two is MJ-12. So, what we think is the top of the
ladder, MJ-12, is actually the bottom of
the ladder. That is what Moraney says. I have no way to verify this.
Our
Moon's Forbidden History
There is a full time working
population on the moon of 35,000 people,
and that they are all Ari-ans by birth. There are no blacks, Chinese,
Hispanics, Korean, Japanese, Italians ... they are all Ari-ans by birth.
We
live in interesting times. We all share a common interest in our
countries and our world. We show a
temporary interest in space as new and unseen information and
discoveries are shared, then that interest is
incorporated into day to day survival. I would like to share with you
information regarding the Moon and
our Solar System. This information was shared with me by Andromedan
Cosmonauts. It is my hope, that I can only add to the information and
hidden
revelations. As I have been reminded by
my friends from Andromeda, we all have a piece of the puzzle. I offer
this perspective, as a piece of that
puzzle. It is not my wish to detract or prove anyone incorrect. I
myself have taken this information with the
understanding, that it is just a small part of a larger drama playing
itself out in our backyard and on our
home, Earth. This information was given over a period of contacts, both
physical and telepathic. The
following is the Andromedan perspective of our moon. Our Moon has
an atmosphere, comparable in many places to that of Earth.
In many of the large craters on
the visible and the hidden side, the atmosphere is said to be denser,
than sea level on Earth. Our Moon has
a small egress at its north pole, and the crust is thinly shelled in
places. It is only twenty-one miles thick in
some places, and thirty-five miles in others. We've been told that our
moon is dry. A million times dryer than the
Gobi Desert. According to the
Andromedans it all depends on where you are. They say the hidden side
has many large underground
lakes, huge in size. The irrigation and terra forming is occurring on
the hidden side on the surface, but is
occurring underground on the visible side to hide the agenda. Apollo 15
discovered and took pictures of
water vapor clouds that appeared from the hidden side. This would be
most odd and unusual if the moon
really didn't have much of an atmosphere, as we've been told. Because
clouds would be impossible. The age of the Moon soil is 6.2 billion
years old, and has compound and chemicals not found on Earth. In fact,
there are many chemical compounds, that were discovered, but withheld
from the public. There are many more, we've yet to discover, because
our science is not advanced enough yet. The lunar soil did not come
from the rock, that makes up its mountains and craters. This is known
to some lunar scientists. However, its not spoken about, but in
whispers. So, where did the soil come from?
The
Andromedans say, the soil and many of the rocks come from Ursa Minor.
The location is a solar system, named in the Orion tongue "CHOWTA".
This is a binary sun system. We have many similarities in our system as
well. "CHOWTA" is a very large system, holding 21 planets and 47 moons.
Our moon is said to have been made around the 17th planet in this
system. Portions of the moons crust are radioactive. Apollo 15
discovered this. Especially near the Apennine mountains. Why were the
readings so hot? The Andromedans have said, it's because some nuclear
waste was brought up there to be reused, as a fuel supply for the
spacecraft, that the world government has built. However, many of the
ships, that use nuclear fuel, are obsolete now. So, how was the moon
brought here? It was, I'm told by the Andromedans, put into the tail of
an asteroid, which brought it into our solar system. This same asteroid
circles our part of the galaxy every 25,156 Earth years. Andromedans
have said, that our moon has been inhabited periodically in it's
history for 1.8 million Earth years.
Page 20
The Moon is hollow. It contains huge underground facilities, built by
E.T.'s and later humans from Earth. There are seven openings into the
Moon's crust, and the underground
bases. Conservative scientists have
wondered, why so many craters seem so shallow, despite their size. The
Andromedans say, it's because
much of the surface was built on top of a metallic shell of a circular
space crest; or " A War Carrier ", as the
Andromedans describe it. An example of a shallow, but large crater
would be the crater Gagarin. This crater
is roughly 185 miles across, but is only 4.5 to 5 miles deep. Based on
the impact and size across the
craters welt on the surface, the depth should be 4 to 6 times that
deep. In fact, all the craters are the
same; they are too shallow. They defy known science. Many of the
craters have been artificially created. The Andromedans
have said, that many of the craters on
the far side were, in fact, domed cities at one time and, that they
were
destroyed during a war, that goes back
113,000 yrs. Many were used, as domed cities and other larger craters
were used, as space craft hangers,
capable of housing 200 craft. The surface bases consisted of 9 domed
cities, which would be equal to a
small city. Small lakes or ponds
were scattered along the surface. The remains of these domed structures
were discovered by NSA
astronauts, Russian astronauts, and the NASA Apollo astronauts. The
true military complex of the moon is
now underground. Entrances to this alien and Human base are at both
poles, the Taurus Mountains, Jules
Verne crater on the far side and Archimedes. These are the original
entrances. The black government has
created more openings and is currently expanding the underground
complex. The expansion is for the operation of private scientific and
military agendas for the World
Order. Andromedans also state, that it was
a military outpost, until it was needed in our part of the galaxy, to
end a rebellion, that was taking place. The
personnel consisted of Reptilian, half-human/half-reptilian and those,
who would be known as humans. Many of the original structures on the
surface of the moon were
destroyed during, what the Andromedans
refer to, as the "Black League Conflict". This was a battle fought by
humans of different systems, that formed
a secret alliance, and fought the tyranny of the Orion Empire.
Continuous destruction occurred on one side
of the moon, as it was being transported here by space debris. The
side,
that suffered the heaviest
destruction, is the visible side we see. The destruction was caused by
particle beam weapons, when our
Moon was located in the orbit of Maldek, now a destroyed planet. Our
present Moon was one of two moons,
that orbited it. The second moon, I'm told, is the moon Phobos. It also
has ruins on it, as does Venus, which
was a moon of Uranus. Uranus is abundant with plant and mammal life.
The glass, that is abundantly spread
over the moons surface, came from the Domed cities, that were once on
this war carrier. I would like at this
point to explain how the moon is supposed to have gravity. Now this is
Andromedan science and it flies in
the face of our own science. But regardless, here is the Andromedan
reasons for the moon having gravity.
Page 21
Our Sun produces a highly penetrating radiation in the electromagnetic
spectrum. This frequency is
approximately a trillion cycles a second. This frequency is located
between the lower portion of the infrared
and radar band. It is this radiation from the Sun (the sticky particle-elecrtrons of
this radiation, to be precise, LM), that causes gravity,
not the planets rotation. I will explain
more of this, when we address the hollow Earth. The Andromedan science
claims, that any planetary body,
that is 29.3 miles in size and is exposed to a sun, is capable of a
gravity field. Even if it is not rotating on its
axis. The Andromedans have related the following series of events to
me. They
have said, that this information
has been recorded. I have not seen this yet. So, I'm relaying this
information to you the reader in faith of
its accuracy.
Upon arriving on the surface of the moon, the NSA astronauts, together
with their tour guides, the Greys,
were taken to the underground facilities, where the remains and
skeletons of Reptilian-like beings and
human beings were found. Also, old Orion technology was discovered.
This location has been identified by
the Andromedans, as underneath the crater named Jules Verne. The
Andromedans say, the size of this
facility, hidden under the hidden side of the moon, is approximately
the
size of New York state. These huge underground facilities contain large
lakes, plant life of
Earth, alien form manufacturing
machinery, food storage facilities, and space craft hangers. Also,
alien writing is to be witnessed on the
walls in the hallways. The NSA astronauts also were shown eight vaults,
that were sealed, but information,
regarding their contents, has not been disclosed to me. Artificial
Terra
environments are being created all
the time, to house and support hand-picked personnel by the World
Government. The human leader of this base or facility is called Mr.
Secretary. The
Moon now houses approximately
36,719 human beings from Earth, a small colony; only Aryans by birth.
According to the work, that is being
done above and underground, to expand the facilities, the Andromedans
foresee a population of 600,000 in
the very near future. Much contact is taking place on the moon between
regressive aliens and World Order
humans. Currently, the World Order has fifty-three Earth built UFO type
space
craft on the Moon. Also, other
weapons, beings built on the Moon, are particle beam weapons, lasers,
nuclear bomb satellites, and
anti-matter weapon systems. Anti-gravity anomalies on Earth were used
to send equipment and hardware
to the Moon. Pine Gap, Australia and Diego Garcia Island in the Indian
Ocean were the primary launching
areas. Also, Siberia in Russia is another location.
Page 22 of the book
There is an atmosphere on the far side of the Moon, being created on
the
surface for extended habitation. There is also water, lakes, and
vegetation. They are literally turning
it into a habitable colony. From there,
the World Government decided to go to Mars in March of 1959. This ultra
secret space program was
developed and launched largely from the Soviet Union, simply because of
its natural resources and size. They could virtually do everything in
secret. Upon first arriving on
the Moon, the World Order astronauts,
with help from the Grays, reopened the ancient underground facility.
We've had a working colony on the Moon since 1961, according to the
Andromedans. When the Apollo astronauts landed on the Moon, the World
Order had been
there for some time. This
knowledge and technology was withheld from the lower levels of NASA and
our military. NASA has been
used as a blind to keep the people from truly knowing, what was going
on
out there. The astronauts were
silenced under threats and they remain so today. I would like at this
point to share some old history or events, that the
Andromedans say, is important. I have
not been able to find any information about these events, however,
because the Andromedans specifically
brought it up, I am going to share it. In 1953 Earth satellites and
radar showed large objects coming
towards Earth. These were Gray motherships. These time-traveling
spacecraft were the same craft seen
near Venus in 1787, 1788, and 1789. In the year 1645 a large Moon, seen
near Venus, was seen coming
and going four times. This was a mothership from Sirius B. In November
of 1844, the large craft seen,
illuminating part of Mars, was an Orion mothership. The same craft
illuminated Mercury in 1799. The same
craft, which is spherical, crossed the Sun on March 26, 1859. On the
eclipse of July 29, 1878, the two large glowing bodies, seen
between Mercury and Venus, were
Pleaidian and Andromedan motherships, moving through our part of the
galaxy. In 1783 and 1787, the large bright lights, that were seen on
the Moon,
were not volcanoes. They were
Pleaidian motherships, the creation of a self-rule government. The
first
on Earth; America. In the month of
February, in the year 1894, the object, photographed striking a huge
black object, was a carrier craft from
Alpha Draconis. On April 4, 1892, the craft, that crossed the surface
of
the Moon, was not a large bird, it was
a craft, that looked like it had wings. It was a craft from Alpha
Draconis. This same ship was last in this
solar system on January 27, 1912.
Ladies and Gentlemen, this time, in which we now live, is and will be
known in our future, as the end of the
innocence. We, as a planetary race, must commit ourselves to the idea,
that truth must survive. We have
major challenges to face, and whatever is the truth, we must do all,
that is necessary, to stick together. We
have been torn and tattered, we have been betrayed. But please, let's
not give up on each other. We are
capable of being heroes. We can save the world, and our freedom. We
must believe in each other, and in
ourselves.
Mars: Cultural Propaganda v.
Reality.
According to the Andromedans, Mars is three times the size, that
the
public is told it is. We are told in
literature, that Mars is 4,200 miles in diameter, when in fact, it is
11,421 miles in diameter. This past March
of 1995, in a San Diego newspaper, it
published a report, that showed a picture of Mars in springtime. It
said,
that in 1971, the Viking orbiter
discovered huge amounts of ozone in the Martian atmosphere. Now, how
many books do you know of, that
have told you, that there is ozone in the Martian atmosphere? None. It
was a controlled leak. We are told,
that the atmosphere is predominantly carbon dioxide. How can this be,
when it is supposedly devoid of
plant life? When you see the polar cap melt in the spring, as shown in
books, how is it, that they can also
say, that the highest temperature on Mars is 141 degrees below zero?
The
polar cap on Mars is made of
water. Will someone please tell me, how water melts at 141 degrees
below
zero?
According to the Andromedans, the average temperature at the equator on
Mars is 59 degrees. In 1979,
NASA admitted seeing clouds float over Olympus Mons, allegedly the
largest volcano in the solar system. But, Olympus Mons is over 72,000
feet high. That's one hell of an
atmosphere, if you have clouds at 72,000
feet.
Tetrahedronal Geometry and Magnetic
Frequency Generation in the Solar System:
The monuments on Mars. According to Moraney, the "face" on Mars is a
tomb, and there are apparently
many monuments like that all over the surface. The Andromedans also
say,
that if you look at the surface of
all the planets in the solar system, at 19.5 degrees North and South,
there are monuments - on every
single planet in our solar system. The reason, that they are there is,
that they cause a magnetic frequency,
that apparently causes or creates a sound, which polarizes our solar
system in direct opposition to, who we
are as spiritual beings. In other words, we vibrate at a specific
frequency. As long as the solar system
vibrates at this other frequency, we cannot leave the solar system on a
soul level. I do not understand all of
this, but I am sharing it with you.
Venus used to be a moon of Uranus, and Mercury used to be a moon of
Saturn. What the big plan and
design of all this is, I don't know. When I asked about the Earth,
I
was told, that the Earth was an ice planet
in a different orbit, that it has now. When I asked, who moved it, the
response was "that's something the
Pleiadians will have to answer." The Pleaidians aren't all bad, but
they are not telling everything either. They have been involved in our
solar system for a long long time. I was
told, that the only reason, that the
Andromedan council is involved at all is, because the Pleaidians went
to
them and requested it. Our solar
system was involved in a war 117,000 years ago. Part of it was caused
by the Pleaidians, who simply left. Some of them came back. Atlantis
was an ET colony. The Pleaidians never
took responsibility, for what they
did, and now they have to come back and try to fix it. The problem is,
when they came back, their past hit
them square in the face. We are a reflection of, who they used to be,
and they have a hard time dealing
with it. In order to fix the problem, they have to step back into the
"warrior" mode, and they don't want to
do that, because it is so destructive. So, as a result, they had to get
some help.
A Picture Tells a Thousand Words:
Holographic Image Technology
They have a camera that they can take a picture and separate it
out to
get data all the way back to
conception. Say I have a liver problem. They can go back and get the
data relative to my healthy liver and
project it holographically and heal the liver. This is holographic
technology. It is literally me, healing myself.
We have the same capabilities using our minds. The key is to open it up
to the idea that everything that we
record in our mind is recorded holographically. Every single thought is
recorded holographically. When you
are trying to create something in your life, through your mediations,
don't look at it the way you normally
do. Move around it, behind it, on top of it, beneath it. Train you mind
and subconscious to see it for what it
really is. They say we have this ability - they need technology to do
this, but we don't, because we have
the benefit of already having been on 11th density.
Life in the Cosmos: Bullets
As you can see, the earth is on the fringe of our galaxy. If it
were
more toward the center, we would not
have had whatever opportunities we have had for self rule. We take for
granted whatever freedoms we've
had. The Andromedans say that there is biological life on 7 planets and
15 moons on our solar system, but
human technology is not sufficiently advanced to detect it. The Galileo
probe that moved into the atmosphere was supposed to have
been destroyed on entry, but
NASA now says that it will be transmitting for several weeks from the
surface. Surface? What surface? They
have been telling us all along that there was no surface. The major
function of the orbiting part of the
Galileo mission is to keep an eye one of Jupiters moons.
Q: Many of us have wondered why we are here on the planet in the first
place. Do you have any
information on that?
AC: I have been told that some of us have been here a long time,
evolving, learning not to withhold love. I
have also been told, that some of us have come back in time from the
future to this time now, to "right a
terrible wrong." That's all I know.
[ Editor Note: There is data in Robert Monroe's last book, Ultimate
Journey, that also indicates, that many of us have come from a period
past 3000 AD to this point in history to
learn, what this kind of planetary situation is like, in order to be
able to more adequately and
appropriately function on the Earth, as it is in the future.]
Q: What is your understanding of the human energy fields?
AC: It is my understanding, that there are eight of them, that compose
a
holographic imprint of all that we
are individually, focused into one intent, which is the physicality, we
are in right now. In other words, we are
multidimensional, and it takes eight levels of intent to create me
being here, talking to you at this time.
Q: Several years back, I was told by a friend of mine in the CIA, that
his brother, who had retired from
NASA as the director of operations, told him that the 1990 meeting
between George Bush and Gorbachev
on a boat off the shores of Malta, was solely for the discussion of an
object orbiting around Mars. The
comment by this man was that both of them were scared to death. This
would correlate with the 1989
takeover that you mention on your tape.
AC: I was told that we were given technology and allowed to colonize
the moon and Mars. The best
technology was taken to Mars, and some our strongest genetic human
beings were taken there. After that
happened, in 1989 the Draconians broke
the deal, invaded Mars and destroyed the human colony there. I was told
this happened in March of 1989. Along with that, our government was
told by the Draconians to totally
trash our environment, in order to
bring the people to their knees. They were given a promise by the Greys
that they would use their
technology to clean the planet up once the government had extinguished
self-rule on the planet.
According to the Moraney, the Greys have no intention on keeping that
promise.
12 of 29
The bottom line is that We-The-People need to stand up and take over
the
leadership roles on our planet. I
don't know how we will do it, but if we do it together, we will
succeed. We have to put all the stupid things
aside and look at out priorities. What are our priorities? The
environment, each other, and our children. We
have to do this. Somehow we have to do this.
Q: I would like to know if the Andromedans are going to help us, when
they plan to do this and whether or
not they will inform us, so we could unite in a more uniform effort to
overcome the problems that we have?
AC: They have actually made that decision by telling all of the
extraterrestrial races to be out of here by
August 12, 2003. Some of the crop circles have been done by the
Andromedans as messages to some of
the other races that they have to be out of there by that time. They
have made a decision to intervene.
If it
is going to be any sooner, I am
told
that it requires at least 10% of
the population to request it. We each have to individually ask, and it
has to be at least 10% of the
population. They said "by the time you finish your prayer, we will be
here." They want to help, but we have
free
will. If they just come in without being asked, then they are violating
our free will the same way the Greys and
Draconians have. They will not do it. It is not the standard they live
by.
Q: Do you have any idea how the Andromedans will extract aliens who
refuse to leave?
AC: I have no idea, but if there are any in the earth, the only way I
personally can see would be to enter in
at the poles and force them out, which means it could get really weird
here. Could you imagine reptilians
running across the interstate highway?
Q: You said that the next ten years are going to be weird. Is this part
of that weirdness, and what else is
there that we could expect? You said that they lost Mars and the moon
doesn't seem to be a good place to
go.
AC: Right. The moon was just a jumping point to colonize Mars. Because
of its lack of atmosphere,
long-term habitation cannot exist on the moon - which is why they had
to go to Mars. Well, they lost both
of them, and the world leaders, and everybody who made all these deals
with the aliens, now find
themselves in a real problem - they have no where to hide. They can't
skip out of here. To counter that,
they are now using the United Nations and the Global Biosphere program
to create reserves, mostly in the
United States. The reason? Over 78% of the fresh water in the world is
in North America. If you control the
water, you control the food and the people. If you control the people,
you're a "king."
The Next Great Escape: The UN
Global Biosphere Program:
Now, in September of 1995, Bill Clinton gave 18 million acres of
Yellowstone National Park to the United
Nations Biosphere Program. It is no longer part of the United States.
All you have to do is pick up the
phone and call the ranger station there and ask them if it is a UN
Global Biosphere Reserve, and listen to
the response you get. It's no longer outs. Yosemite and Rocky Mountain
National Park have both been
"nominated". He is just giving it all away. They are going to literally
take the land right out from
underneath us. What is interesting is that in this plan, parts of these
Biosphere
Reserves will forbid any human use
whatsoever. People will not be allowed in them at all. Around them they
will have 150 mile buffer zones. As
you look at Yellowstone, they are drawing up plans to remove all people
within 50 miles of the park.
Supposedly, this is all to allow the animals to come back. If you look
at 100 wolves, they need
approximately 22 million acres of "roaming territory", which is
equivalent to the states of Connecticut,
Rhode Island and New Hampshire, added together. What are you going to
do with all those people, just so
100 wolves can live there? This is already happening. The leading
proponent of this is the Nature Conservancy. What they are
doing is that they are buying the
land, holding it for a few years, then giving it to the U.S.
Government, who in turn is giving it to the United
Nations. What is wrong with this picture? The ultimate goal over the
next five years is that the United
States of America, as we know it, will cease to exist.
Flights Among the Stars: Spirit Journey's
Q: What happens to the individual spirit, when it leaves the body?
Where
do we go?
AC: This is going to stretch your belief systems. I want you to look at
the idea, that when we cross over and
we all "see the light" and "meet our loved ones", my understanding is,
that the physical location of that
process would be where the Van
Allen Belt is.
(13 of 29)
We go there, and we are processed there. Part of the
processing is looking back at our life to
see, where we withheld love, and then we come back to balance, where we
withheld love. If they had not
messed with the religions, we would have learned this lesson a long
time ago.
[Editor Note: If this is so, then what impact will the HAARP project
have on this process? Other sources
indicate, that this is the last reincarnation life for all of us on
this
Earth]
Q: Could you explain further, what the Andromedans said about our
ability to project holographically with our minds?
AC: They said, that all of our experiences are recorded
holographically.
When you look at me, for instance,
your brain is not only recording what you see, but also my energy
field, the thoughts in my energy field,
and more. The mind is recording that all the time, and they say, that
we
have the capability to tap into it. Moraney made reference to the fact,
that the whole Universe is changing,
because thought is changing. They
are one and the same.
Q: Can the holographic camera you mentioned before just access this
incarnation, or can it go further
back?
AC: It can go further back.
Q: Back to the state of our DNA prior to the removal of the 10 strands?
AC: Yes, and we have this information about that state, recorded within
our energy field. Everything, we
have ever been, is recorded there. Read between the lines,
please.
Q: What about the cancer problem?
AC: According to Moraney, part of the cancer problem is genetic. When
our physical bodies were created,
they put in certain genes to make the bodies grow faster. When they
stripped us of the 10 strands, some of
the genes that should have
taken out they left in. Something in us kicks this gene into gear and
it starts to manifest. The vibration of
love can cure that.
[Editor Note: Science today is trying to get the public to buy into the
notion that cancer is entirely genetic,
avoiding the problem of environmental toxins in the food and water that
have been deliberately put there,
and the litigation connected with it. All of it is an extension of the
Neo-Darwinism characteristic of the
genetic priesthood of scientism - science as a religion ]
Intention, Following Instinct and Effect of Frequency Shifting:
Q: I am wondering, as we focus our attention on light and love, won't
that connect with higher forces, that
are waiting to work with us?
AC: We are already connected. The thing, that they are really looking
for, is our intention, and if you could
stop before you slapped a dog or .....whatever decisions
you make in
your life, stop a moment and ask
yourself "what is my intention behind this decision?" It is Intent,
that
created this mess. We have to take
responsibility. So many of us are making decisions based on an
automatic response to past stimuli - we are
not consciously aware of our intent, nor are we matching the intent
with our gut instinct. If you have a gut
instinct to not do something, to not go somewhere, then don't do it --
and honor it -- and honor your Self.
You know, these
frequency changes that are coming? The Andromedan
perspective is that those, that will be
affected the most here on our world, are the men. They say, that a lot
of
the men on our world are going to
be leaving - transitioning. The obituary columns in newspapers will be
10-15 pages long. The reason for
this is, that the majority of men are full of self-imposed isolation.
They have shut themselves down. If they
do allow energy to move through their bodies like women
do, a lot of men are not going to make it. They will have brain
aneurysms and heart attacks. If you are not
in a space of love, then you are in a space of fear.
(14 of 29)
Hale Bopp: The Blue Star and the
Empire Strikes Back:
According to Moraney, Hale Bopp is a protocol ship from Orion. It has
four spiral structures on it, and it
carries two moons behind it. When it enters our solar system in 1997,
the two moons will go into orbit with
mercury, and out government is going to make a "They're Here" public
announcement. They are not here
to help us. They are here to make sure control is maintained. It is due
here February-March 1997. This
"comet" has changed course three times. Comets don't do that. Some
reporter asked NASA about these
course variations, and NASA replied that it was because of the
gravitational pull of planets. Thank God the
reporter was smart enough to ask "what planets?" The discussion with
NASA ended there. Change is
coming, and you should get ready for it. We are running out of time,
and we can do this. We can do it
ourselves and we can be proud of the fact that we can do it. When UN
helicopters start flying, don't turn on
each other - it is exactly what they want you to do.
Q: What I understood you to say before was that evil was a function of
our own beliefs - and, that matter is
a function of our beliefs. Do I have that right?
AC: Yes sir. So, everything is a belief system. So, what is the intent
behind what we believe? I will go back
to what Moreney had said earlier, that it is not so much what you
believe as to why you believe it.
Q: So, if you stand on those two things, there is no matter and there
is no evil.
AC: Technically, that is correct, but I am not at that level.
The Future, Self-Responsibility and Self-Determinism:
Q: I see a parallel in a lot of belief systems, and I wonder if it is a
part of the overall historical world
programming. Basically, the New Age people think there is going to be a
transition into a new
consciousness, like you are talking about. I see the same kind of
mechanism in the Christian belief system,
in terms of the "rapture." I see a lot of people involved with the UFO
material thinking "they are coming
down to save us." There are four or five different versions of this,
depending on what state of
consciousness those groups happen to be in. Basically, to me, the
message is "just lie down and let the
tanks roll over you." It is to deflect one away from {the concept of)
personal responsibility. Do you have
any thoughts on that?
AC: Yes sir, I do. I once asked Vasais to give me a "definition" of our
future and what it was going to be. He
said that he couldn't tell me - that it all involved probabilities. I
said to him, "then what can you tell me?"
He said, "well, I can give you a definition". This is the definition of
where we are supposed to be going - and
he says, that we will reach this point. He said: "Responsible freedom
of
self determination, becoming truly
self-confident and free to unconditionally be responsible for one's
self, without been coerced to accept some
higher authority." What we are looking for, we already are. As far as
wanting to be saved, and I know this
is a real touchy subject, if you want to be saved, that's fine. But,
between now and the time you do get
saved, be responsible for yourself, and teach your children to be
responsible for themselves. We are
supposed to become a race of leaders - not a race of sheep. We are
supposed to be chiefs - that is what
they teach their people - nobody falls behind - we all evolve together.
The children are supposed to be
taught everything that we know, and more.
Nothing is supposed to be withheld from children, because they are the
next level of consistency. I can't
believe what they are "teaching" children in school today. They are
teaching them nothing. Nothing. They
can't solve any problems for themselves. They are being taught what to
think so they can spit back facts,
like a computer. They are not being taught to think for themselves.
Folks, we owe it to them to teach them
how to think for themselves. Schools are just baby-sitters. In the
Andromedan system, the people who are
held in the highest regard are the teachers, because they are the ones
that affect all the future
generations. Here, half of the teachers are starving. We are doing this
think backwards. We are going to
have to make changes, and its going to have to be us who does it.
Whether it's home schooling, or we go
to Washington and fire everybody and start all over again.
The
Andromedan Perspective on Human Biblical Matters:
As far as the "savior scenario" is concerned, I have been told that it
has been put into our belief systems to
disempower us. Now, this is touchy, so I am just going to share with
you what they have said. And, I am
going to "pick" on the New Testament, and I apologize. Again, I am not
trying to offend anybody. I am just
sharing information that they have given me. This is their perspective.
Most of the Old Testament,
especially Genesis, consists of pirated versions of Chaldean texts that
were constructed in 651BC. The
being that we have been taught is one person, Moses, is in fact two
people. One of the people was Moab, a
Chaldean chief, and the other one was Prince Sesostres in Egypt. The
authors in 651BC put the two
together and created a composite character. So, it is not what it
appears to be. When we get to the New Testament, the nine Epistles of
Paul were
apparently brought from India by
Apollonius of Tyana. The four Gospels were obtained by Harriman Armandi
in India. There were Hindu in
their original form, written by Apollonius, who was also known as Paul
the Apostle. The being, that we know
as Jesus, did in fact live.
He was crucified through the palms. But,
according to the Andromedans, he did not
die, but lived out the rest of his life and died at Massada in 64 AD.
Now, I don't know about all of this - I
wasn't there. They also say, that the last version of the Gospels and
the Epistles were translated by
Euphilius, a Catholic bishop, and that the original books in their
original form are at the University of Upsal,
and that they are called the Codex Argentinus.
Page 31
The original handwriting
is in Sumerian. That is all I know,
and again that is their perspective.
Q: What about Adam and Eve?
AC: It was a tribe, not just two beings, according to the Andromedans.
We received the "Cliff Notes"
version of it.
Q: The idea that Moses may in fact have been a composite character
doesn't seem to detract from the idea
that "he" was in the right place at the right time, and was able to be
a leader.
AC: You are absolutely right. Now, where is the best place to hide a
lie? Between two truths. You change it
just enough so you can't put the pieces together. Remember, this whole
thing is about self-responsibility,
self-rule and self choice. They have altered the truth just enough that
it has kept all of us holding back,
waiting, and waiting. Lifetime, after lifetime, after lifetime. Here we
are, making a decision to hold
ourselves back, because we are waiting for someone to come and save us.
It isn't going to happen. They
say it just isn't going to happen. They don't want to come in here and
"save" us, because they don't want
to baby-sit, and then if something "happens", we can always "blame
them", and the cycle starts all over
again. We don't have time - the Earth is sick. We have no other place
to go. I know this is not the answer
you want to hear. It's not the answer I want to hear, because it means
I really have to bust my ass to fix
my life. But, I don't have a choice. It's just the way it is.
Q: But there is a saving reality. There is the truth that brings people
the challenge to grow internally to be
able to keep up when the planet goes into 4th and 5th dimension. It
puts a great responsibility upon us as
individuals.
AC: Right. Now, let is assume that Jesus is a reality. Jesus did say,
"ye shall be greater if ye shall have
faith." There's a profound message in that - "these things I do, ye
shall do greater, if ye have faith." There
is a profound message there. Please don't ignore it. You are awesome.
Every one of you is awesome. Don't
buy what you have been told (in cultural social reality). It is a lie.
You are awesome.
The Near Future From The Andromedan Perspective: Probable Occurrences in the Next
Nine Years
I want to share probable occurrence in the next nine years. These are
things that they say are a 90-100%
probability:
1. Scientific proof of dimensions and higher self consciousness is
going to occur. We probably won't hear
about it for 15-20 years unless we straighten things out now.
Page 32 of the book
2. Reincarnation will be scientifically proven and demonstrated. This
is all within the next nine years and
are major consciousness shifts. Now when this happens, ladies and
gentlemen, it doesn't mean you run to
Hinduism and Buddhism and say, "this is the way, this is the way."
That's not what it means.
3. Acknowledgement of life elsewhere in the universe. They are already
starting to set you up for that.
4. We will have extraterrestrial contact with at least nine different
races. If you don't think that is going to
freak out the preachers, just watch. I want to hear what Billy Graham
has to say about that.
5. Introduction of clean, free energy devices based on magnetic fields.
This technology has already been
developed. What they are saying that it is going to be introduced and
be out there.
6. Knowledge that the earth is hollow and capable of sustaining life
within, and knowledge of a city called
Kalnigor that was originally built by Lyrans. Those are our human
forefathers in the galaxy.
7. Knowledge of the lost lands of Atlantis. This has already occurred.
It is off the coast of Portugal, but they
have done a great job of keeping it hidden.
8. Discovery of a large temple complex in the Pacific, 150 miles
southeast of Easter Island, that belonged to
Lemuria. Morenae said the Russians already know its there.
9. The knowledge that what we see in the physical is a holographic
imprint created and directed from a
higher portion of ourselves. Now, if that's true, that means we've got
nobody to blame. It means that
responsibility rests right on your shoulders. And, you've got to own
it, because you can't dump it off on
someone else. Stop being a victim, because you're only in denial that
you created the situation. If you
created it, then you can un-create it, but you have to take
responsibility and be clear on your intent.
10. Knowledge that human consciousness is not in the brain, but is
located entirely in the energy fields that
surrounds the body. That's who you are. You are not the body.
11. We shall have the realization on how our past and present
educational processes have not prepared us
to be creative, conscious thinkers.
12. That organic life exists on seven planets and fifteen moons in our
solar system. Now, ladies and
gentlemen, NASA wants to talk about microorganisms that they found on
some rock they think came from
Mars.
Page 33 of the book
You want to find life in this solar system? Get together and tell
NASA to send a probe to Uranus. There is plant and animal life. I swear
to you that it's there. As we
speak. That's why they stay so far away
from it. Their attitude is "pay the bill and shut up."
13. The general discovery that each of us is a part of the whole, and
that we are a significant part of the
idea of what we call "God", and that "God" is the idea called love.
14. That this accelerated self-discovery being experienced was created
and activated by all of us.
15. That we, as a product of extraterrestrial genetic manipulation, are
possessors of a vast gene pool
consisting of many different racial memory banks, also consisting of at
least 22 different races. Because of
our genetic heritage, and because we are spirit, the benevolent
extraterrestrial races actually view us as
being royalty. Now, that has to be the best-kept secret in the solar
system. At least on this planet, anyway. They actually consider us
royalty - all of us.
More
on the In-human UN Biodiversity Treaty:
AC: You know, my wife and talk a lot about this work. It's really easy
to just "do nothing". To just hide.
But, we want to start a family, and if I do nothing and allow this
charade to got on, there is a chance that
our child will not have the opportunities that we have had - not that
it has been easy. Our forefathers, who
were rich men, sacrificed everything because they saw a pattern of
tyranny. History is repeating itself over
again. When you drive home tonight, you should count your blessings,
because you don't have to pass a
check point and show your ID, like they do in some other countries.
Two hundred years ago, the United States changed the consciousness of
the world. Today, because of the
liberties that we have, we are under attack. Please don't take what we
do have for granted. The easiest
way for them to get to us is economically. Four days I ago, credit card
debt in the United States reached $1
trillion. If you look at all the public and private debt, coupled with
the Federal debt and all the rest owed to
other countries, all of us have on our back at least a $60 trillion
debt. Now,
I am a former CPA and I know
numbers. There is no way to pay back all of this. The reality is,
though, that we can change all of this. The politicians are selling us
out. We are talking about the "Bio
Diversity Program". I want to read two lines
to you from this "Protecting Yellowstone" piece. They say, " in the UN
Global Biodiversity Assessment vision
of reality, human beings are just one strand in nature's web, having no
more rights, that any other
creature".
Page 34 of the book
AC: Does that sound like a human being wrote that? Now think about
that. It says that a human being has
no more rights than any other creature. Now, its one thing to live in
harmony, but are you going to tell me
that an ant or cockroach has the same consciousness as you and I? No.
But, they want to lump us all
together. What is wrong with this picture?
AC: Now, a friend of mine in Texas is very interested in storing food,
because of the changes that are
coming. He got this little handout which says "Government Coming At
Us", and I would like to read some of
it to you. It says that "it is now the law in Texas that if you get
caught speeding 65 to 70 miles per hour,
you get 2 tickets. One ticket is for speeding. The other is for wasting
gas. If you are caught speeding at
71+ mph, you only get a speeding ticket". Will someone tell me the
message they are sending?
Q: Maybe they want people to go faster and kill themselves.
Free
-Thinking Humans Appear To Be The Enemy:
AC: I don't know. Maybe. Here's the second part: "Students in San
Antonio told their parents about strange
things that were on a test they were given at school. A group of
parents asked to see the test and were
refused permission to see it. They sued and won the right to see the
test. The Texas Education Association
appealed, saying that parents have no rights in the education of their
children. The TEA vowed to take the
case to the Supreme Court - all using our tax dollars. If they win, you
lose control of the education of your
children. If they win the case, home schools and private schools will
be next." Now, this is significant. We
are talking about future generations here. What they are saying is that
our children are the property of the
government. What is wrong with this picture?
If there is anything that frustrates me, it is apathy - people who talk
but do nothing. Walk your talk, folks. There are risks to freedom, but
there is only one risk to bondage -
breaking free. If you want to feel good
about yourself - do something. We are running out of time. The UN
already owns 18 million acres of
Yellowstone, and it is only the beginning. What are you waiting for?
The US military troops are teaching UN
troops how to go door to door. The US government wants to hire a
mercenary force to come in here and
take over. Now, freethinking people are the enemy. They are going to
try to shove some bullshit new
religion down your throat. It's all about self responsibility.
Christianity has taught that for a long time - now
it's time to walk it.
Humans Shackled By Lack of Vision:
AC: We received a tape that talks about the Gunderson Railroad Company
in Oregon getting a contract to
build 107,200 railroad cars that have 143 sets of shackles in each one.
I have done some checking, and it's
an absolute reality. So, they intend on transporting 15,000,000 people
in these train cars. What's wrong
with this picture? This is the United States. You have to end the
denial. If you believe nothing else about
the ET's, and I am telling you with all of my heart, they are behind
all of this. The regressive are into
control, and the only way you can control is to dominate. Now, if there
is a planet that has self-rule, you
are not in control of it. There is no mystery to this. But, because we
are who we are, sons and daughters of
God, who have been given free will, they have to coerce us into giving
up our free will. Religions, which
have had a positive effect as far as unifying people and supplying a
basic foundation of values, are now
being used to control and manipulate. The Gunderson information came
from Phil Schneider. According to the Andromedan perspective, we have
outlived our religions
by 450 years. Instead, more and
more religions are popping up everywhere - all it is doing is dividing
us. There is no common vision. Indecision married with a lack of vision
- that is where we are now as
a race. This does not mean that
somebody has to come forward and say "I've got the answer so all of you
follow me." I don't know about
you, but that doesn't work for me. It has already been tried and it was
a disaster. The world is no better
than it was 2,000 years ago. All they do is kill the teachers, and then
its business as usual. But, if we all
stand up and say, "hey, we are doing to do this together," and we make
a leap of faith in each other, and
even for a week just trust each other, maybe we can make a change here.
But we are the ones who are
going to have to do it. The people at the top have sold us out a long
time ago, and they are so
petrified that they even lie about
lying. So you can't believe anything. Ten days before Kennedy died, he
said "the office of the Presidency is
being used to subvert the rights of the people, and it is my right to
tell them", or something like that. In
1978, Congress admitted during hearings that there probably was a
cover-up, and then they sealed the
records for another 75 years. If "Oswald did it", then why the coverup?
Why seal the records? Because
everybody who was involved is still alive. If we knew the truth, what
would happen? This is the government
you pay for. So, I am not advocating anything except that in 1996,
whoever is in
office now should be thrown out, and
that we should start over again. That means that you must go to town
council meetings, PTA meetings,
school board meetings - everybody needs to get involved.
(18 of 29)
Get off your
ass, turn off the TV and get out
there and speak. Tell your Congressman, "look, if you bullshit us once,
you're out of here. We're tired of
this."
We are now legally, under the UN, a natural resource. Parts of the US
are going to be withdrawn from
human use. What are they going to do with the people that are in these
areas? We have already lost part of
Yellowstone, and as I have said, other areas in the US have been
nominated. I don't own a gun, but do not
allow Congress to take apart the Bill of Rights. If you live by the
sword, you die by it - sometimes you die
without a sword If I choose to have a gun, though, I want the right to
go and get it.
If We Are Eternal, Then What's
the Fear About?:
AC: All matter is changing because all thought is changing. The
Andromedans have said this, and we talked
about it yesterday. During a period 357 years in the future, there is
tyranny in our galaxy. It's not going in
the right direction. We are supposed to become more social and more
free - not more imprisoned and more
suppressed. It begins with us. Freedom of speech and freedom of the
press is almost a joke today. That
is why the government is trying
to come down on alternative newsletters, because they are telling you
truth - that's why they want to shut
down the Internet, because it is growing so fast that people are waking
up. World governments are getting
flak from the ET's. The only reason that these aliens can be here is
because they feed off fear. It is the only
power they have over us. We are souls. We are Spirits. We are Eternal.
Every religious book tells you that -
so, what's the fear about?
Belief Systems and the Creation
of Physical Reality:
AC: Let us pretend for a second that I start a "rumor", and I start a
"rumor" that my cat Sam can talk. Some people believe this, and for
them it becomes a reality.
Now,
because they believe it, they are
focusing their intent on the fact that Sam can talk. Now, my cat can't
talk. Generation after generation
believe that Sam talked, because they propagated the belief system that
Sam could talk. Moraney and
Vasais have said that because of our ability to create physical reality
with our thoughts and belief systems,
that we are literally going to play out the Book of Revelations. We are
literally calling it to us. I know that
some of you have a hard time with that, and I apologize. I am not here
to burst your bubble. I am here to
offer a perspective. That's it. I am not here to take you out of your
comfort zone. I am here to share,
because this is a burden I carry. They say that we are going to
literally fulfill it. But, we don't have to. We
don't have to create earthquakes. There are going to be some, but it
doesn't have to be to the degree we
believe it will be. We don't have to create a third world war, or even
allow it. Bosnia is just the start of it. The killing of Rabin in
Israel is only part of what's coming. I want
you to be crystal clear on this: it is all
being manipulated to distract you. So, what have you done about it?
Earth Evolution In Progress
The earth, according to the Andromedans, is a living entity, and has
decided that it is going to evolve to 5th
density. In other words, as an organism, it has chosen survival. The
earth has pockets of negativity inside
of it, because of its history. Volcanoes can be metaphorically
considered as release of a blockage. The earth
is sick and has taken a beating. You have the masses on the surface
participating in the creation of fear
because we are buying into the belief systems we are being fed in the
media. We are told of the second
coming, catastrophes that are coming, etc. Now, fear is not love. It
carries an entirely different frequency.
In fact, fear is an extremely low frequency. Here we are, creating all
of this. People on the surface as
getting very sick, physically. There are viruses spreading - many of
them have been created, some have
not.
Planetary
Oxygen Level Near Critical Level
The oxygen level in the atmosphere of the planet is less than 18%. It
is approximately between 16.5 and
17.7% at any time, anywhere on the planet. This is significant. I want
you to know that 3,500 years ago,
the oxygen level was 35%. In order to survive, the human body needs to
breathe an atmosphere that has
at least 15% oxygen content. That is basic biology. The Andromedans say
that unless we change our ways
of behaving, with all of the industrialization and what we are doing to
the planet, we have less than 40
years of oxygen left. Personally, I thank God that this new color-sound
frequency is emanating from the
black holes. Thank God that God stepped in, because we'd be in a lot of
trouble. Yes, free energy has been withheld from us. We have been lied
to,
cheated and manipulated. If you go
back to the 1960's and look at the peace marches about nuclear energy,
etc., and look at the environment
now, you will see, that it got worse.
(19 of 29)
The governments are going to try
and use this against us - they are
going to try and blame us for the result of their greed, that has
propagated this problem. What did we do?
We made fun of the hippies and people, who participated in peace
movements. We treated them as a bunch
of crackpots. Now, if you look back, you can see, that they were right.
We have over 150,000 nuclear
weapons on this planet, with plutonium, that is deadly for 12,000
years.
Where are you going to put that
stuff? We all know this, but we do nothing and walk the path of
convenience. We've all been trained like
good little sheep to walk the path of convenience. Money is a useful
tool to create freedom, but it is not God and it is
not master. You are about to find out. At
most, we have 18 months. I think it would be lucky for the economy to
stay together that long. I don't
foresee that. The fact that they want to begin to change the currency
in February 1996, means you should
expect an economic collapse in April 1996.
They would then do a recall
of all old currency, and you might
have one currency in use. It will get even weirder after that. We are
being very carefully led down this
path.
Earth Changes from the Andromedan
Perspective
Figuring in the Expulsion of ET Races by 2003:
[1] Between June and October 2003, there is a strong probability, that
we will wake up one morning and the
moon will no longer be there. The moon is in fact an artificial
satellite and there are many many bases on
it.
[2] Between 2003 and 2007, the benevolent races are supposedly going to
be all around us. We will see
them, but they will not interfere. They want to see, how we interact
with each other without manipulation. They want to see, if we continue
the same behavior, because they do not
want to come down here and
compound the problem or baby-sit. We don't need a baby-sitter - we need
the truth, and we have to have
the guts to stand up and ask the questions, and keep asking them, until
we get the answer. We all have to
do it, because if we all stand together, we can't lose. On the other
hand, if they are successful in dividing us, we're toast. Divide and
conquer. Divide and conquer. How many stories
in history do you have to see? You can't be divided and expect to
remain as One. It doesn't happen.
[3] Between 2004 and 2007, all of our DNA coding, which involves all
the
racial memory of 22 races our
DNA is composed of, will unlock. By 2007, everyone will have full
memory
of who they are, where they
came from and what you want to do. You will know, what your soul-lesson
is and your reason for being here.
[4] Between 2007 and 2012, we are supposed to see the birth of a galaxy
in Vega, just before we move
into 5th density.
[5] Between 2007 and 2009, if it is allowed to happen naturally, we are
supposed to have a 17 degree pole
shift. Saudi Arabia is supposed to become the new North Pole, which is
great. Bury those oil fields nice and
deep. We will have free energy by then, anyway. North America is
supposed to be on the equator.
[6] By the year 2000, you are going to hear more and more reports of
"ghosts", because, what is happening,
is that the frequency, which will be hitting the planet, which is God,
will be raising the vibration. Third and
Fourth density will be getting closer together as 3rd density starts to
implode. What this means is that the
molecules in our body will begin to speed up. You are not dead matter.
You will be passing out of 3rd and
into 4th, on our way to 5th, and passing all the consciousness, that
has
not evolved or chooses not to.
[7] There is a possibility, that between 1996 and 1997, one third of
Japan is going to sink below the ocean.
[Response from audience member: "I just got a report from a friend of
mine, who came back from India,
that Sai Baba on his 70th birthday there advised a Japanese group there
to leave Japan]. The Kobe
earthquake was manufactured, because the Japanese government will not
sell out its people to the New
World Order. They will not make their people take an implant. They are
being made an example of.
(20 of 29)
Economically, the Japanese are tough, but they don't turn on their own
people. There is a high probability, that in July 2003, we will also
have a
magnetic pole shift, and it will be the
first one in 4,671years. This will impact all electromagnetic devices
on the planet. Animals will be lost. It
will throw off everything. Between
1996 and 2012, some of us on the planet are going to be
fluctuating between optically being
visible and non-visible on a physical basis. Fluctuating between
dimensions. There are five individuals on
the planet, who do this already. Many of them will be children, who
will
reveal what they have learned
during their fluctuation, in order to try and help their parents get
there. Many children born today already
have 3 strands of DNA. I am told you don't need the other strands. All
we need is one more, and its all
happening. It's happening naturally. If you open yourself up and allow
free movement of love in you life, it
will happen within you. If you restrict yourself, hold yourself back
and move into denial, you will be
suppressing the energy that is coming in, and you will create disease.
This is going to effect the men more,
than the women. The male thought pattern of being logical is past - it
is time to try something different.
Q: Do you mean, that the men are going to have to express their
"womanhood?"
AC: Yes, that's exactly, what I mean. They are going to have to move
out
of the masculine dominated world
role and into a more nurturing role, not only with Self, but with
everyone else. It will be a tough lesson for
men, because of all the out-of-balance role models, that they have been
exposed to and had to put up with. They need to be more in balance. We
have to make the effort. Again, it
comes down to Intent.
[10] We are going to have to become more responsible and exercise our
free will, because there are going
to be earth changes. People, that live on coastal areas, have a
problem.
The oceans are going to rise at least
200 feet between 1996 and 2008. The ice cap at the South Pole is going
to slip. The ocean will not reach
Denver, but will get as far, as Lake Mead in the West. Most of the East
coast will be all right, except for areas
in Florida and an area in Georgia. The panhandle of Texas will be under
water for two years.
[11] Around 2011, our Sun will undergo a 180 degree pole shift. It is
literally going to turn on its axis.
[12] All of the continents, which border the Pacific, will be affected
by
tidal waves because of eruptions of
volcanoes in the ocean. The French nuclear test in December created a
seven mile long crack in the crust at
the bottom of the ocean. These people are crazy, folks, absolutely
crazy. We know how to destroy
ourselves. We have that down to a science. We don't need to be testing
these. We can't use them anyway.
[13] Within the next 10 years, the major cities in the United States
will be under quarantine, because of the
spread of tuberculosis. The average life expectancy of men in the inner
city will be 43 years of age. For
women, it will be 55. You are going to see the end of welfare, free
medical, county services, etc., because
everybody will be bankrupt. Again, this is all be design. Many people
will be moving to communities
outside cities, growing their own food, and having their own private
police forces. So, those of us, who make
these choices, are going to be stepping back into the 1800's. Horse and
buggies, and hopefully free energy.
[Editor Note: In the January 24, 1996 issue of the Journal of the
American Medical Association, page 305,
a report entitled "Transmission of Tuberculosis Among the Urban
Homeless indicated, that "a remarkably
high frequency of primary tuberculosis was found, when no specific TB
outbreak was identified in central Los
Angeles."
A precursor of things to come? Furthermore, in the same issue
of JAMA, a report entitled "WHO
Strategy for Emerging Infectious Diseases" indicated, that "the return
of known scourges like tuberculosis
are in a state of flux globally" (p.318) Val]
Now, we are being told, that there are too many people on the planet.
According to the Andromedans, if we
didn't waste out natural resources, the planet could hold a population
of 11 billion. What we are actually
being told by the propaganda machine is that there are too many people.
Now, a planet with 11 billion
spiritually-
awakened people cannot be controlled. Such a planet would
change the harmonic frequency of
the planet, the solar system and the galaxy. That vibration would be
love, and the bad guys don't like that. It all starts here. We are
being told, that there are too many people.
It's a lie. Our leaders are so corrupt,
that the systems, they have, are breaking down. But, these systems are
not real, in a sense. Instead of
acting responsibly, releasing control and letting people take more
self-responsibility, the corrupt leaders in
the world want to kill off the population in an attempt to maintain
status quo. They want to extinguish 50%
of the planetary population, so that they can maintain their control.
Now, who died and made them God? [Editor Note: Harvard studies have put
earths population capacity at 44
billion].
Who's The Real Power Here?
(21 of 29)
See, this all focuses on us- it is all about us. All of this charade
and semantics they are espousing are
designed to confuse us. So, who is the real power here? Us.
Few people
want to stand up and "claim their
space". Why? Because in order to do so, you have to be
self-responsible. That means you have to learn to
depend on yourself. Clothe yourself, feed yourself. Do something for
yourself. We have to make some
fundamental changes. We will have a solution if we put our heads
together. If anyone says "I am here to
save you and I have all the answers", you had better turn your back and
walk the other way. If such an
individual did exist, they would take him out. History shows that. They
have done it before.
The Sirius-B Humanoids
Q: What about the beings from the Sirius B system?
AC: Some of them are human, and they have eyes like cats. Their skin is
grey. They have long straight red
hair. Many of them wear full body garments that cover their heads. They
have extremely bad breath.
Q: Do they mate with humans?
AC: Yes, but the egg needs to be altered in a lab. They are using us.
They want the
encoded information in our genetics. We have racial memories and
abilities in our physical bodies.. We are
moving from third to fifth density. It is the first time it has ever
been done, and we can do this because on
a soul level we are the Paa Tal. We have the genetic coding of 22
different races in our bodies. When our
DNA starts to unlock, we will be able to speak to ET's in their own
tongue. We cannot be lied to any more. We will be able to create and
manifest anything. That takes some
responsibility. Those that are stuck and
cannot or will not evolve, those who are stuck on manipulation and
control, will manifest exactly what they
desire. Which means that there is a very heavy responsibility when it
comes to what is behind your intent
to create. If you screw up, it's going to hit you almost immediately.
Our Solar System At Fifth
Density: Transforms in Progress
AC: The Andromedans say we have 13 planets in this solar system. When
we move into 5th density, it will
become apparent, that there are 27 planets in our solar system. They
are
already here, but on another
frequency, which is why we don't see them at present. When we get to
5th density, it will be evident, that
Jupiter is a Sun, which means at that level we will be a binary star
system. Jupiter, in 5th density, is light
blue. I am told, that in 1000 years, the 5th density future generations
of us, that will incarnate on the 5th
density physical dimension will have light blue skin, because of the
Sun.
About the Space of Fear:
AC: My understanding is that as you move into a space of fear, you
are
automatically a victim - you put
yourself at a disadvantage, and you literally draw that experience to
you, because those that are trying to
suppress you will want to feed off the energy. The only reason that
fear exists is because we allow that idea
to feed off of us. Moraney told me this in 1991: "In your time and
space, the expression of fear will be a
challenge to you all. For any of you to be in fear, you lack a clear
understanding of most situations. We
have observed that your world is at a most confused point in your
history and evolvement". Now folks,
some of these lines may not make sense, but it was exactly the way
Moraney says it. He doesn't know
English very well, and they are doing the best they can to express
themselves. Moraney continued, "We
understand your remarkable drive and commitment to being alive. We,
however, are not understanding of your need to create tools of
death, expecting they will keep all in a
space of understanding and peace. We have observed that you build,
create and plan in a space of fear, not
in a consciousness of love. So, your defense position of institutions
that create and employ are always then
in a state of unraveling and disintegration. We share this with you
because they drain you and your Earth of
energy, both spiritually and materially - physically. Fear always has
to feed. Fear does not create itself. It
has to feed. The fear we observe is difficult to understand. It
depletes you of your focus on the original Intent. It is a very
secretive energy. Fear withholds love. This is most saddening to see
and feel. How can
you share understanding and love,
when so many of you are withholding from Self and each other? Please,
feel the words we as a race are
trying to express to your race. One of your original intentions in
creating your physical reality is the idea of
creating and learning to manipulate and express yourselves through
physicality, using your consciousness. It is your consciousness, that
the Isness (имеется ввиду Источник Всех Солнц,
ЛM) has given you, and in fact
all things that bear Spirit. It is this gift, that has been clouded and
most importantly, clouded by fear. This
creation is completely irrational to whom
we all are.
Withholding
Love Creates Perpetual Disintegration
We have come to understand, that withholding love only creates
perpetual
disintegration. We have
discovered in our home galaxy, that ruins of vast races achieving
recognition have ceased to exist. They
destroyed themselves simply because they withheld love, and drained the
very life force out of their Intent,
and imploded and destroyed their self-creation. The first
projection of
fear is denial - an emotion of
incredible restriction. Denial and fear result in the complete
opposite
of the reality it claims to be.
Fear is
based, from our perspective, on a misunderstanding of ones own worth,
and security. Why is this so? We
have discussed this amongst ourselves in Andromeda about your race. We
have formed a perspective
based on your history."
AC: Moraney continues, "Many of your
religions have both helped and
hurt this process. Some of your
world's beliefs have many convinced that they are sinful creatures of
nature. Your science teaches, that your
physical form is a pool of chemical, thrown together by accident, so
that you are all an accident, living
meaningless lives of chance. You fear a God, whom, a
book says, is a
loving God, that will eternally throw you
into an abyss for making a mistake. Many in your world, have come to
understand, that in your world the
idea of fear, is their enemy. All of you struggle between understanding
and fear, and reason and fear. This struggle is in no way
predetermined. Our perception is that this
struggle will lead your world to peace
and responsibility, or, to extinction as a race. This would grieve us.
It is time to return as One."
AC: It is really interesting to hear the
perspective of how other races
view us. If you
have been in situations,
where you detach yourselves emotionally, you have a completely
different perspective of the situation. Reincarnational Souls of
Influential Planetary Personages:
AC: From what the
Andromedans have told me, there are both positive and
negative reincarnational souls
here on Earth. The souls of the individuals Washington, Jefferson
Lincoln, Franklin and Napoleon are back. Three of them have come in
with full consciousness and know, who they
are. I don't know, which three.
About
Walk-ins:
What Moraney has told me about walk-in's, negative and positive: There
are many people on the planet,
that are world leaders, that are not, who they appear to be.
If you have
a gut instinct about some of these
people, which may be hard for the men to express, but easier for the
women, please honor it. What the
negatives do (and they can do this during an abduction or near death
experience) is the following. During
an abduction a man, for instance, will be taken aboard a ship. His body
will be brought into a coma and to
the point of death, wherein the soul exits. They will then use
technology to replace the original soul with
another soul. They then return the individual's body back. They can do
this process in 4 seconds. The new
individual has a completely new agenda. If you are a negatively
oriented ET, in order to manipulate 3rd
density, you have to be in 3rd density. This is how they are doing it.
Some choose to be in human form. This is
Orion technology, and the
regressives need technology to create, what humans can do, using
consciousness alone. That's the
fundamental difference.
The positively oriented ETS: There is an agreement with the soul,
wherein one soul will exchange with
another, to come here and do good works. The positives are using this
extensively right now. There are
thousands and thousands of what you call "walk-ins" on this planet.
Because they cannot intervene, they
have to come in physical form and participate in the process in a human
body. Moraney has told me, that a
real walk-in will not tell you, that they are a walk-in. They will not,
so I don't know, who these people are,
who are saying this...The
souls, that inhabit the physical bodies of the global banking families,
are Maldekians, who know, who they
are. This
is their
perspective.
The Concept of the Second Coming
and Related Topics:
AC: Does everybody agree, that its OK to talk about this? Good. This is
a touchy subject, and I have mixed
emotions about this. There is a part of me, that really wants to be
responsible for myself, so that when I
cross over I can say, "yes, God, I did it. I take full responsibility
for the good and bad." But, there is an
element of fear about that. You wonder, and experience is our gauge.
Now, if the Andromedan perspective
about many of our religious teachings is true, then we are being set
up.
(23 of 29)
Now, the Greys have the ability to
create a clone - something, that looks like a human being, but is a
robot. My understanding is that the only
way you can tell between one of these clones and a real human being is
if you are clairvoyant and can see
the energy field. A clone has no (ovoid) energy field around its body,
only a slight white color around the
head, which is the field produced by the microprocessor that has been
grown inside the head. If they do this, the man will probably be
brought out of the clouds,
probably on a UFO, and he will look like
the man on the shroud of Turin, which I have been told by Moraney was
created by the Greys, by going
back in time and projecting a hologram through it, which is why this
image is three dimensional. Now, a
hologram is real - we are a hologram. I know how far-out this sounds.
But, let's face it. The regressives are
not "playing with a full deck" here. We already know that, and there
are a lot of people who will do
anything to protect themselves, because they are oriented to
Service-to-Self. I want to tell you that I
personally hope that this is not true. I don't want it to be true. But
if it is, I have a responsibility to share it. So, I am putting this
out there and will let you decide. This being is
not the Anti-Christ, who is supposedly
another clone. See, they are going to play this thing out because
two-thirds of the planet believes it
already. They're saying, "well, let's just fulfill it for them, because
that
will solve our population problem because
they'll kill each other. We'll just sit on the moon and watch this
happen." It's really simple, if you put
yourself in their place. They're saying, "give humans enough rope and
they will hang themselves." We have
been fighting about religions forever. I mean, we all agree that we're
talking about the same God, but we
all still play this game. Now, this being is supposed to come down and
start preaching many of
the Hindu philosophies. It will be
this clone who is going to ask everybody to surrender their free will.
Now, if we can shift planetary
consciousness as quickly as possible to a place of love, they will not
be able to pull this off. If the Lord is
real, maybe he'll get here a lot quicker. See folks, I just don't know.
I just don't know. This is one of the
issues where I am confused. On the other issues I am not confused, but
on this one I am. The Andromedan
perspective of the Bible is that It is simply literature with
historical accounts in it. They say that Constantine
was so busy burning the resources of the Roman Empire and stopping
religious wars, that he decided to
create a State Religion. He took the religions of the West, which
worshipped Isis, and the religions of the
East, which worshipped Krishna, and put them together. Isos-Kristos. I
don't know about this, because I
wasn't there.
Moraney asked me once, "why is it, if your master teacher (which is
what he calls Jesus) was crucified on a
particular day - why does that day continue to change each year? Why
does it have to be on a Sunday?" I
did some research and found out that Easter always falls on the Spring
Solstice. Now, what is wrong with
this picture? We are told that Jesus was born on Christmas Day when
history shows he was born on Feb
16th, 2AD. That individual soul is the same one related in the Dead Sea
Scrolls, most of which have been
taken away from us because they don't want us to know what they say. I
want to know the truth. I want to
know what it is. If you look at the Catholic Church, who had control of
the manuscripts of the Apostles, and
you look at the history of the Church in terms of deception and lying,
as well as the fact that in 1960 they
admitted to 14 plagiarism's in the Bible, I have a problem now. One
word can change the context of a
paragraph. I don't want to do the wrong thing, so now I have to
question everything. I don't question my relationship to God. I am
crystal clear about that,
but I do question the idea, that I am
not responsible enough to take care of myself. I don't want to put my
faith in somebody else when it is not
supposed to be there. I want to get this thing right, just like
everybody else does.
I want to live in peace. I
want to live in abundance. I want to raise a family, just like
everybody else does. So, I put this information
in your care. You do what you want with it. I am sharing with you what
I know and don't know, but look for
something really bizarre to happen between Dec 31, 1999 and Jan 1, 2000
when all the world leaders meet
at the pyramid of Gizeh in Egypt - count on something really bizarre
happening at that time. We will
probably know of ET's and have information from ET's long before then.
We may not meet any of them until
then, but the next four or five years are critical. They are going to
be implementing their plan of domination
of free will and self expression.
Nazi Scientists Let the
Time-Traveling Greys
Into Our Universe in 1931:
AC: Apparently, when the Greys got here, they were the front team for
the Orion Group. They could not
literally pierce the membrane we had around our third density creation
until 1931. We were not detonating
nuclear weapons then, so I asked Moraney what happened.
(24 of 29)
Apparently, the
German Nazi scientists were
experimenting with time travel and they opened a "door". They put a
"crack" in time, and with our luck,
there were a bunch of regressives right there. I don't know how they
knew, but they were right there. So, they came here in our reality in
1931. Once they were here, they
were able to skip back into time. Now, they could only go back as far,
as 11,230 BC, otherwise they would
have run into the ET Atlantean
civilization. In our history books, the Sumerians, Babylonians and
Egyptians talk about "the Gods". Those
are ET's that came into our reality in 1931 and went back and started
manipulating mankind.
If I had time travel, and I took this plastic water jug back in time
and presented it to a Pharaoh, he might
think I was a God because I appeared out of no where with different
clothing and high technology. This
7-11 jug might be passed down as a sacred object. It would become
priceless. The symbol 7-11 might
become a religious artifact. Think about it. The Bible talks about a
rebellion of man against God. Mankind
rebelled against the ET's, who were tyrannizing and suppressing them.
Man was on the verge of extinction. The ET's decided to "divide man and
give him a different language".
Divide and conquer. Divide and
conquer. As far as what happened after that, I would read the Gods of
Eden and Sitchin's books. The
information is out there. I would look over the ancient mythologies,
particularly the Sumerian and
Babylonian ones.
The Paa Tal - Redoux:
AC: I don't know a lot about the Paa Tal, except that the Andromedans
say, that we are the Paa Tal, that
came back down from the 11th density to play this 3rd density, and that
the movement involved 21 other
star systems. Our own galaxy here is apparently close to the center of
our "consciousness universe", as it
were. This is why we all seem to be "lumped together" here. We
apparently fell into the concept of time,
prior to 21 billion years ago, when 3rd density physicality did not
exist. The Paa Tal created 3rd density, in
order to play this game. I don't know whose idea this was, but next
time you can count me out. This is
what they say, and I have no way of verifying this. When this 3rd
density universe was first created, we were at 5th
density, after having evolved to 11th
density. This means we had within us experiences accredited to all
these dimensions. We are told that
everything is connected in some way. Well, if we evolved from 5th
density to 11th and then came back
down to 3rd, everything we do here affects everything, all the way up
and down. But, because this reality
was our idea, our creation, the positives have a hard time figuring out
how to help us - because we set up
the ideas involving free will and self expression. They don't want to
come in and make the problem worse,
because if they do it will end up affecting them, and it will then be
their "fault" as well. So, this is why so
many different races are talking to people, people are channeling
entities, and they are all basically giving
us the same message: "This is your idea, and we need you to wake up!".
They cannot help unless they are
asked because then they would be intervening and equal to the
regressives that are repressing us. It's a
tough situation, and I think God has made a decision about all of this,
and I thank God for that. Because
now there is a 12th density which is forming, higher than the 11th, and
this process is pulling everything up
in density. If the Andromedans are right, then God has made the
decision to "change the game." We are all
coming home. It is as if God were saying ," I've let you play long
enough. You're stuck. I love you, so I'm
going to fix the situation." This is great, because we only have 40
years of oxygen left on this planet at this
density. So, we played our game right to the end. We took it as far as
we could take it without
self-destructing. We are all responsible for that, and we are all going
have to "stand there" together.
Our Ancient Heritage:
AC: I want to talk to you about Lyrae and how the human race colonized
our galaxy. Based on the age of
the Suns and the planets in our galaxy, it was decided that the human
life form was to be created in the
Lyran system. The human race lived there for approximately 40 million
years, evolving. The orientation of
the human race in Lyrae was agricultural in nature. Apparently, we were
very plentiful and abundant, and
lived in peace. Then, one day, huge craft appeared in the sky.
[Editor Note: This scenario is the theme of the movie Independence Day,
which aired in the theatres
nationally on July 7, 1996].
A large ship came out of the huge craft and approached the planet Bila,
and reptilians from Alpha Draconis
disembarked. Apparently, the Alpha Draconians and the Lyrans were
afraid of each other. I told you before
that the Alpha Draconians were apparently the first race in our galaxy
to have interstellar space travel, and
have had this capability for 4 billion years. Well, when the Draconians
came and saw Bila, with all its
abundance and food and natural resources, the Draconians wanted to
control it.
(25 of 29)
There was apparently a
mis-communication or misunderstanding between the Draconians and Lyran
humans. The Lyrans wanted to
know more about the Draconians before some kind of "assistance" was
offered. The Draconians mistook the
communication as a refusal, and subsequently destroyed three out of 14
planets in the Lyran system. The
Lyrans were basically defenseless. The planets Bila, Teka and Merck
were destroyed. Over 50 million Lyran
humans were killed. It is at this point in history, that the Draconians
began to look at humans as a food
source. This is how old the struggle is between the reptilian and human
races. Now, I must make the point,
that not all the reptilian or human races are "dark". There is a mix.
When we start meeting these races, you
are going to have to trust your gut instinct. But, they are coming.
Hale Bopp is on its way here. It is not a comet.
The
Draconians
AC: The Draconians are the force behind the repression of human
populations everywhere in this galaxy
instilling fear-based belief systems and restrictive hierarchies. I
asked Moraney about them, and he said,
"the Draconian race is probably the most understood race of beings. I
have witnessed a deep respect for
this race." The Andromedans consider the Draconians the "ultimate
warriors," in a negative sense. Moraney
continues, " the Draconians are the oldest reptilian race in our
universe. Their forefathers came to our
universe from another separate universe or reality system. When this
occurred, no one really knows. The
Draconians themselves are not really clear on when they got here. The
Draconians teach their masses that
they were here in this universe first, before humans, and as such they
are heirs to the universe and should
be considered royalty. They find disgust in the fact that humans do not
recognize this as a truth. They have
conquered many star systems and have genetically altered many of the
life forms they have encountered. The area of the galaxy most densely
populated with Draconian sub-races
is in the Orion system, which is a
huge system, and systems in Rigel and Capella. The mind
set or consciousness of the majority of races in these systems is
Service-to-Self, and as such they are
always invading, subverting and manipulating less advanced races, and
using their technology for control
and domination. This is a very old and ancient war, and the peace that
does not exist is always being tested
by these beings, who believe, that fear rules, and love is weak. They
believe, that those they perceive to be
less fortunate, in comparison to them, are meant to be slaves. This
belief system is promoted at birth in the
reptilian races, wherein the mother, after giving birth, will abandon
the offspring to fend for themselves. If
they survive they are cared for by a warrior class that uses these
children for games of combat and
amusement.". So, you can see that the reptilians are forever stuck in
survival mode. This means they have
no boundaries in what they will do to other beings.
Moraney continues, "it is engrained in them never to trust a human.
They are taught the Draconian version
of the history of the 'Great Galactic War', which teaches that humans
are at fault for invading the universe,
and that humans selfishly wanted the Draconian society to starve and
struggle for the basic materials that
would allow them to exist."
AC: Now, there are some real similarities there. The expression
'Draconian thought' is an expression on our
world. I would suggest you research that.
On the Subject of Intention:
AC: I would like to share something with you that Vasais had to say on
the subject of intention. Vasais said,
"the smallest piece of physicality, that all of you, and
we
build upon is,
what your science calls the 'atom'. You
are taught, that each single piece of physicality contains electrons,
protons and neutrons, which attach
themselves together to form what you call nature. Molecules manifest
this union to create everything. We
would like to expose a flaw in your sciences. Your experts teach, that
atoms spin unpredictably. Where is
the predictable solidity of matter? Where do the elements come from?
Your science cannot answer this. They have only theory. Your science
presupposes, that matter has its
source within matter. This is the flaw
we want to share with you. The true source of all elements of physical
matter is Intent. The Intent of the
Isness, that makes all things possible, has an invisible side, or
world,
that your sciences are only now
begrudgingly
looking at for answers.
(26 of
29)
Intent
as the Primal Force of Creation
We are pleased to share with you the idea, that Intent is the primal
force of creation. It is the Is-ness (not Isness, but the Source of All
Suns, to be exact! LM), whose Intent and desire to explore and
expand Itself, in all possible
openness, that creates all physical matter on
all dimensions. It is this, which has made it possible for us, as well,
to explore our Selves to completion. Therefore,
know this - the first material in creation is the electron.
It is the 'tool' to build upon in the
creation of physical reality. Now, let's look at you - the human. Look
at yourself in the mirror. Your
physicality is compose of atoms, which form into molecules, which then
become cells. You are a symphony
of electrons, atoms and molecules of Intent. All of you are a complex
of Intents or desires. Many of you walk
around and ask for a miracle, when you are in fact that, which you ask
for. From beginning to end, physical
matter is a network of intent. The Is-ness then spins consciousness
into the matter, and what you have is
life. What you see and experience is only the smallest part of you. The
outer expression of an inner event. The pattern for your human form is
created in Spirit, and the body is
composed of a collection of intents,
each one having a particular function, all geared toward the sustenance
of your human-ness."
Questions and Answers:
Q: Is there some technique you can recommend for self improvement?
AC: Yes. I was given a meditation or exercise. It's a long story on how
I got it out of Moraney, but basically
I was having trouble seeing my inner light. Basically, you get yourself
comfortable and go down within
yourself physically and turn yourself inside out from the balls of your
feet to the top of your head. Everything on the inside will be then on
the outside. Everything on the
outside is now on the inside. When
you start to see your body upside down, you are on the right track.
That has helped me the most. The
other thing is quiet time. Make some quiet time for yourself.
Q: In terms of the way the governments are lying to us and telling us
that there is a population problem, it
has recently been calculated that you could put every person on earth
in the state of Texas and have 2 1/2
acres for every person.
AC: Yes. I don't think that is any surprise.
Q: Could you talk more about the whale and dolphin connection
extraterrestrially?
AC: Well, like I said earlier, the whales and dolphins were brought
here from the Sirius A system, and they
are really evolved. There isn't much time to further into it, because
we wouldn't have time for many people
to ask questions.
Q: If we are going to be going from 3rd density, through 4th density
and into 5th, what does it matter if
the government is trying to manipulate everything? How is that going to
affect us?
AC: The whole point of the manipulation is to try to hold us back.
Q: To prevent us from going into that dimension?
AC: To prevent as many as possible. Now, when we talked about the
creation of our universe, and the
metaphor of the weight of the regressives, all of those who are not
going to be moving into 5th density are
going to create another space of consciousness, a universe, and
continue to play this game until they get it
right.
Q: You said that the Andromedan Council has ordered that all ET's will
be off the planet by August 12,
2003. How will this affect the alleged aliens coming in terms of Hale
Bopp? Won't these aliens have to leave
by that time? How will they get rid of them?
AC: Right. They have not told me how they plan on getting rid of them.
I don't know if they know. All they
have said that is that they will remove all ET's from our planet, by
force if necessary.
Q: If the only way we are going to be able to fight this technology is
to use our original "organic" powers,
that we acquired in the 11th dimension, is there a way, that anyone
could help us get focused on this?
AC: I don't know. I will ask them and pass the information on to you.
Q: Do the Andromedans interact with a spiritual hierarchy connected
with this planet? How about the
angels and archangels?
(27 of 29)
AC: Yes, because the spiritual entities are dimensional and also
physical, although to us they are "spiritual"
entities. As far as the angels and archangels are concerned, from
Andromedans are concerned, we are all
angels. When I mentioned the concept of archangels to them, they didn't
know what I was talking about -
they had to go review our history and find out what the concept meant.
They still don't know who they are.
They just said that we are all angels - it is only your perception of
yourself that tells you that you are not.
Q: What do they say about the human propensity to use drugs as a method
for invoking altered states of
consciousness?
AC: I have asked them about that, and they say, that it causes a focus
on the physical as a method for
acquiring spirituality - it is a focus in the wrong direction. Their
perspective is, that we are already
awakened, but "stuck" on the physical. When people go to seek all these
spiritual experiences, they don't
realize, that we have already done all of this, and that we should not
focus on the physical as the tool, but
the self. There are at least two schools of thought on that.
Q: I was taken to this underground place in New Mexico as a child, and
it wasn't Los Alamos.
AC: New Mexico is quite a state. You are talking about Manzano, Dulce,
Los Alamos. I was in New Mexico
during the Harmonic Convergence. I loved New Mexico.
I know, that it is
honeycombed like a beehive
underground. Moraney has suggested, that I not go to New Mexico, and I
don't. When I asked him why, he
replied, that all free will is monitored there. So, that's all I know.
The place you were taken could have been
anywhere. I know there are huge underground facilities there.
Q: From what I can gather, the Andromedans are asking us to question
our belief system about reality and
matter?
AC: That's right. We have gotten so stuck in dictating our truth based
on experience, instead of creation of
our experiences. When we get stuck in the idea of just experiencing
things, we get stuck on the idea "I feel
alive because I'm having these experiences". Many people are stuck on
survival, and your can get addicted
to survival because you "feel alive". You always "take it to the edge"
and you get stuck there. What
happens is that you start going around like a hamster on a wheel.
All
you do is experience survival, and we
get stuck in that concept. All you create is survival, survival,
survival, survival - round and round and round
the circle you go - instead of creating something else. There are so
many people on the planet like this. This is the consciousness of our
government.
Q: What we perceive is, that we live in a reality of cause and effect,
when in fact the truth is, that this is a
reality of effect and that the cause is outside of this?
AC: Yes.
Q: So the bottom line is, that there is no life or intelligence in
matter?
AC: Yes. It reflects back to you the value, you put on it.
Q: So the idea of altering matter to change our situation is one of the
greatest lies
perpetrated on humanity, as well as the tendency to look outside of
ourselves for the truth?
AC: Yes.
Q: You mentioned before that some of us have, in a sense, come back
from the future to "right a terrible
wrong". If that is so, then the regressives could also travel back to
change things. Couldn't this set up a
"time loop" that could go on repeating itself?
AC: Yes, but there is one factor. That is what occurred on March 23,
1994, when the color sound frequency
began emanating from the black holes, and that changed all the games
and has brought it to a focal point.
Q: Can you give more details about Hale Bopp?
AC: Not much more, than I gave you. It is a protocol ship for the Orion
group. A team that prepares the way
for what goes after it. Isn't it interesting, that the entire galaxy is
focused on us, and so many are trying to
suppress us? Imagine how much fear they are in.
Q: How often are you contacted? Do you try to initiate contact?
AC: I try to initiate it, I really do. Probably once to twice a month.
The majority of contacts have been
telepathic in the last eight months. There are a lot of weird things
going on. The Grey clones and the
Pleiadians are in full civil war right now in the Sirius B system. The
quarantine around our solar system has
been broken, and there are skirmishes going on all over the place.
Things are heating up. The regressives
are reacting big time, because their fear is becoming compressed, as
their density is compressing. All of their
emotions are mirroring back to them. We are doing that on Earth as
well. Many people are starting to get
"buggy". It's the energy, which is compressing on itself. If you are
restrictive inside of yourself with the
energy, it's going to react and come out of you, and you are going to
lash out. The Earth is going to be
doing this. When we have the real earthquakes, where the whole earth
will shudder - and it's going to
happen. This is the earth releasing the negativity, that it has been
holding on to. The earth cannot take that
low frequency with it into 5th density, so it is going to release it.
And, it's our own stuff.
The
earth will be mirroring back our own stuff. I just want to say, to
wrap this up, please do not turn on
each other. When the aliens get here, all we're going to have is each
other.
When one alien group gets here
and says "the whites are the ruling race", and another alien group gets
here and says "the blacks are the
ruling race", and another alien group says "the Chinese are the ruling
race", the reality is, that all these
aliens are full of shit. We are a race of beings living on a planet. We
are a race, regardless of the color of
our skin. This is the only planet in our galaxy, where all these races
live together. This is it, and they've got
us warring with each other. We are being duped. Don't turn on each
other. We are all we have. When the Andromedans come down here, they
don't look at people with
different skin colors as "different
races". They look at us as a race. They are right to do so. On
the
other hand, what difference does it make,
if we are made to kill each other?
Q: Is the HAARP device controlled by the regressive ET's?
AC: Great question. Of what I know, the majority of the weather
modification is currently being done from
the moon. They cross particle beam weapons and create and move storms
onto the coasts of "unfavored"
nations. This is being done by humans on the moon. The HAARP device has
effects, which are a by-product
of its actual purpose - to create an electromagnetic shield around the
Earth, so nothing can get in - they are
very concerned about the invasion, that's coming.
Interestingly, the
Pleiadians told Billy Meier, that around
2008, the US government would do something, that would ignite the
ionosphere. They are putting billions of
watts of electricity into out ionosphere. This technology would
certainly do it, but the reason is to create
this shield around the planet. I feel sorry for the people in the
military and the people in the NSA back in
the 1950's, who got themselves involved in this - they have totally put
themselves in the middle. No matter
what happens. When the people find out, how they have been duped, the
only safe place they will have to
go is the moon. But, once they go to the moon, they are going to have
to "hang out" with their regressive
brothers, who will eat them for lunch. They did it to themselves.
29
Chapter 2 - "An Andromedan
Update"
Lecture by Alex Collier. At The 1996 Global Sciences Congress, Summer
1996, Transcript 1996
Alex: Hello everybody. It's really an honor to be here. I thank all of
you for being here.
I have about an hour and a half, and there are a lot of things I want
to share with you.
I also have about 25 slides. Some of you have seen them. Most of you
have probably
not seen them. I have a lot to cover, so if you are interested in how
this whole thing
started for me, when I was eight years old, I would suggest that you
consult Joe
Peterson of Global Sciences, who has videos of other talks that I have
done. Also, the
Leading Edge Research Group has a lot of information posted on the web.
I don't want
to burn up twenty minutes re-hashing that, because the time is very
precious to me. I
have very little time.
So, what I'd like to do is to just get into the information, and we'll
have some
questions and answers at the end. All of you have seen this article
(holds up
newspaper), "Evidence of Life on Mars". It's quite a distraction, don't
you think? Such
crap. They've known about it for a long time - the Egyptians even knew
about it. It's
just more of the white wash and more of the lies, denying you your
history and trying
to take away your heritage. That's really what this whole thing is
about.
Time to "Walk the Talk"
Now, as far as gathering of information is concerned, it's great to
read all these books,
buy all these videos, build a nice library and be able to "talk the
talk". Now is the time,
however, to walk the talk. That means you have to start talking to your
family, you
have to start planting "seeds", and you have to start telling people.
Because, ladies
and gentlemen, Hale-Bopp is coming and life is going to change. This
time next year,
life is going to be different, OK? So, start thinking about where it is
you want to be and
what you want to be doing a year from now. It's time. Change is
immanent. It could
be positive, or it could be negative, depending on our perspective and
our
consciousness as a race. And, nobody can make us do that. We have to do
it. We have
to be absolutely clear about what our intent is. What is your intent
for doing the things
that you are doing? What is your intent for being here at Global
Sciences? Be crystal
clear about every decision that you make, because you are creating your
future right
now. Every moment, every decision you make is creating your future, and
you have to
believe in yourself. You have to trust yourself and your intuition. For
men, and I am speaking as a man, it is time to move out of
self-imposed
loneliness. It is time to open up. It is time to get genuine. It is
time to "take a risk"
and show, who you are. OK? The party is over. Because, in terms of the
changes, that
are coming, Moraney and Vasais have said, that men are going to be
affected
the most.
(1 of 12)
Most women are "wide open". They have been. If you don't want them to
say "I told
you so", then you had better start working on it, because they will.
The Andromedans from the Star System Zenetae. All
right. I want to start off by reading some information, given to me
by Vasais. In
short, who the Andromedans are is that they come from the region of the
Andromeda
galaxy and from a star system in that galaxy they call Zenetae. They
are a telepathic
race, although during the last 30 years I have tried to teach Moraney
the English
language. He has taught me how to "read" their telepathic
communications, which are
holographic. It's been an interesting situation. Now, when I write down
what Moraney
says, I write it down exactly as he says it. When you go to the Leading
Edge Research
Group web site and you see that, it isn't that it is mis-typed, but
it's exactly the way
they say it. I have made a promise that is the way I will present it.
They are a race
with light-blue skin. They were on Earth some 62,000 years ago for a
period of 62
years. My connection to them is that at that particular time, I was one
of them that
was here. I volunteered to come back here and be here for this process,
raising third
density up into fifth density. I've asked to see the "fine print" on my
"contract", but
they have yet to produce that. So, I would like to start off with this
material told to me
by Vasais on June 5, 1996:
" We have been in communication with many races regarding militant
decision-making. We all agree that conflict in the end serves one
purpose - to create
fear. This, we know, removes the original intent from creations. We are
hopeful that
sincerity will gain momentum."
Now folks, what is happening here is happening out there. I have said
this over and
over again. I wish I could just come up to you and say "everything is
love and light". It
would be wonderful, but it would be a lie. We have challenges, and as
long as we stick
together we will make it. But, we have to stick together. Your
neighbors are not the
"enemy". Your government really isn't the "enemy", but they want you to
believe so. They want control over you.
Consciousness as the Scale of Illumination
"The most necessary action now for all of your Terran races who are
aware, is to do
what you are capable of to illuminate your degenerated societies.
Consciousness is
your scale. It always provides balance, which does not fail. It speaks
to those who
listen, and tells them what to do and not to do. To one or all beings
who choose to be
evolved, the administrators of your governments are responsible for
professional
order, not your moral codes of order. The key to happiness, Terrans, is
in the hands of
your own consciousness. We have perceived that you Terrans have
arranged your lives
not according to yourselves, but according to others. Your
disappointments are due to
this fact. This kind of conduct of yours is what is limiting your
races. Each one of you is
a free soul, a free consciousness. No one is the servant or slave of
anyone else,
though the "hidden ones" would trick you to believe otherwise. Mutual
respect is
imperative for a healed planet and race. Help is being extended to you,
if you so want
it. Because of our genetic lineage to your races, we would like to be
with you during
your difficult times. Today, you are a planet and a race that destroys
itself in
ignorance. The goal is to recover the genuine human beings lost deep
within
yourselves. Always be at One with your Self."
The Brain, The Speed of Light and Evolution
I have learned a lot. A lot of it I have absolutely no clue what to do
with. Some of it I
chapter2.html (2 of 12)
don't understand, but it has been "downloaded." According to Moraney:
" The standard and speed of light is under control of the brain energy
beyond ones
thought frequency. If your brain waves could control the speed of
thought, then you
would see 'time' as 'light years'. It's where they began. We will try
to make this more
comprehensible. 'The speed of light is 300,000 kilometers per second'.
That is your
belief. The speed of light within third density is equal to the thought
frequency of the
beings on, and in, your planet. But on your third density, speeds of
your thought
transcend the dimension you are in or creating. Thought travels beyond
a speed of a
billion light years in other dimensions. The speed of thought is
equated to brain energy
when it reaches a certain limit of the speed of light. The cerebral
generator in the
brain is there to transform the light-speed to the light-year, and thus
condenses the
light power to the Soul. The density of light that you 'see' is
equivalent to the brain
and light power. When brain energy begins to transcend the light-year,
the
evolutionary potential here takes all the speeds of light under
control. Now here the
brain power can create an entire universe and transform itself into
many different
dimensional levels. All evaluation beyond this present limit are
subject to the 11
densities of universal potentials. This we feel has not been reached
yet.
Control Based on "Threat" to
Elitists of Our Unlimited Spiritual
Potential
Now, ladies and gentlemen, you are all truly awesome beings. We have
inside our DNA
the genetics and racial genetic memories of 22 different races. You
know, science
teaches us that the body is a 'pool of chemicals' evolved from monkeys.
It just didn't
happen that way. The physical forms that we are 'in' were genetically
altered, and
then they were 'tinkered' with by many of the different races that have
come here. Earth is on the edge of our galaxy and along a trade route.
Different
races would come
in a stay 50 years, or maybe several hundred years, which is a
'weekend' to some of
those races whose life span is very long. And then, they would just
'take off' and they
would leave their remnants here. There are government's on the planet
that truly want to control, as
well as
extraterrestrials. Those that are here now and those that are coming
want to control. The reason they want to control - the reason there is
so much 'fuss'
over us - the
reason that they have been hiding, tricking, manipulating and thieving
the way they
have, is because they don't want you to wake up. From the Andromedan
perspective,
the reason they don't want us to wake up is that as a group
consciousness, we come
from the eleventh density. We wanted to experience a different
perspective and we
came down 'into time' and literally 'cut out' third density. We created
this. There are
more of us that are not on the planet. Now, if this is true that we
have come from the
eleventh density, and if it is true that we have the genetics of 22
different races inside
out bodies it becomes interesting. The Andromedans are convinced, that
this is
absolutely the case and look at us as 'royalty'. Just think about that
and everything
you have been taught. I don't mean to pick on 'religions', but frankly
they 'deserve' it. They have you believing everything, but that which
is the truth, which
is that in
Andromedan terms we are in a sense 'royalty', and that is why there has
been so
much manipulation and control. Ladies and gentlemen, when you hide like
they do,
when you abduct like they do, it's because they are more afraid of you.
Time to Get It Together And
Collectively "Kick Ass"
There are a lot of people talking about a lot of things, and a lot of
people are trying to
get the information our and spread the word. This planet is our home
and we have no
where else to go. If we don't fight and stand up for it, nobody will
offer us a helping
hand. An important point about what this implies is, turn off the
television. Tell your
kids to turn off the television. It's time for a shift. Mr. Bielek has
information regarding
missing children. I have information regarding mission children.
(3 of 12)
If
nothing else should
make you angry, it should be that hundreds of thousands of children
each year are
vanishing from our planet. That's our future and our heritage. Even if
we turn
everything around, which I believe we can, if we don't stop this and
start protecting
our children, there won't be anyone on this planet left to leave it to.
They have no
right to do what they are doing. You are going to stand up and 'kick
ass'. It's really
that simple. They can't take all of us. Charles Collins was talking
here about the court
system. You know, there are only 20,000 federal judges in the United
States and there
are 260 million of us. What's wrong with this picture?
Regarding the Frequency Shift and
Third Density Implosion
On March 23, 1994 the Andromedans told me, that all the 'black holes'
in
the known Universe began to emanate a color-sound frequency (of
aquamarine color! LM).
It's the first time
it has happened
in recorded history in our 'Universe', which the Andromedans have been
taught is a 21
trillion year old Hologram. They say, that they have been able
to chart
at least 100
trillion galaxies. Now, think about that. And Carl Sagan thought there
is no life out
there! It's ludicrous.
I want to read something, that was given to me on February 2, 1996 by
Moraney
regarding the frequency change. He talks about them as well, and what
they are
experiencing, because it is affecting everybody, and what they have
been able to
discover about the change. Now in the system where they live, there are
beings from
the 5th, 6th and 7th density beings. The 7th density beings are on
contact with those
on 8th, 9th and 10th densities. Those on 9th and 10th were talking to
those on 11th,
who have apparently already moved into the new 12th density. A new
holograph has
been added to our universe, which is why the frequency is changing, and
a lot of
people are feeling it. Everything is being 'pulled up'. Now, this is
God. The
Andromedans refer to this as the Is-ness. They don't know exactly what
it is. It just Is,
and they accept that. It holds everything together. This is (an aspect
of) what is
coming out of the black holes, and what the Andromedans have said as a
result of
their preliminary studies, traveling back and forth through time, and
what they are
being told "down the line' through the dimensional levels, is that as
of right now, by
December 3, 2013 third density as we know it is supposed to implode,
and for those of
us who have chosen to evolve, it will be a conscious, clear intent to
do so. For those
who so choose, they will move through fourth into fifth density. This
will be happening
gradually over the next few years. Those who choose not to evolve will
apparently
create another space within which to evolve; they will apparently go
through a black
hole structure somewhere and create another space to begin the process
all over
again. It's weird stuff.
This is from Moraney:
" All of us, regardless of our form and dimensional growth, live in
boundless
consciousness. It does appear that all things seem to revolve and
evolve in cycles.
Now, after the "blindness" of 5,725 years, you on your Terra are about
to regain
yourselves. It will be such an unprecedented change that it will be
difficult for many to
grasp their own potential. It is a turning point on your world which
none of your
planets' forefathers were privileged to experience." It's no "accident"
that you're here.
"As the light and sound frequency advances, and the Spirit of Self
increases, sickness
and purification will also increase. Many challenges are going to test
your strengths,
until your race experiences a time of humility. In simply speaking, our
members of the
council may play a part of "onlookers" in the scenes of war, but in the
scenes of
sickness we will have an active role." They are very particular in
their words. "To play a role in serving your humanity is far superior
than to play
in the scenes of
violence and destruction." In other words, folks, it's up to us. "The
laws of physicality stress, that we, in time, live all of our
lives constructively. We,
too, are in a dawn, at a very different place of awareness, than you
are. What we at
present perceive regarding the new density, as it advances towards us,
and the Spirit
of Self becomes more intense, is that the release of judgment will also
increase
correspondingly. The purifying frequency of this new density is very
strong. Also,
according to the laws of physicality, those dressed in physical form
that are clouded by
withheld love will find it difficult to endure the new frequency. Only
those sufficiently
cleared may service the remainder of the journey into fifth density.
Some members of
my own race may be at difficulty at this time. All must endeavor to be
prepared
spiritually and physically, if we are all to pass through the scales of
frequency into the
next beginning with comparative ease.
Your world religions will refer to this as a "judgment", which is not
altogether true. It
is, in fact, a clearing of old thought creation forms. It is a
'starting over', not a
judgment. Your planet is also 'on stage'. Those of you who choose to
endure are
enacting an original performance. The conflict between polarities is
developing in a
very complicated manner. There are more 'negatively-charged'
personalities than
'positive' ones at this moment on your planet. It is not 'creeds' or
'belief systems' that
will heal your race, but consciousness and love. Creeds are doctrines
and precepts.
They cannot serve your humanity. Since your ancient times, nearly all
religions have
had their 'creeds'. Some of them are well-considered and elaborate. We
ask you, have
they succeeded in perfecting your world? Your 'holy book' is a code of
morals and
standards to live by. Religions should teach the miracle of the
universe, which cannot
be explained by mere logic. We perceive that for your Terrain religions
to be valid,
they should teach to all the tangible use of Spirit and Self, and the
more that 'miracles'
are in evidence, the more valid it should be considered. It should not
be based on past
history or ancient creeds, but only in the PRESENT in its ability to
heal lives and foster
the spreading of WISDOM and 'common sense'.
Ladies and gentlemen, these are extraterrestrial coming light-years to
share this with
us - stuff that we should already know. You know, they truly love us,
and they have a
very difficult time with why we want to kill ourselves. It's pretty
amazing. They have
asked me questions that in trying to answer them I get so embarrassed.
The very first
time I was taken to a mother ship, I was nervous and scared. I walked
on board, and
on these ships there are many different levels. The ships are spherical
and 900 miles
in diameter. On each level there are park areas. Because they are very
astute in
holographic technology, you think you are on earth. There are trees and
sunshine, and
it is all created holographically. Its all real. When I walked in, a
group of children
literally moved away from me. I got very hurt, and Moraney picked up on
my
emotions. He said, "It isn't you. We have been teaching them about your
race." Are
you getting it? And they are still sticking around. It blows my mind.
In
the Final Analysis, All We Have is Each Other
So, we need to make some shifts. It's time to 'walk the talk'. You
know, take all the
information you've gathered and do something with it. We're running out
of time, and
you can't and shouldn't wait until they're here, because everyone will
be in fear. We
need to prepare people. That's our responsibility. Whether you like
them or not, this is our race. The bottom line is that all we have is
each other. The banks
and government
could collapse tomorrow and what are you left with? Each other.
If we
can't depend on
each other, and trust each other, if we will not make a leap of faith
in each other,
ladies and gentlemen, we're screwed. It's simple. So, we have to make a
decision,
each one of you individually. This is where it comes down to Intent.
The
Andromedans Define Our Future
I asked Vasais once to give me a definition of our future. I ask a lot
of questions and
sometimes I don't get answers, simply because he looks at me, you know,
and says
"it's your experience." So, I asked him for a definition. He gave me a
definition of our
future: "Responsible freedom of self determination, becoming truly
self-confident and free, to
unconditionally be responsible for oneself, without being coerced to
accept some
higher authority." Now, that says a lot. I will tell you,
what I get out of this. No matter
how pretty their
motherships are, no matter how they may look physically, they are our
equals. They
are not better, than us.
You have the same potentials.
Corporate and Government Creation
of the Current Situation
and Planetary Betrayal
In fact, if the world governments and the secret societies had not
withheld all of the
technology that has been developed, we would already be out there
talking to them. We have been robbed of that. Bottom line. We have been
betrayed. We
would already
be out there and talking to them. Instead, we have an environmental
crisis on our
hands. You want to know why? Because more than 35 years ago we could
have had
alternative free energy technology, but they hid it and didn't allow
it.
So, it's been
more petroleum use, more carbon dioxide emissions, etc. Even Tesla
invented free
energy devices in the 1930's, and it was withheld. Now, they want to
punish you for
"doing it". It's a brilliant scheme ... if we let them get away with it.
Solar System and Slide Program
Commentary
I want to share this with you. The moon is an artificial satellite
brought here from Ursa Minor. It's hollow and operational, and it can
pull out of here any
time. Human beings from Earth have been there for at least 45 years. It
started with the
Germans, but primarily it was the Americans and the Russians. The
Germans moved on
to Mars. That's a whole other story. I want you to know this. Mars is
being terra-formed. We are told that
it is 4,200 miles
in diameter. Moraney says that is an absolute lie, that it is 11,421
miles in diameter,
and that our people know about this. We are told that it has a very
feeble atmosphere,
and yet in 1979 NASA admitted to seeing clouds at 72,000 feet. There's
a problem
with the theory they're telling us. I want to show you the pictures.
I've tried to pull out things, that
were really easy to
see. Where these photos came from was the Carlsbad Library in San
Diego. I was just
cruising along, having a telepathic chat with Moraney, and he said
"let's go to the
library." I said, all right. He said, "go to the second floor, aisle
seven, find the NASA
book of Lunar Orbiter 4 Photographs, page 27." So, I did that, and
checked it out. This
book covers pictures, taken from August 1966 to August 1967. I got
home,
got my
magnifying loop out, and he showed me everything - all these
structures. Now, here is
an extraterrestrial race, that can tell you what information is in what
book, on what
page, in the Carlsbad Library, to find proof, that there are structures
on the Moon,
Mercury, Venus and Mars.
(6 of 12)
I want to share this with you. It's there. Everything we've been told
about the moon
has been a lie, and this is reality. We are far bigger, than we have
been led to believe. It means really stretching yourself, but there is
nothing left to do.
We've played their
game to the hilt, and look at where we are. We are on the brink of
losing our
sovereignty, our freedom, and facing possible enslavement of the
planet. I don't know
about you, but I'm
not playing that game anymore. I refuse.
An Initial Protocol for
Extraterrestrial Contact
Now, some of you in this room may be having contact, and some of
you
will be having
contact. When the extraterrestrials get here, sometime next year (1997)
or the year
after, when they physically land and they start showing themselves, it
is imperative,
that you approach them, regardless of who they are or what they look
like, as an
equal, because you are a spiritual being first, and a physical being
secondly. And then,
you stand and you acknowledge them, looking at them directly, whether
you are
scared or not, and you bow without taking your eyes off them, and you
declare to
them, "It is the manner and custom, when entering my space, that
permission be
asked." No matter how many times you say it, you must mean it. You are
declaring
your sovereignty. You are declaring the fact, that you are, who you
are,
and that you've
got every right to be here, right now, at that moment. Because, if you
don't declare
your space, some species will take it from you. It's that simple.
Moraney tells me, that
if you do this, and you mean it, they will leave you alone. Those of
you, who are
working with people, that are being abducted, please teach them this.
Now, after
having said this, if they ask for permission, you can say "yes" or
"no". All right. If we could turn on the projector now. NOTE: This
video is
available from
Letters From Andromeda, called "Moon and Mars".
(Slide 1 of the Moon)
All right folks, the moon, our closest neighbor. They have been
watching us for a long
time up there. Our astronauts did go and they do know a lot, but they
took an oath of
office and they know, if they say anything, that they are dead men,
because the guys in
control play for keeps. Armstrong has already tried in so many ways to
say something. Some of the other astronauts have already said, that
"something" was
seen during the
Gemini missions. Like Al Bielek said this afternoon, extra-
terrestrials
are in control of
Earth right now. We just think its Washington, D.C. Things are as bad,
as they are, and
probably worse, than you think, because ET's are running things.
(Slide 2 of the Moon, artists impression of domed city within a crater)
This is what Richard Hoagland has been trying to show. This is an
artists rendition of
the dome structures. Now, ladies and gentlemen, in the Bible it talks
about the
E-den's. This is an Eden, an enclosed biosphere. There have been many
many wars on
our planets. The Edens, that were built by the Nibiru, the Pleiadians,
the Lyrans -- all
the different races, whose physiology is different -- they created
enclosed Edens. There are more of them on the other planets, than there
are on the moon,
because
those on the moon were nuked. On Earth, we have had at least three
nuclear wars in
the last 450,000 years. The last one was 11,913 B.C. During the last
5,600 years of
recorded human history, there have been 15,400 wars on Earth. I think
we have that
down pat. Let's try another game.
(Slide 3 of Moon, showing structure in crater)
This is on the far side of the moon, along the equator. Look at this
photograph.the domes in this crater? They're not supposed to be there,
are they?
(Slide 4 of the Moon showing crater)
I want you to look at this crater. Look at these illuminated objects in
the crater and
this object here. I want you to pay close attention to this area. Look
at this.
A
structure here. A bridge here. All lit up. How is it, that a crater,
which is supposed to be
created by a meteorite impact, has a flat-topped structure in the
center?
The moon is
full of these. I will tell you why. Because these are old bases, that
were destroyed in a
war. I asked Moraney, who destroyed these, and he told me, it was
during
a war
between the Pleiadians and the Orion Group, who won.
Audience Question: Is there any air on the moon?
Alex: Yes, there is. The far side has vegetation, lakes. It is
everything we've been told
it isn't.
(Slide 5 of the Far Side of the Moon)
I want you to look very carefully at this crater right here. I have
been told, that this is
a mining crater. I want you to look at the way this bridge spans the
crater. This bridge
is 21 miles long. You will see this same structure on Venus. What I was
told is, that
craft would land on top of this structure, lower some kind of device
and literally pull
the minerals right out of the ground.
(Slide
6 of the Far Side of the Moon)
Here's
another crater. For something supposedly created by a meteor,
it's pretty flat. What I really wanted to show you is this, a dome,
that is very much
intact. This is what
Richard Hoagland has been looking for, and its on the far side of the
moon. It's the far
side, where all the good stuff is.
(Slide
7 of the Far Side of the Moon)
In this
crater I want you to look at this structure here. See these
structures, that look
like hangars? I am told, that this base is German. The Nazi's have been
here for a long
long time. There is machinery right here. Look at the octagonal
"crater" to the north.
(Slide
8 of the Far Side of the Moon)
I want
you to
focus on this area right here. See these structures.
Ladies and
gentlemen, this is where the New World Order is on the moon. This
complex has
35,000 human beings from Earth in it, right now. These are living
compounds. The
Andromedans are very clear about this, because they want you to wake up.
(Slide
9 of the Far Side of the Moon)
Here's
a square crater. I asked Moraney how many "square meteors", that
he's seen,
and he said, he's never seen one.
(Slide
10 of the Far Side of the Moon)
Here's
another crater with another structure inside, that is all lit
up.
They're not
supposed to be there.
(Slide
11 of the Far Side of the Moon)
Look at
this area right here. See how it is terraced? See this large
structure? This is a monument, folks. A monument. It is
seven miles
high. Are you going to
tell me our astronauts "missed" this? The monument, since the moon came
from Ursa
Minor, is Orion in origin. Now, our moon used to share an orbit with
Phobos. Both
of them are artificial satellites.
(Slide
12 of the Far Side of the Moon)
Look in
this crater. Now, this crater is 14
miles long. Right in the
middle of the crater
we see a ship parked there, that is at least 4 miles in length. That's
not supposed to be
there.
(Slide
13 General Picture of Mars)
Ladies
and gentlemen, if the truth ever comes out, you will discover,
that Mars has
had
a very similar history to Earth. The human physical form was first
created on Mars and
brought to Earth. Extraterrestrials created and manipulated our
physical form. They
didn't create your soul. You did (as a part of the Creator) by your
intent. The Creator
gave you the right to go off and experience on your own. You
were not
"cast out of
heaven". Nobody buys that. The Andromedans find it hard to
believe, that
anyone buys
that. They ask me about this and I get really embarrassed, because I
have no
"come-back" on it. I just shrug my shoulders.
(Slide
14 Craters on Mars)
This is
the southern hemisphere, Elysium Mons. Look at these clouds
floating by in the
atmosphere. They are clearly visible in a lot of Martian photographs.
What
I want
you
to focus on is this area right here, a partial "face", and this area.
Now, I have been
told, that the
"face" on Mars is a tomb, and who we know as the Sumerian
"Enki", who
the Egyptians knew as "Ptah", is in that tomb. He was murdered by his
brother En-lil.
(Slide 15, Mars)
This here is partial "face", also a tomb, which is mostly destroyed,
and here adjacent
to it are three pyramids. There are seven sets of pyramids on Mars.
There are also
dinosaur bones and fossils, just like on Earth. Approximately 450,000
years ago when
Earth was involved in a nuclear war, those from Nibiru (12th planet
folks) had colonies
on Mars and they got into a war with the Orion Group, who had
apparently entered the
solar system, wanting the women from Earth, because of the genetics.
The
Nibiru
protected the planet. Mars was nuked and moved out of the orbit, it had
at that time. In fact, Earth has been moved out of its original orbit.
Earth used to
be nothing, but ice and was moved closer to the Sun and then moved
again a little farther
away. All of that has to do something with how we lost one day in the
year. In the
Sumerian texts, it tells of how Thoth tricked Ra into adding one more
day to the year.
What they did was that they moved the orbit of the planet. Folks, they
have this kind
of technology. Venus used to be one of the moons of Uranus. Mercury
used to be one of
the moons of
Saturn. They have kind of re-arranged things. Some of you will remember
this stuff as
your genetic memory comes through with this frequency change. It will
be right there. There are a lot of kids, who have this memory inside of
them today
already. They just
don't express it, because they think everyone will think they're crazy.
They come in
with a tremendous amount of genetic memory, and they're opening up.
There are
children being born over the last three years that are being born with
three strands of
DNA instead of two.
(9 of 12)
(Slide 16, Venus)
According to what we are told, Venus is over 1,000 degrees with
sulfuric acid in the
atmosphere. Now, anyone who has ever worked with chemicals knows that
if you heat
sulfuric acid up that whatever it comes into contact with turns
eventually to mush.
Well, Venus isn't mush at all. Look at these structures right here.
They're the same
mining bridges we saw on the moon. Venus was mined, when it was one of
the moons
of Uranus, for borax, which is used as an electrically conductive
substance.
(Slide 17, Mercury)
Look very carefully at this structure here. See the shadow it's casting
and how it
comes up off the ground. I am told that this is an piece of abandoned
mining
equipment. Now, this crater over here is 41 miles in diameter. Now,
compare that
crater to this piece of machinery, which is slightly longer than the
crater is wide. We're
talking big ET.
(Slide 18, Mercury)
See this structure right here? It's also on Mercury. Its also a piece
of mining
equipment that was left behind. Folks, we didn't leave it there. It's
not our stuff. The
truth is out there. What you have to do is dedicate yourself to
creating the space to
accept the truth when you hear it. Once you have accepted the truth,
you are going to
have to be it, acknowledge it and stand in it. When all is said and
done, the only thing
left standing is going to be the truth, because the truth doesn't need
to be supported
by lies. (End of Slide Presentation)
Page 66 of the book
Andromedan
vs Earth Education Systems: Back to the Future
Now, the Andromedan people teach their children everything. The oldest
and the
wisest are the teachers, and hold nothing back from their children.
Those with the
most experience teach others what they know. This is called by them the
Law of
Consistency. They know that their children are their legacy. They don't
"dumb them
down" like the educational system here does. They would never ever
think to do that,
because they are proud of their lineage and their heritage. They know
that this is who
they are, and their young people are who they are. Ladies and
gentlemen, if you have
children, you owe it to them to teach them what you know, and don't let
anyone else
babysit. Don't let the television babysit, because it is teaching them
what to think, not
how to think. Television teaches them how to spit out numbers like a
computer, and it
isn't fair. They aren't being prepared for what's coming. They're your
children,
your
responsibility and your future. There are people waiting for Christ to
come. Suppose he
doesn't come? Suppose he changes his mind? Then what? Oops.
Probable Events That Might Be Happening In the Next Few Years
Let me talk about probable events that might be happening in the next
few years. These events are probable. They started talking about these
things in
1993. Some of
them have already started to happen. I am going to continue to go over
it, because it
is entirely up to you, and all of us, to decide what kind of a future
we want. These
items are seen by the Andromedans in our future, based on our present
consciousness. Between 1996 and the end of 1997, there is a very strong
possibility,
that one third of Japan is going to sink below the ocean surface in a
very violent
earthquake. Now a few weeks ago, California was experiencing 20 foot
waves. The
media said it was because of a tropical storm off the coast of Tahiti.
The Japanese, who were experiencing the same thing, were told it was,
because of all
the volcanic
activity on the ocean floor. There is a huge difference in those two
stories. Between June and October of 2003, there is a strong
probability we will
wake up one
morning and the moon will no longer be in orbit. The reason for this is
that there are
regressive energies on the moon. They just might have to "pay back some
karma". Between 2003 and 2007, the benevolent races are supposedly
going to be
all around
us. We will see them, but they will not interfere. The Andromedan
Council, a group of
representatives from 143 planetary systems, made a declaration that by
August 12,
2003 all extraterrestrial presence, both good and bad, off our planet.
Page 67 of the book
They want to see,
how we interact with each other, when we are not being manipulated.
It's
a test, and
they have every intention on carrying it out. It's going to be
interesting.
Between 2004 and 2007, all the DNA coding, which involves all the
racial
memory from
the 22 races will begin to unlock. By 2007, everyone will have full
memory of who they
are, who they were, and where they come from. A lot of this has to do
with the
implosion of third density pulling us up into higher densities. Between
2007 and 2012,
we are supposed to see the birth of a brand new galaxy in the area of
the sky known
as Vega, just before we move into fifth density. Now, they time travel
so they already
know its there. Between 2007 and 2009, if it is allowed to happen
naturally, we are
supposed to have a 17 degree pole shift. The area of Saudi Arabia is
supposed to
become the new North Pole, so we have no choice but to go to free
energy. North
America is supposed to end up on the equator.
By the year 2003, you are going to hear more reports about "ghosts",
because what is
happening is that the new frequency is raising the vibration of the
planet, and third
and fourth density will come closer and closer together as third
density starts to
implode. This means, that the molecules in our bodies are going to
'speed up', because
the body is not dead matter, and you are going to start to see on more
of a spirit
level. We are going to have to become more responsible in the exercise
of our free will
as the earth changes start. People living along the coastal areas are
going to have a
problem, as the oceans could rise as much as 200 feet by the year 2008.
Around
2011, our sun will undergo a 180 degree pole shift. During the next
seven years, between 1996 and 2004, the major cities in
the United
States will be under quarantine because of the spread of tuberculosis.
The average life
expectancy of men in the inner cities will be 43 years of age, and for
women 55. You
are going to see the end of welfare, free medical and county services,
because
everybody will be bankrupt. Many people will be moving to communities
outside the
cities, growing food and having their own private police forces. On
January 24, 1996,
the Journal of the American Medical Association reported that the
transmission of TB
among the urban homeless is remarkably high, especially because they
found no
primary tuberculosis outbreak at all. The largest area that has been
infected so far are
New York and Los Angeles. They are not telling you anything about this
in the media. So, we have a lot of work to do.
The
Andromedan Perspective on the Concept of Time
I
want to share with you the Andromedan perspective on time: "Here is an
idea that we feel could reorganize all knowledge on your
Earth. I will
endeavor to explain, using the language of 'common sense'. We use or
employ 9
mutually interchangeable coordinates. Six of space and three of time.
In other words,
we use time as if it were a dimension of space.
Page 68 of the book
Time, in your concept,
is the '4th
dimension', and space in your perception is imperfectly sensed and
apprehended by
consciousness successively, and it creates a temporal illusion. As
such, you concern
yourselves with ideas and magnitudes, to which ordinary logic no longer
applies. We feel that our concepts contain a pathway - a bridge to the
very poles
of thought. To
some, it will rob them of their dearest and most sacred illusions, and
will cut the
ground from beneath their very feet. It will be, we hope, a destroyer
of complacency. We know there are different 'grades' of consciousness
observable in
nature. You will
see that as consciousness changes and develops, the wisdom of space
changes and
develops also. We feel that the dimensionality of your world depends on
the
development of your consciousness. With your race having reached the
fourth stage of
development, it now has a clear sense of three dimensional space. We
understand
'space' to be a multi-dimensional mirror of consciousness, and the
concepts of 'time'
and 'motion' as illusions. What does this mean to you of your world?"
" What appears to be 'time' and 'motion' are in reality only the
movement of
consciousness upon a higher space or dimension."
Now, that's something to think about. Ladies and gentlemen, in our
future the time we
are living in now is going to be known as "the end of the innocence".
We must
dedicate ourselves to finding out what the truth is, whatever it is. I
don't know if the
Andromedans are absolutely right. I have no way. I have been asked to
share with
you their perspectives, and I do. Everybody is a piece of the puzzle
and has a piece of
the puzzle. We have some major challenges to face, especially here in
America. The
reason they want to bring down America is simply because of
consciousness. We hold
the consciousness of sovereignty and self-rule. They want to take care
of that. They
don't want to hear, and we are going to have to stick together. As long
as we stick
together, we can pull this off. We can turn things around. Because,
folks, there are no
other 'free nations' in the world and there is no other place to go.
This is where it's at.
There are three things I want you to know. The first is that you are
loved. The second
is that you are royalty, and the third is please don't give up on each
other. We have all
been 'screwed', lied to and betrayed, and we have to stick together.
Ladies and
gentlemen, thank you very much.
Chapter 3 - Alex
Collier Lecture At The American Gnostic School
Page 69 of the book
Audience: 1,300 people, Yelm, Washington, November 16, 1996 3:00 - 7:00
pm. Transcript November 1996.
Alex: OK. A brief overview. I have for 30 years been visited by and
taken aboard craft
by beings who live in the constellation of Andromeda. They are light
blue in color. They
look like the depiction on the wall over there, but they have no hair.
They are
awesome. They are a very healed race, and after thinking about it I
think the reason
they are so healed is because they have absolute mutual respect for
everyone. They've said the only way we're going to have a healed race
is to have
mutual respect
for each other. I realize, that there is not a lot of that teaching
going on any more in
our world. I have
had to look at the character of our race on earth, because
I am blessed
to be able to
compare it to something else. Folks, we have a lot of work to do and a
very short time
in which to do it. A lot of things are going to start happening around
February, March
and April 1997. You know, I wish I could just tell you its all "love
and light", but that's
just not reality. We live in a duality here, and there are definitely
some races that are
screwing with us. I understand from talking with people here that you
are being taught
a lot of what to do. Self-sufficiency and self-preservation, and being
totally
self-responsible. It is imperative that what you know when you leave
here you go
home and teach, because this truth is not out there. It is one of the
sadness' that I
have, because I have been shown some probable futures. A lot of people
don't make
it. Two thirds of the people on the planet don't make it in those
probable scenarios,
and I truly don't want that to happen. You know, there are a lot of
really good, generous people, but they
don't know the
truth.
They have no way of attaining the truth, because of where they
are on a
consciousness level. You are all teachers. You are all leaders. You
were leaders before
you came in here. You were teachers before you came in here. But when
you go out of
here, from what I understand from Val, Judy Pope, Greg and others, is
that you are
going to walk out of this school as "professors". Ph.D's.
The True Meaning of the word
"Warrior"
The word warrior originally meant not being afraid of who you are. It
didn't mean one
who slashes, cuts up and murders. It meant not being afraid to be who
you are, and
we are all royalty, and I will get into that. The two beings that come
to see me and
that I have gone with are two Andromedans. There is a very tall one,
about seven and
one half feet tall, almost eight feet. He weighs about 450 pounds and
is just huge. I
was very self-conscious. It's a male thing. His name is Moraney. Now as
these beings
get older, their skin pales and turns white. Their average life span in
our linear time
would be 2,007 years. So, of course, you see a lot of changes in that
amount of time. Hanging out here for sixty years is just a "weekend".
The other one is
named Vasais,
who in our linear time is 4,300 years old. He is considered a Sage in
his world, and he
will be crossing over, moving out of their physicality, soon. In
Andromeda, when somebody moves out of their physicality, it's cause for
a celebration.
Here, unless
you're Irish, it's a somber occasion. The Irish have the right idea -
they party. You
know, divide the clothes up and everything. Anyway, I once asked Vasais
what was to become of our future. What was
going to
happen to us. I want to read you this definition of what he said. Now,
you may have
already seen this definition before in the Leading Edge magazine, have
visited Val's
website (http://www/trufax.org), or have heard it in the bootleg videos
that are all
over the place, but this is what they said: "Responsible freedom of
self-determination. Becoming truly
self-confident and free to
unconditionally be responsible for one's self, without being coerced to
accept some
higher authority."
Now, I understand, that this is exactly, what you are being taught at
this school. What
is really nice is, that this fact is conformation not only for me, but
also for everyone
here. I didn't know anything about this school, until about three weeks
ago. The changes, that are coming, from what I have been told by
Moraney and
Vasais, are
going to affect males the most, because we are the most shut-down, not
only
genetically but spiritually as well. I am just being general and not
referring to
necessarily to all of you here. I am just pretending like all the world
is listening. It
looks like the whole world in here.
The Love You Withhold is the Pain You
Carry
One of the most profound things, that I had to experience, was when I
was
living in
Lake Arrowhead, California in 1987. Contacts had resumed for two years,
and I was
having a "murphy" year. You know "murphy"? "Shit happens"? I was having
a
"murphy" year. I felt like checking out of here. Anyway, Vasais had
come to see me
and we had some discussions and more teaching and it was time to come
back. I
didn't want to come back. I would have embarrassed all of you with the
way I carried
on. But, I just didn't want to come back. I felt, "well, nothing is
working here, let's try
something different." Here I am in another reality already. So, here I
am on the
ground and they are leaving, lifting off, I hear Vasais in my head,
because he is strictly
telepathic, saying to me, "Alex, turn around". So, I turn around, and
here I am crying,
feeling abandoned, and he says "Alex, the love that you withhold is the
pain that you
carry, lifetime after lifetime." And folks, there is not a day, that
goes by, where I don't
remind myself of that or think about that. It has helped me reevaluate
all the decisions
that I have made in my life. It is also helped me to "take myself
apart" and look at all
the pieces of my personality, what my belief systems are, what I think
is true and
what is true through experience. That took a long, long time, and I'm
still not done. You know, you are constantly "redoing yourself", making
yourself over
and
reevaluating your belief systems. Our reality here is nothing but
"belief systems", for
the most part. You know, I wanted to pass that on to you, because I
have made a lot
of decisions, and I'm sure a lot of you have, where your decisions were
not based on
love, and you literally withheld love, for some reason. It's time we
grow out of that. We have no choice. The "shit" is about to hit the
fan. And, its really all about love and
fear, which is
withholding love. And, I am going to read some things to you in their
own words,
because they put it a lot better than I do. Moraney has learned to
speak English, and
there will be a time, probably between now and just after 2003, if
everything goes
well, when he will literally be walking here with us. He wanted to
learn English, and his
English is not very good. You have to blame me for that. I did the best
I could.
(2 of 30)
Now,
when they (Andromedans) talk to each other, they talk telepathically,
and their
language is
holographic, much like the ancient Chinese language or the ancient
Japanese. They're
literally holographs, but you can't literally pull them up off the
page. A holographic
language involves entire concepts at once, so for example you can get
one symbol,
and perhaps in that one symbol could be 10,000 years of a history. It's
very hard to
describe and it's taken me a long time to try to figure it out. They
were very very
patient in teaching me, how to understand their language.
I want to do questions and answers, because there is so much locked in
my head, that
I have not tapped into yet. Unless someone asks a question, it doesn't
come up. Ok?
So I am counting on you to ask some really good questions, and if I
don't know the
answer, I will tell you that I don't know. Now, I don't talk the same
language or use
the same terms you do. I am really a simple, complicated kind of guy.
OK. So what I
want to do is read this. I was given this on November 3, 1996:
Human
Genetic Transfers and Reincarnation
"Alex, we have already spoken with you in detail of your races' genetic
transfers and
reincarnation before. I will mention them again when necessary because
your path
and happiness depend on being able to attain the truth. Yes, we are
aware the
situation of your planet shows great deviation of the right path in the
sincerity period. But, please, if you would try to share this moment in
your planets
evolution as a
preparation for the investments, which will be made in the very near
future for your
races."
Now, there is a whole conversation, that
pre-empted this. Basically, I
had a contact
and I went up there with an attitude. You know, I'm a Terran, I have
extremes of
emotions, and
I am really frustrated by a lot of things. I don't
understand, how the
planet is supposed to evolve, when nobody wants to hear the truth, and
most of the
truth isn't even available.
I am extremely frustrated by that, and then
I hear
metaphysicians try to justify this by saying "we're teaching the wrong
thing but it's all
we have". I have a difficult time
justifying that. Why propagate
something, we know
isn't real? That's another whole issue, and when we get to the subject
of religions, I
really want to share with you, what I have been told.
OK, this
continues: "Since the removal of
conditions by density technology, your evolution
is going to a
faster pace, I think you say, than before."
Note: here Moraney paused
in the middle
of the talk to listen to information regarding movement of craft around
Uranus. He
smiled and then resumed his explanation:
"We have had to raise the frequency of your
planet to move change and
enlightenment along. Such a broad word you use, this word
'enlightenment'. It was
necessary.
This
also
means great tests of tolerance in situations will
be needed, by
your races.
The most important of these tolerances will be caused by
delusionary discriminations between your peoples."
And folks, this is
happening all over the planet, and it's such crap. "At the present
moment your races are carrying in your DNA genetics, the
influences
of a thousand centuries, as you count rotations, both the positive and
negative
aspects. Please understand we are trying to prepare your races for
advanced maturity. At present moment, many transfers occur in your
planet from many
different
cultures and planes. Each member of the races on and in your planet
will naturally
exhibit their own mentality. They do and will contradict your habitual
cultures." They are very specific about the words they use. "But,
please do not forget, that we have told you about mental
conflicts, (that they)
cause each to go through tests of maturity. We determine your
mentalities through
the impulse signals we receive from your races chain of thoughts. Now,
the selection
of man or woman and the situations they transcend are much more
difficult, because
their preparation (in terms) of the future is in accordance with their
level of
consciousness. Alex, you cannot help all your races. Each member of
your races will
feel their
essence in (during) the balancing of positive and negative, as they
have
done, and it
will be weighed in their own consciousness.
Those,
who prepare and
invest, will be
prepared for the evolution to another density. The countenance
of your
planet is
changing very quickly. Please don't confuse our compassion for your
races with a love for
your planet. Please understand, that they [two concepts] are separate
with our race.
We are neither
pleased with your worlds riches, nor dismayed by its poverty. We come
to hear, to
assist in the period of sincerity. The clarifying of the original
Intent in all of us in this
'veedia' [tone - holograph]. Because of lineage to your races, we
returned to you. Your world is a place of veiled consciousness.
In
order to be embodied
in
physicalness, all frequencies should be assembled in a whole Intent.
The very
distresses, the many anxieties, are the result of conflict with the
limitless awareness
in your races. This is the reason, why your planet-races cannot attain
your own Selves
[and] yet you desire to "possess" everything.
The reflections of your evolutionary state
of physicality, causes your
races not to live
comfortably on your planet. Your present religions cause your races to
unify
[the idea
of] your physical bodies with your abstract egos. You call this
"progress". We do not. Stop looking to your physicality to bring you
enlightenment.
Your
bodies are the
effect of the cause, which is Intent, moved by emotion, which creates
physicality.
During previous past times in your 3rd density, education of the soul
took many
incarnations of life and death of the physical body. Situations and
reincarnations
would reflect this system it appears. All beings would transcend your
physicalness in
accordance with the degree of consciousness attained. Since it appears
that your
races, having no concept of the Law of Consistency, became very
fragmented in
extremes. Religions became divisions of beliefs, and conflicts among
your races took
place. The worship of belief systems and idolatry came into existence.
Now, the technology of advanced races in higher densities have taken
control of your
evolutionary systems, and by means of this systems' control, the
evolution of certain
dimensions.
(4 of 30)
Reincarnations have become history, and by this means your races, Alex,
and others
[races] than yours, have a probability of DIRECTLY attaining your FULL
ESSENCES. The reason for telling you this truth in all clarity is to
free you of
the conflicts and
contradictions, so your races can attain the truth as soon, as
possible.
So, don't ask us
about yourself, ask ABOUT yourself TO your own Self. If your races
cannot attain the truth and cannot be unified with YOUR
ORIGINAL
INTENT, we will not be able to be in touch with your planet races.
Since the EGO CONSCIOUSNESS in your races still goes on, and since you
cannot
break the denial of your Inner Self, your race becomes detrimental to
the planet and
to your planetary system. At this moment, there are many beings, who
cannot attain genuine respect
for Self
and Self-Awareness in our Galaxy. They, as well, are being kept under
control. Their
evolutions are being made in an indirect way. Your races have also been
persecuted and manipulated by other galactic
races from
planetary systems negatively charged, other than your own. Since during
your
different past time periods they have tried to prove to your ancestors
their own
TECHNICAL POWER, fear has been CREATED in your races. We have returned,
to
convey the truth, to erase these fears. Since your planet is the site
of both the most primitive and most high
maturity, it is
very full of contradictions. Your religions, which helped many to
evolve, have not been
released. Your races have refused to let go of a system of beliefs,
that
have not serviced
your planet for the last 453 rotations of your star [years]. We freeing
you of this, and
with the use of COMMON SENSE, we hope your races will attain your OWN
SELVES,
and BECOME FULLY INDEPENDENT. Be at ONE."
In their perspective, and that's what it is, it's obvious, that there
is
not just "one truth". There are many truths. The one truth is that we
all exist. That we
know, that we all
have an essence that is undefinable and truly eternal. They said that
somewhere
around the beginning of December 2013, third density will implode. It
will implode.
What does that mean? I don't know if this is true, but they say, and
they are
convinced, that literally what is going to happen is that there is
going to be a
graduation out of physicality. That means that a lot of us are going
home, and that
means that a lot of others are going to start over again. A lot of this
has to do with our
genetics. According to the Andromedans, our physicality is the sum
total of 22
different races that have come down here, spend the "weekend", messed
with us and
then took off and went home. Intermingled, left children behind and
just took off. The
Egyptian pharaohs are a perfect example of this. The "blue-bloods", the
Rothschilds
who are also "blue-bloods" are also another example of this. Their
blood is
copper-based. That's ET. OK? The thing about copper-based blood is that
you don't
need a lot of oxygen. Your physicality tends to grow and have a larger
lung capacity. So, living in a lot of environments, where we couldn't
becomes possible.
Now, what is
interesting is, that in our physicality,
what
we know as Earth,
our
atmosphere is getting
thinner and thinner. I know that there is a lot of talk about the
ozone, that the "ozone
crisis" is a myth. There is an ozone crisis. We are all partly
responsible for destroying our environment. According to the
Andromedans, 3500 years ago the oxygen content of the
atmosphere
was between 34% and 38%. They say, that today it is literally less than
17%. Now,
those of you that have studied biology know, what happens to the
physical body, when
the oxygen content goes below 15%. Your body dies. Now, why is this
happening?
Because there are a group of Terran humans, that have been made a
promise by a
group of extraterrestrials, that have Orion belief systems, that if
they
will get rid of
some of the races on the planet, that these extraterrestrials will use
their technology
and "restore the earth" to its original state. Some of that genocide
was to be done
using viruses. As most of you know, the "AIDS" virus was created. There
are others,
that are coming, including anthrax and bubonic plague. All of these
things are coming
back "new and improved",
I'm afraid to say, because there are some
really truly crazy
people, who are in positions of power on our planet. Many of them go
back
and forth from
our planet to the moon.
Now, you don't have to believe any of
this, and
that's OK, but I
can tell you this. In the next ten years you will absolutely know this
for a fact. Richard
Hoagland will be vindicated. There are ruins on almost all the planets
in our solar
system. There is life as we speak on Uranus, right now. There's life.
Plant life and
animal life (possibly inside planets, LM). As we speak. It's there. If
you want to do something to
burst everybody's
bubble, get them to send a satellite there. If you have any
connections, get them to
keep the cameras rolling, as it enters the atmosphere.
Anyway, I want to talk about genetics. I want to read you something
that I was given
in August 1996, and it took me quite a while to get it to Val, and it's
about genetics.
Apparently we all had copper-based blood systems at one time. All of
our physiology
was based on copper. We were all "blue-bloods". We were all royalty. In
fact, we still
are royalty. It's just that our physiology is not working the same. The
reason it isn't is
that apparently because of a nuclear war that occurred here. One of the
nuclear wars
that occurred here. Now, why earth? First, it's a really beautiful
place. It's not the only
planet that has water. When you listen to the scientists talk about
"the different moons
that have water on them", you have to ask yourself, "where did the
water come
from?". If you have a moon that has no atmosphere, how did the water
get there?
Because it wasn't always there. It wasn't always like that. It had an
atmosphere. They
were moved. Even earth was moved from its orbit - twice. There is a
possibility that
they want to do it again. The "flood of Noah" was a result of the
moving of earth from
its original orbit. That is was caused it. We are talking about huge
ships that can move
planets. They have this technology. But, that's all it is --
technology. Apparently, we
can do these things with our own minds, if we are disciplined enough
and cleared
focused in our intent. And, that is exactly what you are taught here at
the school, to
remember who we originally were before we fell into time and
physicality. So, I will
read this to you: "In your linear time of 3rd density measurement, of
439,231 rotations
ago [years],
war on a grave scale occurred in your Solar System. This aggression
occurred against
those on your worlds, that included not only you Terrans, but also
those
called
Niburu. This invasion of your systems by Orion was led by a queen named
Suttee. This (war) was destructive on many levels [frequencies) of
physicality.
"We will focus tonight on your Terran physical form. It matters little
of those, who hear you, Alex, who do not listen. Please share (this),
regardless of
(any) emotion,
returned to you in challenge. When your science truly removes their
bigotry, they will
discover of the wisdom of it (what is said here). The last grave
conflict was very
harmful to your physical form. Many weapons of destruction, many of
atom-splitting
(nuclear weapons) have been used. This is the reason for most of your
Terran skin
tones. We shall explain.
"Orion was and is most interested in the females of your race. Because
of the
pro-creation (reproductive) and genetic strengths. We want to share
(the fact) that
much of your Terran history has been misleading in its truth by those
who eventually
conquered in control of your solar system (those in control rewrote
history to hide the
truth). Nibiru won, but only a short battle, before they and other
outposts were forced
to leave (the solar system) because of genetic damage. Your original
races were
green-skinned. This we know, because of large copper traces in your
Terran 22 blood
type (refers to the composite of human genetics which comprise genetic
codes from
22 humanoid species). Also, the pituitary and thyroid (glands) were
fully functional
(at that time). The genetic damage to these organs was caused by (the)
radioactivity
in (the) air and all things of contact (on all things in the
environment). The air was
like this for a long time. It (the radioactivity in the
environment) caused the genetic memory
of these organs
(genetic memory of full-use capacity) being closed and almost atrophied
(caused the
function of the organs to shut down and the organs to atrophy). Your
world
experienced drastic changes in climate and massive magnetic
fluctuations. Your
different skin tone races are a result of an edema damage to your blood
(changes in
blood chemistry). It was (then) necessary for survival to create
self-sufficient and
contained environmental habitats, (both) above and below the surface."
Now folks, this is what the "garden of Eden" was. It was an
artificially created
environmental habitat. It's like what Richard Hoagland has been talking
about. You
build a dome and then you terraform underneath it. It's exactly what
these were. "Much of the fossilization of your terran remnants is
caused by this
radiation of your
planet (here they imply that ambient radiation plays a part in
fossilization processes).
Your Solar
system contained three Suns at that time. Only two remain (one is
on the
opposite side of the visible sun, and rotates in such a way that it is
hidden from view
from the perspective of the Earth).
Your physicality (body) in its
original form
contained a great balance of zinc, copper, magnesium and iron. Your
true (original)
blood color was green, like your chlorophyll. Some, we have discovered,
even had
(blood of a) gold tint. As such (at that time) your physicality (body)
could survive in a
high carbon dioxide (content) atmosphere. Because of this skin color
green, the (only)
stars in your system, that affected your physical form, were in the
color
spectrum of
orange-red, blue and green." Now, think about that. If you can picture
in your mind, that everything
is a holograph,
which is a group of frequencies ....
"Many of your Terran races were stranded on
the surface. The genetic
changes were
the result of radiation damage. Your race (skin color) went from green,
to red
(7 of 30)
(Native
Americans, Egyptians and Mayans), to yellow (Asians), to black
(Afro-Americans and
Africans), and then to white. Your white races were then considered
then to be
genetically weakest. Now, this puts a whole new light on
prejudice, doesn't it? I know the
Nazis aren't
happy about this. It's just as well. I don't like them anyway.
"As such, the survivors and descendants of the war were genetically
altered and
became white through edema (he means anemia?} And they were persecuted
and
(were) forced to live underground, only to surface 5,508 rotations
(years) ago to the
surface of your world."
Now, somebody had read this on the Leading Edge website and sent me an
email
message, that said that the "white race" had appeared somewhere out of
the
mountains of Tibet, some time ago. I don't know, if that's true or not,
but I'll ask Val.
"The copper blood line is (now) a small race on your world (Note: He
has
to be
referring to the 'blue blood" self-declared nobility), but it is the
strongest genetically.
Your native red nation race is very strong and easiest to discover and
understand. This might explain the penchant for abduction of those with
'red'
genetic bloodlines,
and also the relative genocidal murder of the 'red' races by the white,
because if you
are a coward, you suppress, what you consider to be stronger, than
yourself.
Of course,
many of us don't do much about this, and say "I don't want to get
involved, it's their
problem and their issue". We owe it to them to get involved. We owe it
to ourselves. "The red is the closest to the original form among you.
Your
physicality had a natural
defense to positive and negative frequencies (due to the) copper
mineral in your
blood (resistance to electromagnetic variation). This lack (now) of
copper in your
blood has caused a partial loss of brain capacity and nervous system
(capacity). Remember (that) your DNA contains cellular memory. It is
possible to
unlock this
memory with (the) use of minerals such as copper. Your blood systems
(are) adapted
(now) to iron, because of copper depletion due to (ambient) radiation.
We will share
more, but we must return now. Be at one, Alex."
Human Evolutionary Stages of
Development
I have talked with Moraney and Vasais about maturity, and how to grow.
When all of
this started, they didn't tell me that I would be speaking to people,
or that I would be
required to speak. That's because I didn't read the fine print on the
contract. You have
to read the fine print, folks. Do yourself a favor. Anyway, I wanted to
read to you what
they told me about the stages a human being goes through in
development. Now, this
doesn't apply to only us. There are human beings everywhere, not only
on our plane of
physicality, but also on other planes. I want you to know that even
though you may
not see them, there is a physicality on the other planes.
(8 of 30)
It's not a
situation, where
there are "whispering little clouds, with a light breeze and, if you're
lucky, one will blow through you and say, "hello, how are you?".
That's not what it is. It's
a lot more
complicated, than that. So, these are the evolutionary stages a human
being goes
through:
The Wandering: Where we come from, why, our purpose and gathering our
"tools".
Initiation: Preparing our own path, each one different and hopefully
centering.
Honoring: Understanding the Source of our creation. Recognizing the
sacred in
oneself.
I guess that is exactly what you are being taught here at the school,
how to recognize
your sacredness.
Stating Intention: Realizing and acknowledging ones true purpose to
create Self.
Surrender: Letting go of control to allow vulnerability. To learn what
is already
known.
Embrace Our Own Darkness: Walking into the unknown parts of Self. Being
and
becoming the Void.
Lighting the Flame in the Heart: Connecting to Self and finding
meaningful, honest,
ritual.
Transformation: Climbing the ladder of self-responsibility, to hold a
vision of Being
One-ness, Being the vision that alters all perception.
Becoming Human: Empathy and compassion toward all. Being in truly
responsible
relationships.
And folks, I have learned that for me, that is the secret of life -
relationships, because
they all mirror back part of us.
Walking The Path: Integrating all of life's experiences. Being a
teacher by Being.
Service: Discarding the illusion of separateness. Total approach to
life in humility and
joy.
The Worship of the Isness: The worship of the Isness is the creation of
Self.
The Isness is their concept of Creator, what we refer to as "God". I
don't like to use
the connotation "God" much any more because our perception of it here
is based on
Biblical teachings, and the "God" in the Old and New Testaments are
both
extraterrestrials. They're not "the big Guy" .... The "big Gal", sorry.
Fear is a big issue. Not in this room but outside this room it is. It
is with me on "bad
days" , you know. So, it would like to share with you their perspective
of fear and
trying to understand it: "In your time and space at present is a great
challenge to you all.
That would be the
expression of fear. For any of you to be in fear is to lack clear
understanding of most situations. We have observed on your world that
your world is at a most
confused
point in history and evolvement. We understand your remarkable drive
and
commitment to be alive (survival). We, however, are not understanding
of your need
to create tools of death, expecting (that) they will keep all in a
space of
"understanding and peace." We have observed, that you build,
create and
plan in a
space of fear, not in a consciousness of love, so your defensive
position of institutions
that create and employ are always then in a state of unraveling and
disintegration. We share this with you, because they drain you and your
earth of
energy, both the
spiritual and materially physical. Fear always has to feed. Fear does
not create itself. The fear we
observe is difficult for
us to understand. It depletes
you of the focus on the original Intent. It is elusive. It's a very
secretive energy. Fear withholds love. This is most saddening to see
and feel." Now, they refer to this a
lot, but they have never come out and said,
what the original Intent was, but I suspect it is that definition I
read you in the
beginning. How can we share understanding and love, when so many
of you are
withholding from Self and each other". Please try to feel the
words. We
as a race are
trying to express to your race that one of your original intentions in
creating your
physical reality is the idea of creating and learning to manipulate and
express
yourselves through physicality, using your consciousness. It is your
consciousness
that is the gift of the Is-ness. That the Is-ness has given you, and in
fact all things that
bear Spirit. It is the gift that has been clouded, and most
importantly, clouded by fear. This creation of fear is completely
irrational to who you all are.
Fear, as we ourselves
at one time as Lyran ancestors, sought to defend and legitimize
withholding of love. We have come to understand that withholding love
only creates perpetual
disintegration.
We have
discovered in our own galaxy the ruins of vast races, having
achieved
recognition, that have ceased to exist. They destroyed themselves,
simply because
they withheld love and drained the very life force out of their Intent,
imploded
and destroyed their self-creation. Fear is the opposing projection to
original Intent. The first
projection of fear is denial, an emotion of incredible
restriction. As a
restriction, denial and fear will result in the complete opposite
reality, as that, which it
claims to be.
Fear is
based, in our perspective, on a misunderstanding
of one's own
worth, and security. Why is this
so? We have formed a
perspective,
based on your
history. Your many religions have helped and hurt this process. Some of
your
world beliefs
have many convinced, that they are "sinful creatures of nature".
Now, I just want to add something here. In
one of my conversations with
Moraney, the
word "sin" came up. I brought it up. I was born and raised a Catholic,
so I was fully
indoctrinated. He told me, that the word "sin" is a word, that is
pre-Sumerian, and that
the word "sin" originally meant genetic defect. So, maybe that will
help you with a
perspective, when you read the Bible again. If you should read it
again.
Let me start
this over again:
(10 of 30)
"Some of your world beliefs have many convinced, that they are "sinful
creatures of
nature". Your scientists teach, that your physical form is a "pool of
chemicals" thrown
together by accident so that "you are all an accident", living
meaningless lives of
chance."
[Editor note: Here we see the expression of the Darwinian and
Malthusian paradigms,
that orthodoxy consistently thrusts on the public as belief systems]
Folks, the first group of ET's are not going to be benevolent, but they
are going to
pass themselves off as benevolent, and they are going to be telling you
that we are
"their creation", and that they "own" us because they "created us". The
fact of the
matter is that they didn't. It's another lie, and the first group that
gets here will
probably be those from Sirius B that will be openly contacting us.
[Editor note: Several contactees in November 96 are purporting to
convey
information from the "Federation" are dealing with those from Sirius B,
who have been
among those conveying advanced manipulative technology to world power
factions for
at least three decades, and who are known to participate in the
abduction and
manipulation of humans]
They're "full of shit", OK? The game continues, and a lot of people are
going to fall for
it because the earth will be going through changes, and they'll come
down and say
"we'll save you", and "this is the Way", and so on and so forth.
Basically what they are
going to do is to use our free will against ourselves. Because that is
all you have is
your free will. It's the only true sovereignty you have in this
holograph we call
existence. You are because you wanted to be. It's that simple. And, if
you don't "want
to be", you can change that too. But, it's your decision. Let's
continue with what they
had to say:
"You fear a "God" whom a book says is a 'loving and forgiving God', who
will
'eternally throw you into an abyss' for making mistakes."
This creates serious dysfunction, don't you think? You think, "which
way do I go?" and
you do nothing.
" It is in our perspective (that this is) where this fear of
unworthiness and insecurity is
created from. Many in your world, Alex, have come to understand that
fear, and the
idea of fear, is their enemy. All of you struggle between understanding
and fear, and
reason and fear. Please, we ask you to share this with your race: this
"struggle" is in
no way pre-determined. Our perception is that this struggle will lead
your world to
either peace and self-responsibility, or to extinction as a race. This
would grieve us. It's time to return you now." I was given this
information on February 9, 1991.
So, in dealing with the reflections that Moraney and Vasais have given
me about our
race, it has been difficult to want to come back here, especially when
I've seen how
they treat each other. Now, I lived with them for three months in 1986.
But in our
linear time I was only gone eighteen minutes. Time travel is great
thing! The first time
I was brought on an Andromedan mother ship, which was 900 miles in
diameter and
completely self-contained worlds, I had to wear a belt that would keep
my physicality
together, so that I could spend this time with them. The craft I was on
had 24
different levels, and in the middle of this craft is a park that is 21
miles on each side, with trees and everything. They use extensive
technology in holographs,
and they can
literally create their sunrise and sunset. The trees and plants grow,
because it is a
holograph, but it is real, even though they are creating it with
technology.
They teach their children in the middle of these parks. Everything is
done in nature,
very much like the native Americans used to do. The first time I walked
on the ship,
down a corridor and into this huge space, the children that were there
moved away
from me. I was really hurt, and Moraney said to me, "It isn't you. We
have been
teaching them about your race." They were afraid of us.
[Editor note: I asked Alex later to clarify this, and the "fear" the
children felt was
intellectual in nature - an intellectual avoidance. The Zenetaen race
from Andromeda
are in essence like a race of "little Spocks" and do not "react" in the
same way earth
humans do.]
To the children, I represented our race. I do the best I can, but I
have my own stuff to
work out too. So, they're learning and I am amazed that they still want
to come back
here and help. Another time, I had been waiting for them and they
finally showed up,
and as I was walking into the control room, as I was being led by
another
Andromedan, Moraney was looking at a bunch of monitoring devices on the
wall that
were analyzing our atmosphere, and he looked concerned. I said to him,
"what's the
matter?" He just pointed to the atmosphere and said, "don't they
understand that it's
here because they needed it?" They don't understand our suicidal
tendencies. I guess
they have the perspective that we should really known better. I don't
know where they
got that idea.
Another time, Vasais was monitoring television broadcasts and he had
been watching
a news broadcast about a shooting in Chicago, where a policeman shot a
black man
and then rushed over and tried to save his life. He had a hard time
trying to
understand why the policeman would try to take the life and then try to
save him. He
didn't understand the contradiction, and I don't know that they still
have dealt with
that. You know, that which we accept as "reality" is extremely foreign
in concept to a
lot of other different races. They simply don't understand it, and
there's no way we
could truly 'rationalize' it to them, when they themselves come from a
'space' of
unconditional love and mutual respect. I have not done a good job in
trying to explain
it to them, because when I really stop to think about it, it doesn't
make any sense to
me either. So, as Val would say, it's time for a new paradigm. I guess
that is what is
going on here at the school with you, those before you and those that
will come after
you.
What
Makes a Human Being
I have given a lot of thought to our race, and the character issues,
and I just want to
share with you some of my thoughts on the human race, and about people.
A lot of
this comes from my own experience, dealing with 'us':
A human being whose heart shows no passion is a person who doesn't
have a life.
A human being who doesn't give from the heart is a person will lie to
you.
A human being whose heart is committed to nothing is a person who will
not try, but
will only take.
A human being who is not willing to risk or take chances for love, is
a person who is
absolutely empty inside, already 'dead'.
I have come to these conclusions because of my relationship with
Moraney and Vasais. I absolutely love these two beings. They are my
'fathers', my
'brothers', my friends, and in some respect even my 'sons', because I
have had the opportunity
to teach
them.
Most Human's Haven't a Clue About
What's Happening
You know, there is so much information out there that is totally bogus.
I went to the
Star Visions Conference. There was a guy there who had some pictures of
a craft, and
he said that he has been in contact with the Sirians, and he mentioned
Sirius B. Then,
he went on to make a speech in which he said that "Jesus Christ is a
starship
commander who lives on Earth underground in a place called Valley of
the Echoes, and
that they are coming back, there will be a war and that those,
who are
not in favor of
Jesus will be destroyed." The people there gave this guy a standing
ovation. I'm not
kidding. They have this guy a standing ovation. It was really sad,
because these
people don't have a clue. They don't want to take responsibility. They
can totally
thwart this war. We don't have to do anything about this as long as we
started
working and learning to live with each other, granting mutual respect,
having natural
tolerance for our race. I know its not easy, because of all the
conditioning, but folks, I
need your help. I desperately need your help. We don't need to create
the "book of
revelations', but that is exactly what is being done. There are beings
out there, that
have technology, that are more than happy to help us play this thing
out, because we
are a threat to them. The reason we are a threat to them is because of
not only who
you are spiritually, but also because our genetics.
Our physicality is a combination of the human extraterrestrial and the
primate race. This melding is what has given us our incredible extremes
of emotion,
which is why we
can hold so much creative energy inside of us. This is why the
Andromedans are in
awe of our Creative Energy and why they are so concerned. They have to
use
technology to create some of their physicality.
We don't. They
are
amazed, that when
you leave your house everything is still there when you come back. It
doesn't
disintegrate. Now, if you live in south of Los Angeles, perhaps you
have
to worry about
your stuff not being there. They are amazed at that. The Intent and the
energy it takes
to create all the little things, that you have on your shelf. They are
amazed. They don't
have all the little "stuff" that we have.
According to the Andromedans, and other races, who have discovered
this,
in our Holographic Universe, there are 11 layers or densities, and now
apparently there is a
12th. This is their perspective. They say,
that we fell into time and
physicality, they
and many other extraterrestrial races are fascinated, by what it is
that we know,
locked up inside of us. Because, we have already evolved to that level
and came back
to start over again. They don't have access to what they think we know,
which is
apparently locked up inside of us. Not only that, but apparently we
specifically chose
this physicality and its vibration, because it is able to hold such an
extreme of
emotions. When you couple idea with the idea, that this physicality is
also made up of
22 races (more than that now, LM), including the Andromedan race, they
say, that every single one
of you is
"royalty" on this planet. They say, that many of the other
extraterrestrial races,
particularly the benevolent ones, acknowledge this, because of the
fact,
that we are Spirit and we have these genetics inside of the bodies we
are using.
The "dark ones", which include the Grey
Men, see us as "beasts" because
of the
primate component. They say, how can we allow this to surpass us? This
is why there
is constant genetic and mental manipulation here. The negatives are
concerned, that
once we move out of our "prison" of third density, that we will
radically "change
everything". We will. I don't know about you, but I need a change!
The Andromedans told me, that I am one of
four contactees, and that
apparently more
will be added in the very near future. I hope some of that has to do
with my griping. I
have bitched and moaned. There are not enough people to do this. The
reason, that I and the other three people were chosen in the 'first
round', is because
that apparently
when they were here 62,300 years ago and had a colony here for 65
years, I was one
of them that was here. There was a battle and they were chased out of
here, and I
(my body) was killed. So, I know, that I am from another place. In
fact,
all of you here
are. Your souls were not "born and hatched" here. I can tell you that. They say,
that our universe, in terms of our reckoning of linear time,
is a 21 trillion
year-old Hologram. They also say, that there are 100 trillion galaxies
in this universe,
including all dimensions. One hundred trillion!
And some people
still
don't think there's
life out there! I don't know what to do with folks like that, you know?
I have some
really good friends, that I work with, that are very good people, very
awesome people,
full of integrity, but they are convinced, that there is going to be a
'rapture' and that
'they don't have to do anything', but just wait. God, that pisses me
off. I mean, there is
so much to do and they are just going to sit on their butt and wait? I
said to one guy,
"suppose He changes his mind?" He says, "well, He couldn't do that" I
said, "is He
God?" He said, "yes". "Well." I said, "then he could!
Oh, God I am so
frustrated. You know, I feel the 'pressure' of things, starting to get
'tighter' and
'smaller', and it's
really great to see all of you here. I was very disillusioned last
weekend, and I
basically said to myself "that's it, I'm fed up, I've had it." I even
thought about not
coming here to give this talk, because I was just so burned out. Well,
you know folks,
it isn't easy walking these two worlds". You know? Yes, I know, that
you
know. Right. I
forgot, who I was talking to. And, well, there are times, that I go out
for walks at night and I try
and call them
down, and they don't always come. And, I look at my wife and I say to
myself, do I
need to put all of my energy into this? Can I do both? There are times,
when I truly
wrestle with where it is I want to be. Because the two realities are so
extreme. When I
go up with them,
I am so free, I can't even put it into words. When I
come back,
there's the phone bill, the electric bill, the gas bill, the car
payments, the insurance-- all these little things, and I say to myself,
"God, they really have
the right idea - they
keep it all really simple." All their energy goes into creating
themselves. They are not
distracted by all this other stuff. I wrestle with that a lot. I
haven't come to a
conclusion yet. I'll keep you posted.
Human
Children Being Taken Off the Planet Each Year
Some of the missing children on this planet have not only been taken by
the Greys, by
Orion, but also by the Pleaidians. Now, apparently in the systems in
Aldebaran, there
are human Terran colonies. The Pleaidians have taken human children
from here. When I asked Moraney if they had permission to do this, he
said, "no,
there were
many broken hearts left behind." Ok. Again, whatever the justification
is, it's still a
violation of free will. And that's how you have to measure somebody
else's actions. Sirius has also been doing this. There were many
children taken
underground, not only
by our government. Many of the children were...eaten. I want you to
know that the
Andromedans have confirmed this. Ladies and gentlemen, these children
are our
future, whatever it is going to be. They are our future. You've got to
protect your families. The family is the target. Because, that will
pull the rug out
from underneath
our society in a heartbeat. A lot of people, even if they are cowards,
find their strength
in their families. When that doesn't exist, we have big-time problems.
Children are
leaving this planet at the rate of at least 100,000 per year from all
over the world, and
you're not hearing about it.
The Implosion of the Corrupt
United States Government in 1997
They are just being taken out of here, and some of the ET's feel they
have a 'right' to
do it. Basically, this reflects a 'deal' that was cut with the world
governments.
I wanted
to share that with you because it might help you when things totally
start to unravel. For those of you who are Americans, you are about to
witness the great
implosion of
the United States Government, starting after April 1997. It is going to
just start to
unravel next year. The lies and truths are going to start to come out,
and people are
going to be blown
away at how corrupt your government is. Well, maybe not you. Again, I
forgot who I
was talking to. You have to understand, I don't usually talk to an
educated crowd like
this. This is really a treat for me. I mean, you guys are just awesome.
The Andromedan Holographic
Language
Let's look at some of the holographic language symbols of the
Andromedans. Now,
remember that you have to pull these symbols up off the board into
three dimensional
form and be able to move all the way around them. I am not an expert on
how
holographs work, but in these holographs, if you could see them
physically all the way
around, is contained information. This symbol, when given
holographically to another
race, totally tells them everything about the Andromedan race:
Apparently, we are supposed to be able to do that, and apparently do,
but we don't
understand how it works. This is the symbol for love or, mutual
respect. If they were to project this symbol inside of your
consciousness, in
this one symbol
would be everything they know about mutual respect. See, it's simple.
It doesn't take
200 pages to explain love. There it is. This is the symbol for Earth
physicality. When
they give this symbol, it contains our entire Earth history:
Again, you lift this symbol off and look at it dimensionally,
underneath it, above it,
and inside is contained information. This is the symbol for "war" or
"confrontation": This is a much more complicated symbol for the Earth
races:
Page 87 of the book
Now, this next symbol should be interesting for you. It is supposed to
represent
peace:
More
on the Upcoming Dimensional Changes
OK. A couple things that I was asked to go over again was the implosion
of third
density and what that entails, because I sort of skimmed over it. So, I
will share with
you what I have been told. Now, some of you may understand the physics
of this
better than I do. According to the Andromedans, 21 trillion years ago
as we are in
linear time, apparently all of us as essences, sparks of spirit, were
someplace else in a
completely different reality. What they say happened was, is that the
Big Bang theory
is basically correct in its simplicity, but the physical part that we
know was the last of
the realms created in what we call our universe. When I refer to the
term 'universe', I
want you to know that I am talking about all of the 11 creational
densities, or planes. What they say happened was that all the black
holes were created
because wherever
we were, that universe began to evolve and as it evolved those of us,
who were not
ready to evolve literally 'gained weight' in mass. In 'gaining weight',
we started to fill
black holes, and at some point when this other universe evolved to a
certain
frequency, those of us that did it broke out of those black holes and
created this
space, which we now call our universe.
What we are witnessing, 21 trillion years later, is the same thing
happening. What is
happening now in our universe is that according to Moraney and Vasais
on March 23,
1994 a color and sound frequency started emanating out of all the black
holes. The
color and sound literally, in its unified effect, is attaching to all
of the densities, or
planes. What is happening is that it is raising all the frequencies,
pulling everything up
'from the bootstraps'. It is literally creating another holograph above
the existing 11
creational densities. They are calling this newly generated holograph
'the 12th', and
the reason is because it is both unified and separate from the others.
They have been
told by other races that there are beings of a type of consciousness
never seen before
inside this '12th' plane, and that these beings literally have the
ability to look straight
'down' through all the dimensional levels. What's happening is, that
third density is beginning to implode, because
as the
frequency of third density matter starts to rise, those, that choose to
evolve, will pass out of here. There are a greater number, that are in
fear of this, that
will not evolve. Because we are spirit, nothing ever dies. What is
happening is, that
there are black
holes being created, literal 'dips' in physicality being created, where
souls will be
gathering in these spaces, so that they can continue to evolve by
literally creating
another 'space'. Unfortunately, one of these areas ('dips') is between
us and the Sirian
system, which is why there is so much "crap" coming our way.
Page 88 of the book
OK? You
have a
front-row seat. And all I can say is 'bless them' as they make the
transition, because
we have been there before -- all of us. I have been told that on our
planet that literally
the probability is that there will only be 400 million of us making
this transition. It's a
sad thing. It would be nice if it was everybody. When you get to fifth
density, look for
the house with the mailbox with balloons. That's my house. I'll have
everything there,
sandwiches...you just show up.
Intervention
Changes Reality for Everyone
Going back to the genetic information I was sharing with you,
concerning
the primate
race, and because of our apparent essences deciding to 'come back' and
start this
thing all over again, what is happening is, apparently our DNA can
vibrate, because of
our ability to hold the extremes of emotion inside of us, at such a
frequency, that we
can literally take our experiences from here, and part of our
physicality, into the fifth
plane (?). When this happens, we will radically change, what the
Andromedans
know. People are always saying, "why don't the Andromedans intervene?".
There's more to it,
than that, because when they come down here and co-mingle with us, it
not only
changes our reality but it changes their reality. A little piece of us
goes back with
them. Suppose a lot of you go into fifth density and decide to go to
the Andromedan
galaxy. We all march into Andromeda together. Their civilization and
reality will never
be the same. This factor is precisely why many of the races,
particularly the
benevolent ones, are coming back. They want a 'heads-up". They want to
know what
to expect. They want to know "who we are". Do you follow what I am
trying to say? Now, the negative civilizations have everything really
nice where they
live. They have
everything under control and they have their caste systems. They don't
want any of us
who may be originally from the Orion system going in there and
'wreaking havoc' with
their control systems and start teaching people about free will and
freedom. They
don't want that. Just because they are at another level doesn't mean
they are all that
evolved. There is still 'crap' there, too. They have a vested interest
in control systems.
Control factors. They don't want anybody to be 'rocking the cart",
especially a race
they consider to be 'beasts'. What is really interesting is that they
created their own
undoing. They really did, by tinkering with everything. All it would
really take would be
one of you to go in and change one of these systems - just your
frequency alone. So,
you truly are royalty. You guys are just awesome, and the "war" that's
coming is about
all of that. It is because there are benevolent races, that want our
experience and our
DNA. They want our emotions. They want us to be teachers, because many
of the
benevolent races have lost their passion.
Page 89 of the book
The Greys originally thought emotion was a 'weakness', so they
literally bred it out,
and now they, as species, are dying, and they are totally stuck on
technology. They
are not having children any more, because of the lack of passion in the
body, the spirit
cannot attach to the physical form. There are also other races like
this with the same
problem. There are other races, the Pleaidians for example, that in 982
years will start
to show genetic breakdown, because of so much interbreeding. We are
seen as a
"booster", because we have their genetics within us as well, as the
passion, and the
ability to hold passion, which is an awesome creative force. So, there
are some that
really want us to be there (higher density), and there are some that
are terrified at the
prospect of us being there. That's really what all this is about.
Effects
Between Now and 2013 Are Long Term
The effect of what is going on between now and 2013 are long term.
Apparently,
almost 400 years into our future there is tyranny. So, what happens
here now is of
major consequence...because who we are. Whatever we do here on third
density
moving into fifth density, we will literally change all the dimensions
above us in a
domino effect all the way up, because it was apparently where we came
from before
we moved into physicality here. So, we have to be responsible. There is
a much bigger
agenda here, and I am sure that there is a lot more, that I don't know
that someone
else in the future will bring up. You have to be 'private
investigators', detectives, and I
know, that there is so much information out there, and so much junk,
but
you are
literally going to weed through it yourselves. No one has all the
answers. No one. There might be some, that more of the pieces of the
puzzle. But the
bottom line is that
every single one of you in this room, even the people outside the room,
who aren't
here, sharing this, who have no clue and think 'ET' is a joke, have a
piece of the
puzzle. They just may not be able to bring their piece of the puzzle
when we move to
fifth density. What is going to happen in the next ten years? You're
going to be busy. A
lot is going to happen in the next ten years.
Q: When is the dimensional collapse starting?
A: It's already starting. What you are going to start hearing about in
the near future
are something called rods. These will be something that will be
video-taped. What you
will see will be large streaks shooting through the air that are
etheric in nature but will
be captured on tape. What you will be seeing is fourth and fifth
density craft moving
through space, not having the slightest clue that they are flying right
through us. That's because at that point you are beginning to see the
implosion.
You'll also see
more "ghosts" and "apparitions", because those that are 'stuck' between
fourth and
fifth density will become more visible as our frequency starts to
increase. A lot of
them, unless they are healed and set free from their self-imposed
'prisons', will be
exiting, transitioning.
Page 90
The Human Concept of "Angels"
Angels. Folks, be very careful about someone who tells you they're an
"angel". Now, I
have asked about the concept of "archangels", and the Andromedan
perspective is
that the "archangel Michael" was literally a fleet of craft that were
called "Mi-Chael". That was the name of the fleet, and they used to
patrol the northern
hemisphere of
the planet when the Orion group was here in full force. The name
"Gabriel" was the
name of another fleet of craft, and so on. It has been changed and
manipulated into
the appearance of a concept that will "save" you and "rescue" you, when
in fact it was
not the original intent at all.
More
on the Next Ten Years
What will happen in the next ten years? I will definitely share this
with you. There are
some things under the Sphinx, but the bulk of the real material that
will tell us about
our ancient history is still underneath the Pyramid. There was a vault
built, that was
three levels deep, and the pyramid was built over it. That's where the
real 'juice' is. The Sphinx will have some things, but it is a
distraction. These guys
are real good at
what they do, at diverting attention from reality and truth. If they
put that much
energy into telling the truth, my God we'd all be out of here. During
the next ten years we will be finding out who we are
genetically. Information
will be coming from all corners of the earth from contactees. There
will be more and
more contacts, and they will tell us about the 22 races and more of our
history. There will also be massive earth changes. They will start with
a magnetic
pole shift, which
could happen anytime between now and the year 2001. Things have been
sped up. We
are already starting to see the magnetic pole shift as we see birds
migrate in the
wrong direction at the wrong time of year. The birds move along the
magnetic grid
lines.
On
the Meaning of the Use of Feathers By Native Americans
I wanted to share something with you. I am very fascinated with the
Native
Americans, and I love to collect feathers when I find them on my
journeys and vision
quests. I was given this information on March 19, 1994, and I just
wanted to share
this with you. It's primarily about the Native Americans and the
original intent behind
them wearing the feather: "In the ancient way, you native red American
races understood the
nature of the
birds. Birds are very sensitive to magnetic fields and microwave
energy, as you call it. They will migrate along the earth energy grids
and their wings, which
are made up
primarily of feathers, were to be watched, as they were very sensitive.
To watch and
follow the birds is to know, which way the earth's magnetic flows are
moving.
Page 91
The
native American races would also camp off (apart from) these magnetic
flows because
the radiation would become harmful in time. The feathers are very
sensitive to energy
fields, magnetic fields, and are in fact a (type of) antenna. The
feather would attract
telepathic communication with all the tribe. As the chief would think
or quietly
discuss plans, the rest of the tribe would in the ancient days receive
the message, with
few or no words." Isn't that cool?
Now, what is really interesting is that most of
our
cities are built on the
magnetic grids. There are a lot of folks sick in the inner cities.
There is a lot of turmoil
in the inner cities, because we're not in balance. Of course, they
persecuted the
Indians, because their knowledge was not like ours.
The quiet science of archaeology has, and will, discover more and more
of our ancient
history, including extraterrestrial civilizations. There is going to be
the
acknowledgement of a temple complex, that belonged to Lemuria, that is
apparently
still intact, lying approximately 150 miles southwest of Easter Island.
I am told,
it is
huge, and that the Russians already know its there. They have
photographed it and
explored it using submarines.
I know, you guys already know this, but in general they are going to
"discover", that
consciousness is not in the brain, but is located in its entirety in
the energy field or
aura around the body, and that the energy field is the four to 14
ounces the body
looses at the moment of death. I know you guys know that.
OK. UFOs. Apparently, there have been discussions among benevolent
councils, and I
will only speak for the Andromedan council because that is what Moraney
has told me,
that they have told all of the negative extraterrestrials in and on our
planet, and the
moon, to be out of here no later than August 12, 2003. I have also been
told that
there is a very high probability that we could wake up some morning in
that area of
time and our moon will not be there. That is because the moon is the
first stage of
defense, and that they will literally hit it with a tractor beam and
pull it out of orbit if
they are going to do battle. If they were to attack the negatives on
the moon in order to get in here, and the moon were to explode, the
fragments would
impact the earth. When I first talked about this, there were some
people who were very
upset about
this, saying, "what about the ocean and the waves, and my moon-cycle"?,
and all this
other stuff. So, I went back to Moraney and said, "well, I have some
gripes about the
moon". He said, "well, we'll just get you another one." I said, "you'll
make sure it
won't be hollow?" He said, "yes".
So, apparently all that would really happen is that the oceans would
essentially
become lakes. We wouldn't have the tides and probably the crazy
attitudes. I have
asked them about the subject of "astrology". I want you to know that
this is their
perspective. Their perspective is that it is not accurate, and that the
purpose for
charting the stars was because they needed to know the magnetic flows
and star
systems for space travel. Somehow, that was taken and made into an
entirely new
belief system. You knew that. Maybe I should sit out there. That's an
option. You guys
are so far from Colorado! Let's do some questions.
Page 92 of the book
Questions and Answers
Q: Alex, why did the Andromedans and the Council decide to give the
ultimatum to the
Ets at a specific time, and why did some of the Council rebel? What is
going to happen
when everything is turned off?
A: Apparently, the reason why they want to help and so many others want
to help is,
because in your genetics you have a frequency, that is attached to
different races.
I
have a frequency, that is attached to Andromeda. Just because I may
move
into
another space and time, there is a part of me, that is still of
attached
to them. There is
a degree of non-evolution, because of the Law of Consistency we all
don't move
together.
At some
point, our entire Universe, including all of the
dimensions, will
implode and we will all "go home" to the Source of All Suns. This
one of the
reasons why. The
other is because of our genetics. We have something, they need, as
well.
Apparently,
when they first met to discuss our solar system, which is along a trade
route, which
moves into the Andromedan galaxy, there were approximately 72 of the
133 planets,
that met. Just more, than half of them agreed to look into it and to
help us. The other
planetary races didn't want to help us, because from their perspective
we don't respect
our home, we don't respect themselves and we don't respect each other.
From their
perspective, what is our value?
I cried when I heard this, because I couldn't make any excuse. This is
how a bunch of
other races look at us. Fortunately, a majority agreed to help because
of the long-term
consequences. Basically, that is why they are here. Also, four hundred
years into our
linear future there is tyranny in our galaxy, and somehow we are
directly connected to
that event. So, in one way they are really looking out for their own
best interests by
making sure that something is cleaned up here. They know that as long
as the other
extraterrestrials are here and continue to manipulate us, we won't
move. So, they
have to be removed. I asked them, "would you do it by force?" They
said, "we would
have to". What they would do is enter the earth through the openings at
the poles and
flush everybody out to the surface. So folks, when you see a reptilian
crossing the
highway, don't run over him. Just get out of the way. I mean, it could
get really really
weird here in the next six to eight years. I mean, you can only hide a
truth for so long and then it just screams
out, and they
are already trying to prepare you for this stuff. A friend told me
about a television
show called Dark Skies, where they are literally telling you, but they
are doing it in
such a way that you think "it's just television". I don't watch
television, but I always
hear about it.
Page 93
Q: Are you familiar with the book called "The Greatest Story Never
Told"
by Lana
Cantrell, where she describes us having a green skin and having blood,
that is copper
based, and where she described all these color changes, that we went
through, based
on her research? Did the Andromedans tell you anything, that would help
us go back to
the former color? We apparently used to have multi-strand DNA. Do you
know
anything about that?
A: I have heard of the book, but I heard it is out of print, and I
understand, that Miss
Cantrell does not return letters. She is just basically in hiding for
whatever her reasons
are. As far, as the DNA, I have been told, that those of us, who are
holding a higher
frequency are literally creating a third strand. Most of the children
coming in since
1982 already have a third strand. So, this is nature's way of fixing
things as long as
we're open to it.
Q: How can we help ourselves?
A: I have asked that question, and all Moraney has said is that the
information and
wisdom already exists on our planet. So, we must ask ourselves about
ourselves.
Q: I wonder if you could talk more about the Draconians and the
children that are
missing? I know you have information and I am hoping you will share it
with us today.
A: This is the one subject I don't like to talk about. The Draconians
are a very large
reptilian race, otherwise known as "the Dracs". There is royal line of
the reptilian race
called the Ciakar. They range from 14 to 22 feet tall and can weigh up
to 1,800
pounds. They do have winged appendages and they are awesome beings.
They're
extremely clairvoyant and extremely clever, and they can also be
extremely sinister. They apparently were brought by someone to our time
and space, our
universe, in full
physicality, and dumped here. I don't know who. They were taken to
Alpha Draconis,
because the nature of that place gave them the best chance of survival.
So, they were
kicked out of some other place. They are a major factor to be reckoned
with. They are
for the most part Service-to-Self and do not care for the human race,
because when
they were dumped here they were told, that this universe was theirs to
command. So,
whoever did this really screwed up. They still have this mind set. They
were one of the
first races to chart our solar system, and in fact they were the first
race to state that
our solar system belonged to them. Apparently, some of them still have
the attitude, that everything in
this solar system
belongs to them, and I understand, that some of them have been coming
back, and
that more of them will be coming back. It's going to get real
interesting, folks. I can't begin to tell you how interesting it's
going to get. They have
had space travel
for 3 billion years, and they are a remarkable race. But, they have an
attitude, and a
lot of human races inside and outside our galaxy have had problems
with them.
Page 94
I don't want to say, that all of them are like this, but that
is all I have heard
from the Andromedans about them. They look like a 22 foot tall
veloci-raptor, and
they're smart, intelligent and very different from us. They apparently
at one time came across human colonies in Lyrae. Now,
the human
race, per se, was not created in the Lyraen system. It was brought
there to survive,
and again from what the Andromedans have told me, for some reason once
they go back 427 million years, they just don't know what else is
there. For
some reason,
although the physicality is there, there is no history of races before
that. At least, that
they know of, in the Lyraen system. Anyway, the Draconians were flying
through there
are came across these human colonies, which were agricultural in
nature. Because of
their talents in horticulture, these humans were making the planets
better, like
gardens. When the Draconians came and saw this incredible wealth of
food, they
basically wanted to control it. Apparently there was a
misunderstanding. The Lyraens
wanted to know more about the Draconian race before they gave them what
they
wanted, and apparently the Draconians misunderstood this request, went
back and
attacked the planets, blew three of them up and killed a lot of people.
The Lyraens
were forced to migrate and scatter into different parts of our galaxy.
So, the action did
facilitate colonization, although I wrestle with whether the Draconians
were planted
here specifically to force us to evolve, or that there is some other
agenda here. I do
know that there are other reptilian races that are descendants of the
Draconians, and
many of them are master geneticists. I am told that most of the
dinosaurs were
brought here, and to Mars, where they came first. Our current human
form was
crafted on Mars, where the primate and human genes were combined, and
then
brought to earth to work as slaves in the mines. So, we're still
working for a paycheck. They enjoy human flesh, and human children
best, for two reasons. The
first is that
children don't have the accumulation of pollutants in their bodies that
adults do, and
when children are put into a state of fear, their energy and field and
adrenalin just
explodes. The reptilians get a "rush" from this stuff. You know, be
dedicated to family and to each other. That's the only way
we are going
to get through all of this.
Q: What is it about the human mind that causes some species to want to
suppress us
so much? What is it that is so unique to the genetic make up? Do they
have free will in
the same way we do?
A: I don't know that it is so much our minds as it is our extremes of
emotions and our
essence. They have always stressed, that the containment of emotion in
physical form
is what is most attractive, because they want this due to their loss of
passion, and as a
result they have become more dependent on technology. Here we are,
getting deeper
and deeper into physicality, when in fact we have the ability to just
leave all of this
behind. So, we are not correctly using our power as a race.
Page 95
We are
wasting it. As far
as our free will as compared to the free will of other races, it is one
and the same. It's
just that we don't as a population have the realization of the power of
our collective
free will. We don't totally realize the sovereignty that our free will
gives us. That is
why they are manipulating us through belief systems in order to try and
get is to
relinquish our free will, by coercing us to use our own free will
against us and ask
them to come down here and control us. It's a choice.
Q: What about implants?
A: As far as implants are concerned, what I do know is that there are a
lot of races
that have been abducting people and putting implants into them, and it
is a sign or
seal of ownership. Ok? They feel that they own you. Now, the Greys have
done this a
lot, because the United States Government gave them permission to do
it.
We were
sold out, basically. I do know that many of the implants can be
neutralized using a
very strong ultra-violet light.
Q: Have the Andromedans given you any "signposts" that we might
recognize on a
cultural level that might indicate that certain changes are about to
happen?
A: Well, the earthquakes are signs and volcanic activity is a sign. In
cultural terms,
when you start to see large groups of people resigning from world
government, that
will be your biggest sign that the shit is about to hit the fan. Many
of our world leaders
have been promised shelter in underground facilities and some have been
promised
shelter even on the moon. And folks, there are bases on the moon, that
have been
built by the United States, Russia and the British, using British
money.
I suggest you
keep an eye on Prince Charles.
Q: Why?
A: Just watch. Just watch.
Q: When you spoke about the transition when going from fourth density
to fifth
density, how are we going to know that we made that transition?
A: We live in a color spectrum of 72 frequencies. When you get to fifth
density, there
are 223 color frequencies. You will see colors that you have never seen
before and it
will be (snap!) just like that. You will know that you are
there. When
MacDonalds has
purple arches, then you will know.
Q: Do the Andromedans have a military, and do they have a financial
system anything
like ours?
A: No, they have no financial system. Everything, that they create
technologically is
used for the advancement of their race. It is for educational purposes
only. But, it can
be used in defense. No, they do not have a military, per se, they are
scientists. What
they do is send their children to school anywhere from 150 to 200
years, in our linear
time. They teach their students all of the arts and sciences. They are
literally masters
at everything. Then, at that point, they have the choice in what it is
they want to do,
and they can change their minds anytime and do something else. So, they
are given
all the tools. Everything is for education. Nothing is for distraction.
They would never
conceive of creating television as a distraction. Never. Everything is
to help them
evolve, and their science and their technology can be used for
defensive purposes -- mostly the holographic stuff.
Q: I am wondering if you could elaborate on the Draconians and
Hale-Bopp a little bit.
A: What I have shared is really all I know. I just know that life is
going to be very
different here. The media says it is a 'comet'. It's not a comet. I can
tell you that it has
split into two pieces, and both pieces are rotating around a common
axis as its
moving. I have heard, but not confirmed, that an astronomer has seen a
large craft
that is now flying alongside Hale-Bopp, that is larger than the earth.
So, if it doesn't
change course, its going to be great. All the denial will be gone.
Q: I understand the Andromedans have a version of the story of Enki and
En-Lil, and I
wonder if you could tell us anything about that.
A: That's a long answer. Actually, my understanding is that the two
brothers have
really warred with each other over a lot of other issues. We just
happen to be one of
them. What they have told me is that Enki was betrayed and killed, and
that his body
is literally buried inside the face (tomb) on Mars. Now, whether he has
reincarnated
again, I don't know. Basically, what we have to deal with right now is
En-lil, but
fortunately truth is starting to come out about all of that. People are
beginning to wake
up and realize all the contradictions in the old testament, and even
some of the
contradictions in the new testament, and they are starting to question
-- which is a
very good sign. You know, Vasais once said to me, "it is not so
important as to what
you believe as it is why you believe it." Whatever your belief is, make
sure it is worth your depth of commitment to it. I think what we've
done as a race is
that we've
accepted a lot of things just on face value, without truly
investigating it, or trying to
feel it inside of us. This (habit) has gotten us into a lot of trouble.
For example, during
the Inquisition. The Inquisition was really an attack against women. It
was about the
sacredness and spirituality held by women. A lot of men got killed
because they were
supportive of goddess worship.
Q: This scenario that you are laying out before us exists on this
timeline. What have
the Andromedans said about any parallel timeline where this doesn't
happen?
A: They haven't said anything. I know that there are parallel
realities, and I know that
several parallel realities concerning Earth are already in existence on
higher octaves
above us. I know that on one of these parallel realities the New World
Order is already
established and exists. The Nazi flag flies over the whole world. I
want you to know
that as third density begins to implode, that all of those realities
will begin moving and
merging into this original timeline, which is the reality from which
the other ones were
created. All the other parallel timelines will be returning to Source.
The Andromedans
have said that the New World Order will come into reality here, but
only for a short
time as we keep moving. As long as we stick together and help one
another, and as
long as we have mutual respect for each other, we will not slow down
our process as
we move up into the higher dimension and consciousness of world unity
in our free
will. Not being forced at the point of a gun to do it. Not having to
relinquish your right
to do it. Here in the United States, a lot of people are worried about
the Russians, the
Hong Kong police and the New World Order. Let me tell you something,
folks. You are
losing your country in the court room every day. It's in the court
room, with corrupt
judges and institutionalized corruption, and will tell you this. If you
allow the Congress
and the President to take away the second amendment, you will loose all
your other
rights. I don't believe in carrying a gun and killing anyone, but the
founding fathers
knew about corruption, and they knew about tyranny, and the reason the
second
amendment is there is to protect all the other rights. Until we
consciously make the
shift and change everybody else's perspective, I am afraid from my
perspective that
its a necessary evil. But, that's my perspective, Ok? You have done so
much in so
short a time, but you have to understand that when you have a Draconian
or Orion
belief system, there is no such thing as free will and self-rule in
their control. The
reason we have been able to get away with it for so long is because we
are out here
on the rim of the galaxy, in the boondocks. They are just now starting
to come around
and realize that the consciousness of the planet is starting to change.
It is what has
attracted a lot of the races to this place right now. What also
attracted them was our
use of nuclear weapons, which not only affect third density, but also
fourth and fifth. It
send a shock wave through there, and we were totally irresponsible in
our ignorance. We didn't know, what we were doing, and that is why a
lot of the races
began to show
up en masse to find out what was going on down here. Again, I only have
pieces of
the puzzle.
Q: Many of us are wondering how we can make contact that feels safe and
loving?
A: I am asked this a lot, and all I can suggest to you is this. You can
literally be and
create anything you want. If you want contact, then you must create the
space for it
to happen. Show the intent to do it, and be in integrity.
Q: On your tapes you talk about how if we have 10% consensus on the
planet that it
will be enough to move us through the transition, and you also mention
an exercise
that they taught you about seeing yourself inside out. I am interested
in more
information about that.
A: I was given an exercise by them which I do every day. You know, they
never give
me answers about myself, and it really pisses me off sometimes, because
we're earth humans and we're always looking for short cuts. Anyway, the
exercise
was to get
myself into a humble, sincere space, and to mentally grab the balls of
my feet and
literally turn my body inside out, so that everything that was on the
outside is inside
and everything that was inside is now outside. You know you are doing
it right when
you suddenly see yourself upside down. Very carefully detach yourself
and look at who
you are. Just work with it. That's the only exercise they have given
me.
Q: Do you know if there are exact mathematical ratios, such as Phi
ratios, in those
holographic symbols you showed us before?
A: I have never asked that question before. I will ask for the specific
tones,
dimensions and frequencies and give them to Val Valerian, so that he
can put it on the
web or get it to you.
Q: There is a lot of controversy about the use of weapons, especially
in light of mutual
respect for everyone. Do the Andromedans have a perspective relative to
personal
weapons and any part they would play in the changes forthcoming?
A: That's a very good question, and not an easy one. They have said
that we destroy
ourselves in ignorance, and I understand that weapons are not a good
idea, and I
believe that. However, let's look at the reality that we are in, Ok?
There have been
many holy, spiritual men that have been murdered. They literally went
to their death
literally holding unconditional love, and that's great. However, and
this is my
perspective, if somebody is coming in my front door to harm my family,
I'm taking
them out, and I'll make no bones about it. But, they would have to be
coming after my
family. The Andromedans are not happy with our society -- with any of
it, but they
realize that we cannot defend ourselves. That is why they and other
groups are
contemplating intervention, and we do have a serious threat. You can
hold the space
of love, but at the same time you can hold the space of sovereignty and
defiance of
tyranny. What good is unconditional love when it is being totally
suppressed on the
planet?
Q: If we take that attitude, don't we then create a situation where we
have to come
back and "do it from the other side"? Do we just get caught up in the
cause and
effect?
A: It could be very possible. I really don't have an answer for that.
Like I said, I've got
my stuff and I'm working it out.
Q: Are the holographic symbols you drew on the board considered a
universal
language, or are they only part of the Andromedan culture? Also, are
the
Andromedans taught to focus on those symbols, in order to create
reality?
A: Good question. I do not know if they are universal symbols. Again, I
have only met
two other races along with the Andromedans, and I did not speak with
them, but
I saw
them and later was told, who they were. One was a group from Cygnus
Alpha and the
other was a very different-looking being from the Cassiopeia system. I
did not know
the communications, that were going on. As far, as the symbols are
concerned, I know it only involves their language, and it is only one
of many
forms, that they
use. I don't know, if the other races use the symbols or know about all
of them. It
could very well be, that when the council gets together, that they have
interpreters, who
interpret the holographs. I don't know.
Q: Please tell us a little about, what you have observed on how the
Andromedans
interact with their children.
A: They treat their children like adults. I understand that they give
birth in water, that
their gestation period is eight months, that the children come out and
they have full memory of who they were the life before that one. So,
there is a
continuous evolution,
life after life after life. Now, during the period between
incarnations, and
I don't know,
if this happens for all beings on fifth density or not, the oldest and
the wisest, who
have the most experience teach the youngest. There is no situation,
where they
withhold anything. This is the
Law of Consistency. The children know
everything their
parents know, and even more. There is no attitude with the parents,
because this is
something they want. Their pride is in their race, and I wish we had
the same
philosophy.
Q: When you were with them for three months, what did you observe in
the park?
A: They would sit in circles. Again, they are telepathic, so they would
just be in circles,
and you would see them nodding, smiling and laughing. But, there's no
sound, so I
can't tell you what they were saying. It would be like attending a
convention of deaf
mutes. You have no clue what's going on, but I am sure they are talking
about
incredible things, things probably way over my head. Most things are,
actually. Anyway, the Andromedans treat their children like adults, and
they
teach them
everything from a very young age. They go to school for 150 years. God,
you have to
pick up some stuff after doing that! There's no "home economics" or
stuff like that it's real educational stuff. No "car mechanics
102" or anything like
that.
Q: My question has to do with the seeding of this planet originally.
You mentioned that
the Andromedans were here 62,000 years ago. Do you know about any
symbols which
may involve the re-awakening of latent genetic potentials in the human
population?
Also, is there any relationship between what was going on in Lemuria to
the presence
of the Andromedans on earth during that time period?
A: At that point in time, Lemuria was in existence and Atlantis was
just beginning to
be colonized. Now, according to the Andromedan perspective, Atlantis
was an
extraterrestrial colony and Lemuria was also. However, there were some
of us Terrans
there also, and we were servants, more or less. Some of the stronger
genetic aspects
of our race were used as a "priesthood" to keep the other humans in
line. If you go
back and you look at history through Sumeria, Egypt and even today, you
see this. Today, the new "priesthood" is the world bankers. They have
total
control of your life
on a monetary physical level. It's hard to do anything on this planet
without money. As far as latent DNA and latent memories, I have been
told that there
will be a point
where as the frequency increases, we will start to remember things.
There are children
today who remember things and can speak all these languages that are
not earth
languages. Some of these languages are extinct languages that some of
these children
just know. Its the latent memory in the DNA that is coming out. More
and more of this
will be occurring. I know of a woman who has contacted me who lives in
Tennessee. She has a child, who came to her one day and said, "you
know, Mom, if I
were to
reverse engineer a nuclear bomb and explode it, it would draw all the
radiation out of
here." This kid is six years old. You know, there are children in Egypt
today, who are
walking out into the desert and showing archaeologists things, saying
things like, "I
remember that there was a library there." And, sure enough, they would
find the
foundation. Our government, because of its satellite technology, might
know this. But,
there is no way a ten year old child would know this. So, the world
powers have a real
serious problem. People are waking up, and it's great. Our heritage has
been denied to
us, and we have been robbed of it. Don't let it go. We need to know who
we are.
Q: You said before that the reptilians were interested in the children
because of what
they got from them, but it would seem that an advanced technology such
as theirs
would be able to clone their food, or clone supplements?
A: All right. I want you to look at this idea. When is anything that is
a clone as good as
the original? Ok? What you fail to realize is yes, they can create
clones, and they do have human clones, but you cannot put a soul into
it. You may grow an
organic
processor in the brain, get them to act and everything, but there is no
soul attached to
it. As long as there is no soul, you don't have true emotion. If I were
to go over there
and do something that would scare the hell out of you, you would have a
very serious
emotional rush. The reptilians are addicted to the peaking of that
emotional rush. It's
like a narcotic to them, because they don't have it. They're numb. They
are "all in their
head", in self-imposed isolation.
Q: Do they terrify the children?
A: Yes.
Q: Do you have any information that would shed light on the mystery of
gravity on
this plane? Will it disappear when the frequency changes?
A: The Andromedan perspective on gravity is that it is created by
radiation from the
sun. We are told that it is because of the rotation of the planet on
its axis. They say
that any physical body that is 29 miles or larger has a gravitational
field. They have
gravity on the Andromedan craft, and I assume that it is there so they
can get more
done and so they are not just floating all over the place. As we move
into higher
density, my feeling is that we will deal with a different aspect of
gravity than the
gravity we know. It might be a different field strength, but we will
have different
physical form as well.
Q: They display mutual respect and love, but I would like to know how
they do that. The second question is that in our society, all of our
myths and
legends seem to be
"blueprints" for our lives. Do they have myths and legends? If you
could get that
information to Val, I would love to have that.
A: They don't have a concept of "myth". They only call it history. I
will give those to
Val. You're right, there is a lot, but its history. We have taken truth
and shrouded it as
myth, because we're hiding an agenda. How do they show mutual respect?
They just
honor every aspect of life, and everyone else's life. Because they are
so evolved, there
is no such thing as crime there. There are no such things as "laser
shootings" on a
mother ship. They need for nothing. Anything that they need is given to
them for
evolvement, and they all work towards that. They wouldn't thing of
leaving somebody
behind. I will give you a good example of that, too. There was a ship
that was apparently shot down in 1985. In it was a
human being
from Tau Ceti, who literally got too close to the earth and was shot
down. I understand
that our military took him underground somewhere in North Dakota where
they
started doing so really horrific things to him. Moraney told me that a
Tau Ceti fleet of
ships wanted to come in and invade our planet, particularly North
Dakota, to get this
guy back. It was literally the Andromedans and a benevolent group of
Pleaidians that
stepped in and said, "no, not yet, it's not the time." That's mutual
respect. Mutual
respect is not leaving POWs in Vietnam, because you promise a
government
three
billion dollars. It's not leaving men in North Korea because you lied
and you're dealing
drugs and you don't want the population to find out about it. That's
not mutual
respect. Those are characteristics we need to look at, because there
are today,
117 men still
left as POWs, but they are not in Vietnam, but are instead being held
in Northern Laos. There are also three men being held from the Korean
War being held in
North Korea,
and our government knows about all of it. A lot of the POWs were used
for scientific
experiments. We did it to some of their guys, using drugs, LSD, etc.
They've done
some pretty horrific things to our people. These are all really issues
of character. It's
one thing to hear about it on the news, or to listen to Joyce Riley
talk about the Gulf War Syndrome and how our guys have been betrayed,
or to sit in your
living room and
say "that's terrible."
Page 102
But, what you don't understand is that we are
very carefully being
watched by some incredible races, both good and bad, and they are
watching us and
our characteristics. What we will do and what we will not do. They are
measuring our
honor and intent as a race. It's not just about "us" any more. It's
about everything.
I
know you are probably being taught that, so when you hear stuff like
this, please don't
go into your little box, OK? Those people have families and children,
just like you do
now, and it was all taken away, because they were betrayed, and
betrayal
is a major
issue that we are all going to have to deal with when the truth does
finally come
screaming out, Ok? We have been betrayed, and we are going to have to
come
together and find a way to totally forgive that, so that we can move
on. But, in the act
of forgiving it, it is important not to allow it to happen again, to be
more diligent. Now, I am so tired. The earth change material is on the
internet on the
Leading Edge
website. Most of you already know this stuff. You're looking for
specific dates and
times. That's not important. It's all coming, but it is all a
probability as to when. All
right? But, there are so many negatively polarized people on the planet
at this time
that it is almost assuredly going to happen at this point.
Q: Where is the second Sun?
A: It is behind the Sun, that we see. It is smaller, than the Sun we
see
and lies behind
it. If you are standing on Mars, you see it, ok? Now, the
reason our
planet was moved
is because the planet could not handle the radiation from two Suns
after the last war. So, they moved it. When I asked Moraney, who moved
the Earth, his
response was
that it was something the Pleaidians had to answer. So, I don't know if
there is an
agreement for them to bring this information out, or if they were
responsible for it. I
don't know. But, apparently the evidence of the presence of the second
sun is coming
out. I want to end this talk by reading an Indian prayer (shown instead
at
the beginning of
this book). I have a very deep respect for the native Americans, and I
think that
they're great, and that they have really tried to hold on to their
integrity through it all,
and that they themselves still have major prejudices with the white
race. Whether this
a justified or not, what happens to us happens to them, so we all need
to drop it,
come to the table, and bring with us all the wisdom we have, in order
to deal with the
situations that are coming. There are still some Native Americans that
choose to
withhold information regarding the star nations and star races. That's
fine, but there
will be others coming up behind them to make sure that humanity gets
the
information, because we have to know the truth. It is the only way we
can make the
right decision. You cannot make the correct decision with only half the
truth. It's
still the wrong
decision, or it could still backfire, because we don't know all the
pieces of the puzzle.
Page 103
From what little I do know, if appears, that all of you are truly
blessed to be able to
come to a school like this, and get the information that you need, so
that you can go
out and teach others. Folks, I want to stress this again. It is
imperative that you take
the knowledge that you have, that you have been given, and you teach
others. We are
running out of time. We can really turn this around, but we have to do
it right away, and we
have to be
committed to it. Time, as we know it, is so short. I don't think that
it is fair that two
thirds of the planet are not going to make it because they have not
been told the
truth. It just isn't fair. There are a lot of good people on the planet
who are real simple
people, and they're not being told the truth. Now, they may not want to
believe it, but
that's all right. At least you put it out there, and they made a
choice. But, unless it's
put out there, they won't know that there's a choice. That's all you
can do. You're not really responsible for anybody else but yourself.
Chapter 4 -
Leading Edge Interviews Alex Collier, Transcript 1996
Subsequent to the publication of the Ets and the Global Connection in
Leading Edge
#89, we did an interview with Alex Collier in order to ask some
followup questions and
try to gain further insight into the paradigm involved. The following
is the result of our
interview.
More
on the Magnetic Color-Sound Frequency
Val: One question, that arises as a result of analysis of the material
in your Dallas
lecture involves a further exploration of the concept of the magnetic
color-sound
frequency, emanating from black holes. In your Dallas lecture, you
said,
that this
particular activity began a short time ago.
AC: I don't know, that I know much more, than I've already said, but
I'll
go through it
again. According
to Moraney, on March 23rd of 1994 a color and sound
frequency
apparently started emanating from the black holes. It is of such a high
vibration, that it
is literally invisible to us. It is not, however, invisible to those in
other dimensions or to
those, who are technologically advanced enough to be able to register
this energy. Now, they have said all along, that the Universe, that we
physically see,
is only 21 billion
years old. The space, in which our Universe is in, which is only one
layer in many
dimensions, which they call "consciousness", is a 21 trillion year old
holograph.
Page 104
This
new frequency, which is coming out of the 3rd density black holes,
spans
the entire
range of the holograph of the universe, and its is literally creating a
new holographic
idea. They are calling this new holograph "the 12th", and they have
said to me, that it
is literally bringing all the dimensions together. Third density is
beginning to implode
on itself.
Val: Drunvalo Melchizedek at one time in the Flower of Life discourse
made some
statements on what he thought people might objectively see when a
dimensional
interface was in progress. I mean, the physical picture, that people
would observe,
when this was happening. Do you have any ideas about this, or have the
Andromedans stated anything about this? Would there be objects appear,
that have
unusual colors, or things that appear and disappear? Have they ever
told you, what to
expect, beyond the increased appearance of ghostly phenomena as time
progresses?
AC: Well, certainly they have said that, but in their opinion the
closer we get to fifth
density, we shall see that. In their perspective, fourth density is a
consciousness. This
is one of the blinds of metaphysics, that is being taught here on Earth.
Val: Blinds?
AC: It's a misteaching.
Val: Please explain.
A
Misteaching In Metaphysics
AC: All right. Fourth density is a unified consciousness. As we move
into fourth
density, we will become more in tune, not only with the Earth, but with
each other. We
will know something is going on without having to look at television or
listen to the
radio. We will start to feel it, and we will literally have
conversations "in our heads"
with loved ones long gone or in other parts of the world. It will be
confirmed that what
we call "daydreaming" is a real occurrence. They said that this is
going to happen
more and more as we get closer to fourth density. Many of the children
under the age
of 14, as we go into fourth density, are going to start speaking
ancient dialects, and
have no explanation as to how they know it. Children and adults will be
discovering
archeological sites all over the world. New inventions will come out of
nowhere. People
will be able to draw sophisticated diagrams. Many racial memories
embodying
extraterrestrial origins will start to come up as a result of the
genetics that each one of
us carries. Certain memories will start to come up, and they have said
that some of
those memories will not be "ours", but instead have their origin within
the genetics
that have been "attached" to us.
Page 105
Val: By these 22 extraterrestrial races, that have had a part to play
in
the evolution of
the human body.
AC: Right. Now, this is occurring already, and so many people are
angry. Much of the
anger, that is coming up in young people is, because some of this DNA
is
"unlocking",
and they don't know what to do with the energy, because third density
is compressing.
Val: Well, then, what would one advise teens to do?
AC: The Andromendans never really got into this area. I'll have to get
back to them
about this, but I am certain it will have to do with setting up a
"system of expression".
Val: Most probably. I know that culturally this society is lacking in
viable systems of
expression that have been thwarted by technological "evolution". So, a
perceptual
change where one sees bizarre visual things would not occur, until we
begin to go into
fifth density?
AC: Yes, we will first start to see what we think are ghosts or spirit
guides. Some of us
on the planet (and there are already five who can do this) will be
moving in and out
between fourth and fifth density almost at will. They will be able to
teleport to different
places on the planet. We're talking about hundreds of thousands of
people.
If they're
right, this will mean, we'll be going through some remarkable shifts.
If
they're right.
Q: Getting back to other planets and other societies, what would you
like to say?
AC: There is so much life out there. There is an abundance of life.
There is apparently
plant and animal life on the planet Uranus.
Val: But it exists at a different frequency.
AC: Yes, and some of it is identical to what we have on Earth on this
frequency.
General
Trends of Humanoid Races in the Universe
Val: How about humanoid races and societies, in comparison to us? The
society on
Earth has a manipulative base historically grounded in the Orion
system. What about
things on the opposite side of the coin? What is the "norm" in space
societies, insofar
as you are aware of?
AC: Well, the "norm" is definitely "light". You know, self-rule and
self-responsibility. The thing in that is going on in our particular
part of the galaxy,
which includes 21
systems, concerns the idea of tyranny.
Page 106
What is interesting about this
is that the area,
in which this tyranny is occurring is a very very old area. It has been
colonized for a
long time, and it has been under control of some of the oldest races,
like the Alpha
Draconians. They were the first race to have space travel in our galaxy
and were
remarkable builders, but their species multiplied so rapidly, that they
decided to
conquer other races to make room for them. Our race, the Earth human
race, was
literally created by a group, that came down from a dimensional realm,
and these were
the Paa Tal. This verbal expression called Paa Tal is actually of
Draconian origin.
Val: So in actuality the genetics comprising the human body are a
composite from
around the galaxy, but the spiritual entities, occupying human bodies,
are literally the
Paa Tal?
AC: Right.
Val: So, are there any Paa Tal occupying reptilian bodies?
AC: I don't know.
Val: That would be an interesting twist on events. If there is a huge
time-loop, maybe
the reptilians actually came from "now", and swung back 4 billion years
and started
something there.
AC: Interesting. Anything is certainly possible. So, anyway, how the
humans in this
galaxy apparently found out about the Paa Tal was that somehow they
were able to
get a hold of ancient Draconian records. Now, the Draconians are
apparently
extremely private about their lineage and their history. Everything's
"a secret". They
have family "houses" of lineage they are very proud of.
Val: Sort of like the Klingons on Star Trek.
AC: Probably similar. Anyway, they found out about the Draconian
legends which
speak of a time where a group of beings came out of "nowhere" and
created a race to
war against and challenge the Draconian sovereignty.
Val: Of the universe?
AC: Well, no. We only see a small part of the universe. Even if you
look at the part of
the universe we can see physically, they say there are 100 trillion
galaxies. So, the
Draconians are not everywhere. There are a lot of them here, and this
is one of the
areas that is causing a problem.
General
Observations on Andromedan Society
Val: What have you observed about Andromedan society?
Page 107
AC: Well, I will give you the most striking things. They're incredibly
happy. There is a
peace, tranquillity and humbleness about them as a race .... it's more
of a feeling... an
emotion. They are not like us. Moraney is the only one who has gone to
the trouble to
physically learn how to use spoken language. Vasais has always been
telepathic. The
others do not talk. They just watch.
Val: You probably feel like you are "under a microscope".
AC: You can "feel" them listening to your mind, but they don't
infringe. Val, it's very
hard to explain. Let me give you an example. If you knew somebody was
spying on you, and you went about your daily business mowing your lawn
and
throwing the trash
away, you would be ignoring them even though you knew they were spying
on you. That's what it's like. I don't have a problem with that,
because I know
that they're
trying to learn about us. Many of the ET's hold us in awe, and they are
fascinated by
us. The thing that fascinates them the most about us is our extreme
range of emotion. They are awed because emotion is such an incredible
Creative Force.
Val: Albeit coercively misdirected.
AC: Yes. Now, the Andromedans themselves are not very emotional. In
other words,
you can feel their emotion, but when it comes to expressing it, they
all appear to be
very stoic.
Val: What?
AC: They don't show it.
Val: Oh.
AC: I mean, they are very straight-faced. It's like they are "all
business" even though
you can sense the emotions. I remember when I first started having
contact and
I was
taken to a place where there were Andromedan children, who moved away
from me
because I was Earth. Now, the children are taught about the different
worlds and
races, and because of the Andromedan holographic technology, it's easy
for them to
create environments where their children really know and experience
what Earth
humans are like.
Val: Well, what are they like amongst themselves?
AC: They are very much like us, except that there is always absolute
silence. The
children are not real expressive. They don't run and jump around all
the time.
They
have a lot of self-control. When they do run, they don't bend their
knees, like the
Japanese or Chinese. There is a lot of smiling, but there is not deep
laughter.
It is as if
you were going to a "mute class."
Val: What is the pairing like in relationships?
AC: Well, there are three sexes. Male, Female and Androgynous. What is
interesting is
that the Androgynous beings tend to be teachers. In the middle of their
mother ships
there are huge parks. In the ship I was on, the park was 25 miles
square.
Val: Can I safely assume that they do not have a social "power
structure" because
they exercise personal self-control? They don't need an external
political power
structure?
AC: I have never seen that. No. There is what we would call a "science
team", that can
also move into a military role if it needs to. The Andromedans go to
school for over
150 to 170 earth years, and they are taught all the sciences, arts, and
everything. They participate in those fields, doing the actual work,
while they
learn. Then, they
have an opportunity to teach what they've learned to the young ones.
The oldest and
wisest teach the youngest what they know. They express this concept as
the "law of
consistency." The young ones gain the benefit from most of the
knowledge of the
entire race.
Val: Do they consume food?
AC: I have seen them eat fruit, which they grow on the ships, but for
the most part all
I have seen them eat are little green tablets. It's kind of like an
alfalfa tablet, but it
has a really wicked taste. I volunteered to eat it, and Moraney
cautioned me
against it. I took half and tablet and chewed on it and immediately
threw up, right
there on the ship. He told me it was because of the oxygen that was in
the tablet.
Val: Do they have blue blood?
AC: Yes, they do.
Val: So, that would mean their blood is copper-based?
AC: Correct. You are the first person to ask me that.
Val: So, they must come from a binary star system.
AC: Yes, they do. They say quite a few of them are binary systems.
Val: And our system here is binary, but on a different frequency where
Jupiter is a sun
on the fifth density?
AC: Yes.
Val: So, on a different density, our Sun might not be a sun, possibly?
AC: Possibly.
Val: Well, what is our Earth in the fifth density. It is already there
on the fifth, or is it a
transformative process from the third?
AC: Right now, the Earth in the fifth density consists of a huge blue
halo.
Val: So, on the fifth density, Earth is a "budding creation" ready to
manifest itself into
physicality?
AC: Yes.
Val: So, what else is interesting about Andromedan society?
AC: In everything they do, nothing is ever wasted. In other words, all
of the things
they do involve education. It's almost as if everything they do is
geared to "stretch"
them more, challenge them more, and make them a more intelligent, more
understanding, aware race. What is really interesting is that they are
absolutely not
competitive in any way. It's something that comes from each one of them
individually.
All of their social functions are focused on education and not
distraction.
Val: Whereas the function of our society is exactly the opposite. No
wonder it's going
nowhere.
Val: Do they have any kind of pseudo-religious structure within their
society, or is it
simply an appreciation of the "is-ness" of the universe?
AC: I have never seen any activity like that. It is as if they are
"plugged in" all the
time. There is just a serenity that is part of the race itself. I think
it was Paul the
Apostle who said, "always be in prayer." That's what it's like. It's
like they're always
"in prayer".
(5 of 13)
Val: You said one time that their eye change color when they think or
contemplate
something.
AC: Their pupils change color. They tend to slant a little on the
inside and outside, but
for all intents and purposes they are round. It's like a cross of the
"round-eye" and the
oriental eye.
Val: That must be fascinating to watch.
AC: Well, I had a lot of trouble with it in the beginning. I was so
focused not only on
their eyes changing color, but with the flashes of color on their
forehead between their
eyes. I was so involved with this that I wasn't listening to what they
were saying to
me. They would have to repeat it over and over. They didn't understand,
why I wasn't
paying attention, to what they were saying.
Val: How tall is the average Andromedan?
AC: I have seen them as tall, as nine feet. Moraney is about seven or
eight feet tall. He
says, he weights the equivalent of 450 of our pounds.
Val: What is the shape of their skull case?
AC: Just like ours. I have seen some of their very old females, where
the skin gets
whiter, and the skull case tends to be elongated in the back. Most of
the males look
similar to us. They are all hairless.
Val: You must be quite a fascination for them, then.
AC: I have given quite a few strands of hair away.
Other Races Associated With
Andromedans
Val: What other races do they associate with?
AC: They are very close with groups from Tau Ceti and from Cygnus
Alpha. The group
from Cygnus Alpha know a great deal about acoustic technology. They do
a lot with
sound.
Val: Phononic sound technology and optophotonic technology, here on
Earth, are
becoming part of the mind and behavior control program here.
AC: Some of those from Cygnus Alpha are here on Earth.
Val: Are they interfacing with the Earth groups dealing with this
technology?
AC: No, they are totally isolated in very rural communities. They are
over 1,400
human Et's here who are only observing that will be apparently leaving
in the next
couple of years.
Val: In order to meet the August 2003 deadline set by the Council?
AC: Yes. Many of the planets in the Andromedan system have water. Some
of them
are totally covered by water, and they live on the surface of the water
and below these
oceans. The dolphins that we have now on Earth are apparently a cross
between a
mammal from the Sirian system and one from the Cygnus Alpha system.
Val: What races have the Andromedans talked about to you?
(6 of 13)
AC: The Pleiadians, the Lyrans, the Arcturians, the Ciakars ....
The Draconian Royal Line
Val: Who are the Ciakars? (Pronounced See-kars).
AC: The royal line of the Alpha Draconians.
Val: The reptilians. Are those the ones that have the wings attached to
their
shoulders?
AC: Yes, and a very long tail.
Val: Ah ha. The pseudo-Biblical devil image.
AC: Yes. The Ciakar.
Val: I knew of their existence and what they looked like, but I never
knew the name of
the race until now. Interesting.
AC: The Ciakar are in fact a different race than the Alpha Draconians
themselves. The
ones that we know as the Draconians are a sub-race of the Ciakars.
Other races
mentioned by the Andromedans have been those from planets in the
systems of Sirius
A, B and C, where some planets are now being terraformed. The Reticulan
system,
Zeta 1 through 4, Cygnus Alpha, the Dals (the brown Greys), the Dows
(the white
Greys), groups from the system in what we call the constellation of
Sagittarius, the
Mintakians, groups from what we see as the constellation of Casseopius
(who the
Andromedans credit with saving their race at one time), Tau Ceti, the
Alpha Centari
system, and the Venaticians from the Canus Major area.
Val: It is curious why, when they would mention different races to you,
they would
bother to translate a multi-million light year difference in
perspective relative to the
way humans name Constellations, so as to pinpoint the origin of various
races.
AC: They did it to accommodate me.
Val: There are a whole collection of species in all these areas.
Besides assisting people
here to understand that the universe is highly populated, what other
purpose can this
detailed information as to origin provide? It does have a tendency to
confuse people
who are still grasping at the idea that we are not alone. It could be
overkill.
The "Rescue Mission"
AC: I understand that, but we're kind of under a time crunch here on
Earth. My
understanding is that the reason they gave me information regarding
these races is
that many of us have had experiences in these races in space. There is
a hope,
perhaps, to trigger unconscious memory in humans here on Earth. Also,
many of these
races are involved in the rescue mission.
Val: Rescue mission?
AC: The mission, if need be, to rescue us from either ourselves or
destruction.
A Mystery in Andromedan Logic?
Val: I thought the basic concept was, that we didn't need to be "saved"
from anything -
that how everything turns out, from the Andromedan perspective, is
already a "done
deal". We eventually "pass the test" and after 2003
everything is fine
and the
regressive tyranny is stamped out. I presume that is what is being
inferred is that it is
already a "done deal."? I mean, that's what is being inferred, isn't it?
(7 of 13)
AC: Yes.
Val: Well, if that's the case, how does one figure in this other
propensity or thought
pattern on the part of the Andromedans? I am trying to balance the two
in my mind.
AC: I wrestle with that one myself. I honestly don't know. Apparently,
certain things
are predetermined, but other things are not, and their might be a time,
where they
need to come in and help us.
Val: That time would presumably be before or after August 12, 2003?
Galactic Interplay Behind the
Scenes
AC: Or, around August 12, 2003. Many of these groups here are the ones
who will be
involved. The Tau Ceti group has wanted to invade this planet already
and go after not
only some of the regressives, but more importantly factions of the
United States
government. Apparently, one of the Tau Ceti race was shot down by the
government
and taken somewhere at an underground base in North Dakota where he was
tortured. His organs were removed, while he was still alive, one at a
time.
It was
earth people,
that did this. Now, this Tau Cetian is a human being, and some of the
Pleiadian and
Andromedan groups literally had to step in and prevent the Cetians from
coming in
here and trying to protect this person.
Val: What other kind of interesting interplay has gone on behind the
scenes lately?
There are apparently a lot of skirmishes going on.
AC: A lot of it has involved the Pleiadians and the Greys. To my
knowledge, it hasn't
moved beyond those two groups going after each other. The Greys are
trying to get
out of here. I was told about a situation which occurred about two or
three years ago.
I was given information that a 21 mile long craft was seen leaving the
equator from
under the ocean. The Tau Cetians, the Pleiadians and a group from Zeta
Reticuli I, who
were not Service to Self, formed a triangular position to block this
craft which was
trying to get off Earth and evade the quarantine the Andromedan Council
is trying to
establish relative to alien races visiting the Earth. Anyway, they
captured the craft,
which belonged to the Dows (large white-skinned Greys). They were able
to board the
craft and they found 8,700 hybrid children.
Val: Human hybrid children. Grey-human hybrids?
AC: Yes.
Val: They were trying to get the hybrids off the planet even though the
whole hybrid
program is a lost cause?
Captured Human Souls
AC: Well, there's more. They also found more than 1,000 human children
that had
been placed in cryogenic stasis, and over 1,000,000 of these little
boxes, that
contained the life forces of souls from Earth.
Val: Captured human souls.
AC: Souls.
Val: And what do they do with these souls?
(8 of 13)
AC: They feed off the energy radiated by the souls. What they are
doing, Val, is that
they are taking the life force and they are somehow siphoning it off a
little at a time
and feeding it to the hybrids, in order to keep them alive, trying to
keep them alive and
create a soul in them.
Val: Meanwhile, what happens to the soul in the box?
AC: Moraney did not want to answer that question. The 1,000 human
children, that
were taken off the craft were then transported to the Pleiadian system.
The decision
was apparently made, that they could not come back to Earth after this
experience with
the Greys. I do not know, what happened to the souls, that were in
those
boxes.
Val: They would presumably have a way to release them, I would think.
AC: I would think so. I can remember Moraney saying, that the
Andromedans did not
know, that the Greys could do this and had this kind of technology.
Val: Now that they know about it, what now?
AC: I don't know. There is a lot they don't tell me.
Val: Well, I knew more than five years ago that the Greys had this kind
of technology.
AC: Well, they are very frustrated. Moraney has said on numerous
occasions that "it's
just their time." The Greys are going to die out.
Val: What about us? We pass the test and those who do not go to fifth
density create
another 3rd density holographic reality to continue to play the game
until they mature
beyond that. In that light, what does happen to all of us?
AC: My understanding is that all of us become teachers.
Val: All of us?
AC: Yes. We all go to different parts of physicality in fifth density.
Val: And become teachers. Because of this experience we have had on
Earth?
AC: Yes.
Val: You said that as things begin to "heat up" vibrationally here, we
are going to have
access to buried memory within the genetics. How is someone who is a
"redneck"
going to handle that?
AC: Ha. I haven't a clue. I am kind of worried on how I am going to
handle it.
Val: And this is supposed to happen when?
AC: Between now and 2007. By 2009 there will be people on the planet
going in and
out of fourth and fifth density.
Val: On Star Trek and Deep Space Nine you see many different races
mixing and
interacting. Is that close to what is actually going on?
AC: It's very close to the truth, from what I understand.
Val: If that's the case, it makes it even harder to be satisfied with
being here.
(9 of 13)
When the Dominos Start to Fall
AC: I can't tell you how many times I have not wanted to come back
here. When these
dominos start to fall, people will be flocking to contactees and people
involved in the
"UFO" fields for answers.
Val: And in many cases, these will be exactly the wrong people to ask.
AC: In many cases, but nobody else is talking to them. The government's
attitude is
that "the truth is a lie undiscovered." The people won't have any
choice. They will be
coming to people like yourself, who have integrity. You will find
yourself in a
leadership role. It's going to happen, and it really is as it should
be. Some of those
who these people will go to for answers will be Service-to-Self
oriented, who will be "in
it for the buck" or are into being "famous". That means nothing.
Val: That's mind boggling.
AC: Within a very short time, those of us who are talking about this
will go from being
looked at as "kooks" to being teachers, and all it will take is one
mothership to park
itself around the moon, or have a squadron of craft fly across the
United States in the
middle of the afternoon. That's all its going to take.
Val: A lot of people wandering around talking to themselves.
AC: That's a given, and these people are going to want some answers.
The religious
people will be the hardest-hit, because in many respects they are going
to have the
rug pulled right out from under them.
Val: Well, isn't this also the idea of the regressives? To allow this
to happen for a
manipulative advantage over the population?
AC: Yes.
Which Side of the Coin?
Val: So, one would never know which side of the coin it really was, if
and when this
does happen? How would one know?
AC: It's an intuition. However, the people in middle America who watch
television
re-runs every night won't know the difference. The average person who
doesn't pay
attention to what is going on in their world and what it is that they
are creating will not
be prepared for this.
Val: I would think excitement would push intuition right out the
window. I think it
would be a matter of keeping ones act together whether what we saw was
positive or
negative.
AC: Yes it would. The bottom line is that you won't know who you are or
where you're
going until you get there, and we're all going to be in that boat
together.
Val: How soon will that be?
AC: It could be as early as April of 1997. It's probably going to be
sooner, but April of
1997 I was told would be the highest probability.
Val: That's about the time Hale-Bopp arrives.
chapter4.html (10 of 13)
AC: Yes. Hale-Bopp will be here in February-March 1997.
Val: So, a lot of other things will happen around the same time.
AC: Yes.
World Leaders at Gizeh in 2000
Val: Do you have any take on this January 1, 2000 meeting of the world
leaders at the
pyramid at Gizeh?
AC: You have read Sitchin's work, yes?
Val: Yes.
AC: Remember when he makes reference to Anu?
Val: Yes.
AC: Well, supposedly Anu is supposed to come back at that time.
Val: Which is on the regressive side of the coin.
AC: Yes.
Val: And?
AC: And all the world leaders are supposed to be there to worship and
adore him as
the God of the Underworld.
Val: It sounds rather unexciting. Obviously, something must happen to
Anu,
considering how everything turns out later. It's only three years
before the cut-off
date for all extraterrestrials to be away from Earth. So, with that in
mind, do you have
any take on the events between 2000 and 2003 and what the progression
of events
may be?
AC: Oh, the earth will be going through a lot of changes. There will be
new viruses to
contend with, as well as famine and floods. We will also have wars,
most of which will
be fought over food and water. China is supposed to break up into
separate countries
in a vast civil war. China will end up using nuclear weapons within its
own borders
against itself.
Val: Now, this is curious. A lot of university work has been done that
has come up with
super crops, such as super corn and super wheat that could produce vast
harvests.
Harvard University studies have shown that the Earth can comfortably
support 44
billion people using only 25% of the ice-free land to grow food. All
this potential exists
right now that they are not going to even use, because somebody wants
it to happen
this way.
A Higher Agenda Which Involves Us as Souls
AC: But, there's a much higher agenda here. It obviously involves us as
souls, but it
also has to do with something that is very strategic about this solar
system. I will tell
you why so many people are interested in this solar system. We have
some
strange planets here. Not only is Earth unique because of all the life
forms here, but
according to Moraney, when we as Paa Tal came down from a higher
density to inhabit
these bodies in third density, we used a type of vehicle to travel from
where we were
to where we are now. A type of vehicle. They say that the planet
Jupiter was the
chapter4.html (11 of 13)
vehicle we used.
Val: Which is also now a sun on fifth density.
AC: Yes.
Val: So, we brought our own potential black hole along with us.
AC: Our own escape hatch. Richard Hoagland is on to the
hyperdimensional
bizarreness of Jupiter, but he will never figure it out because he
doesn't think along
the lines of spirit, really.
AC: Well, he has set it up so that he has an academic position to
defend. The
credibility gap. I guess everybody has their niche.
AC: Yes. He just doesn't talk about those things. It all comes from
spirit anyway.
Val: So, what happens next? Everything must turn out fine after 2003,
because they're
looking at from a position in time.
AC: Yes. We're going to go through some stuff, and I don't know how its
exactly going
to play out, but they have said on more than one occasion that they are
very proud of
us in the end, as a race.
Val: The end. Of the third density experiment?
AC: Yes.
Val: Which will be in linear terms?
AC: They told me that it would be on December 3, 2013.
Val: Tell me more about your understanding of dimensions.
AC: My understanding of dimensions is that each dimension is a
holograph that
vibrates at a higher color-sound frequency than others. Fifth density
has a frequency
scale of 214 colors, as opposed to the 73 color frequency spectrum we
have here in
third density.
Val: How does the mathematical progression go?
AC: I don't know, but it is a progression.
End of Interview
chapter4.html (12 of 13)
chapter4.html (13 of 13)
Chapter 5 - Leading Edge Followup
Interview With Alex Collier
May 5, 1996 1996
The following material is a followup interview conducted with Alex
Collier in regard to
the Andromedan paradigm. For reference purposes, the initial interview
was in LE#90
and the main feature, ET's and the Global Connection, was in LE#89. The
interview
was conducted on Sunday May 5, 1996.
A Planetary Update
Val: Perhaps it would be best to start with a general update from you,
both on the
planetary side and the extra-planetary/dimensional side.
AC: Well, let's see...a planetary update. There are more reptilians
than there were
before. There are approximately 20 of the royal Draconian line in the
planet at this
time.
Val: The Ciakars?
AC: Yes. An underground facility was apparently built for them in the
mountains in
Madagascar. It is something that Moraney seemed very concerned about,
because
they don't know exactly why the Ciakars are here....they usually don't
fight their own
battles. On a galactic level, several humanoid colonies in the Hercules
cluster have
been admitted to the Andromedan Council.
Val: What about the biological situation on the planet?
AC: The viruses that are going to be hitting the United States are
going to be blamed
on Africa. It of course is not true. I am sure most of your readers
know that already.
Val: It's no secret that all the viral and plague outbreaks have always
been organisms
that are involved with known government biowarfare programs.
AC: Yes. The interesting thing about the Ebola virus is that there is
an extraterrestrial
gene that has been added to it.
Val: I have heard that the same thing was done by factions in the
government to
create the HIV virus.
AC: Yes. I don't know what extraterrestrial race provided the gene for
the recombinant
HIV virus, but I know that the biological material that has been added
to the Ebola
was given to the government by the humanoids from Sirius B. I don't
know if it was
one of their viruses that they picked up somewhere or whether it is
actually from
them.
Val: Well, giving thought to the question: of who would want to
biologically decimate
the planet, the governmental factions have their agenda, but the
reptilian race comes
to mind as a contender who might in fact have orchestrated this
biological weapon
chapter5.html (1 of 11)
exchange.
AC: This is true. There are a lot different races that would love to
have this solar
system totally secured, primarily because of Saturn and Jupiter, and
the Earth is a
prize because of all the water on it. But, if they gave certain human
beings on Earth
the viruses, and those human beings in turn go ahead and use them, it
doesn't totally
absolve them of culpability, but at the same time it does relieve them
(the aliens) of
the idea that they actually did it to us. This is the really scary
part, you know.
Val: This attitude is not uncommon even here on Earth. It is an
interesting parallel to
the attitude of some organized religious and political groups who
behave in the same
way, having other people do their dirty work. Ultimately, however, they
cannot escape
the karmic debt incurred by doing these things.
AC: Well, you're right.
More on Draconian Activities With Human Children
Val: Referring back to some of the things you said in the ET's and
Global Connection,
you noted that there were some 1800 reptilians inside the Earth that
have been
responsible for some 37,000 human children disappearing. Have you
acquired any
additional information or clarification relative to this statement?
AC: You mean, what they do to the human children?
Val: Well, any clarification beyond that simple statement relative to
what is happening.
AC: Well, I can tell you two things. You're not going to like this.
Val: I'm probably already aware of what you are about to say, but go
ahead.
AC: Well, my understanding is that aside from the fact that they eat
human children,
what they do is that they drain fluids from the brains of children
while they are in fear.
Val: I have heard of this before. It is to get that substance which to
them is like a
drug.
AC: It's like a narcotic.
Val: From the adrenal and pituitary glands?
AC: Yes. Apparently the government has tried to copy this substance,
but they can't,
so they have this agreement with the reptilians down below. My
understanding is that
the primary agreement is that they will allow the world governments to
mine gold in
exchange for the human children.
Val: It is an interesting parallel to a movie I saw called I Come in
Peace, which
featured a rogue time-traveler from an alien race who came to Earth and
killed
humans just to get endorphins from their brain while they were in
terror. Another alien
was sent dimensionally to stop him, because if he was successful in
accumulating
endorphins and returning with them, there would be no end to the
slaughter of
humans, as others would come. Galactic drug dealers.
AC: There is more to it than that. The excretion has some of the
genetic coding within
it. This is really what they are after. Apparently they can absorb it,
but their bodies
don't produce it. There is a chemical that we have in our brains that
no other life form
creates. It is a result of the fact that we have 22 genetic lines
within human DNA, plus
the primate race. No one can yet copy this chemical yet. As far as them
being galactic
drug dealers, I have never heard them referred to as that, but it's
interesting.
chapter5.html (2 of 11)
Val: Well, it was only in reference to that movie, but the fact they
would raid another
species and kill them to acquire this substance. Of course, humans do
this to other
species, don't they?
AC: Well, they have this attitude that because part of their genetics
are within us, that
they have a "right" to do this. The Greys apparently have the same
philosophy, and I
can remember in one of the things that you sent me that Drunvalo also
says that. I
would like to offer a different perspective in that it is just flat
wrong. They don't have a
"right" to do it. Somehow they have convinced the world governments
that they have
this "right".
Val: Of course, the world governments are within the paradigm of
Neo-Darwinism and
genetic engineering, and it is no surprise that they would gladly
except this statement
as pseudo-confirmation of their own position and rationale.
AC: Yes.
Val: It wouldn't be too much of a stretch for these people.
AC: Yes
Val: And apparently the reptilians use human children as sex slaves,
which is
something I have heard periodically over the last few years, even in
conjunction with
governmental child sex rings that were mentioned in the book
Trance-Formation in
America by Cathy O'Brien.
AC: What is interesting is that the reptilians primarily enjoy human
males in this way,
which is really disgusting.
Val: Well, the whole thing is really disgusting. Let's change the
subject!
AC: Yes, please.
Update on Benevolent ET's on Earth
Val: You noted one time that there were about 1500 benevolent ET's on
Earth that
were relatively indistinguishable from ordinary humans, and that you
were at the time
not privy to their purpose for being here. Have you discovered more
relative to this?
AC: Well, in truth, I know exactly why they're here. But I have been
told to really not
talk about it. I will tell you that the original number of 1500 in 1987
is now down to
1231. And, I understand that in the next three months another 97 will
leave.
Val: Then I guess the number will just decrease steadily until August
2003?
AC: Yes, the last bunch will leave then.
Val: So, what I can get out of all of this is that these alien
humanoids are intelligence
operatives who monitor the state of affairs on Earth.
AC: Your perception is very accurate. I feel like I have broken a
promise.
Val: No. If I already have the logic to figure things out, then there
is no word broken. I
mean, it doesn't take a rocket scientist to deduce why they are here, I
suppose.
Val: In the last interview (LE#90) you noted that "the anger coming up
in young
people was because of the unlocking of DNA that is releasing energy
that they don't
chapter5.html (3 of 11)
know what to do with." I asked "what are the teens to do?", and you
replied that you
would have to get back to me on that.
AC: Well, I have asked them if they would outline a workable system of
expression
that would be positive and beneficial, not only to the teens, but to
the adults. Moraney
said that the next time he spoke with me that he would have an answer.
As soon as I
find out, I will get that information to you.
Val: Great. In the last interview, it was stated that the Greys
captured and boxed
human souls, and that Moraney did not want to answer the question of
what happens
to these souls. Has Moraney changed his mind about that yet?
AC: No, not yet. I don't think it's because of Moraney. He is always
reluctant to say he
can't answer something, so I think that the directive not to reveal
that information
comes from a higher level. I don't know if they are concerned that the
information
might generate more fear on this planet. It could be that they are just
trying to figure
out a way to let us know.
Val: In order to deal with these kind of issues, perhaps one of the
other things
Moraney might want to dwell on besides the question about "what are
children to do to
cope with this energy constructively?", is maybe come up with an
effective series of
thought patterns to enable the processing of information in a "neutral"
way. However,
I think most readers of The Leading Edge are pretty much past the
barrier of dealing
with things only in terms of fear, and people who have read it over a
number of years
are already at the point where they can pretty much take anything and
process it
constructively. That will come in the future, since it will be
delineated anyway.
Val: You noted that "we are all to become teachers" when the Earth
passes from the
fourth density to the fifth. Are you able to elaborate on that?
AC: Yes. Essentially, what is supposed to happen is that when we move
into fifth
density, many of us for some reason are going to find us back where we
started with
our extraterrestrial origin.
Val: In alien humanoid bodies from whence we came, before we occupied
bodies here.
AC: Exactly, and with all the experiences here. According to Moraney,
they will all be
recognized as teachers and as a group that has gone through a "first
ever"
transformation.
More on the Sirians
Val: On a recent Art Bell show, a fellow named Robert Ghostwolf
discussed a Native
American perspective that "the only two ET races that were attempting
to help us were
the Sirians and the Andromedans." I wonder whether you had any comment
relative to
that?
AC: My understanding is that those from the Sirius A system are trying
to be beneficial
and assist, because they feel responsibility in that those who
colonized Sirius B system
were originally from Sirius A. Those from Sirius B have come here and
really messed
with our heads, and they are the ones who originally gave our
government the
Montauk technology. They have the same belief and brain patterns as
those from
Orion. Those from Tau Ceti are also very much involved. Nobody knows
exactly what
the Pleaidians are going to do yet, but I will share this with you.
Those that live in the
system around Alcyon - some of them cannot be trusted, as they have
hidden
agendas. Those from Teygeta, I am told, have a very clear objective: to
maintain the
idea of freedom. Just because a group is labeled "Pleaidians" doesn't
mean they are
here to help us. People confuse that issue. Know them by their works.
Those from
chapter5.html (4 of 11)
Cygnus Alpha are here. There is a group from Arcturus that is trying to
help. Those
from Procyon, who have been liberated, are trying to help. They're
pretty gung ho.
When the Andromedans Arrive and the Prime Directive
Val: Well, all these species that are trying to help are limited by the
Prime Directive.
AC: Yes, they are.
Val: So, one would presume that they are waiting for a certain
threshold of a feeling of
wishing assistance to manifest itself, and that the threshold of
feeling would overrule
the Prime Directive and allow things to happen.
AC: Well, they are waiting for 10% of the consciousness on the planet
to awaken and
ask for some kind of intervention. That may not come until after ...
they may come
shortly after Hale-Bopp gets here, or after the World Government and
ET's try to stage
the Second Coming.
Val: Obviously, Moraney and all these people have the ability to travel
in time and
know everything that is going to happen.
AC: Yes.
Val: So, they must know whether or not, and when, the 10% threshold is
reached.
AC: Well, it will be reached no later than August 12, 2003.
Val: So, relative to any world government "games" relative to Jerusalem
and the
emergence of the Maitreya scenario toward the end of 1996, wouldn't
that
paradoxically contribute toward the movement toward a 10% threshold?
Page 125 of the book
AC: Yes, it will. The regressives are going to mastermind their own
undoing. But, for
some reason they are so desperate to try to maintain control of us, and
for some
reason they don't want to let our particular solar system and the other
21 go.
Val: What could that reason possibly be?
AC: I don't know, but there is a reason. There is more about us, as
humans, that I
don't know, than there is, that I do know.
Val: Do you have a particular perception of a relationship between
HAARP and the
Montauk projects?
AC: No, but I know, that the Andromedans are very concerned about
Montauk, because
the humans, who are working with this technology are being given
specific coordinates
in space, and the regressives, that are here can use that same
technology and leave
here. The whole point is to track where they are going, so they do not
continue to
propagate their belief systems.
Val: If the universe itself is being "jacked up" several frequency
levels, then it doesn't
matter where they go to try and get away. They will be stuck in the
same boat.
AC: Well, this is true. But, my understanding is that the idea is to
limit the damage
they do.
Val: Does this have to do with this 357 year period of tyranny, which
the Andromedans
are trying to prevent.
AC: Yes.
Val: Well, obviously they must know, that it was prevented if they can
travel in time. That sounds like a paradox. They must know, that they
either were or
were not
successful. Here is where we start to drift into parallel lines of
reality.
AC: Yes.
Time
Travel and Changing Agenda
Val: This comes into the next question that I have. At one point in
your talk in Dallas,
you indicated, that according to the Andromedans, our very next
spiritual leap in
consciousness will come from the "quiet science of archeology". Yet, it
was also stated,
that many of the Dows (Greys) here and presumably the government and
other
people, are time travelers, who "tweak" history. If in fact "new
truths"
are to proceed
from archeology, just how "true" can they be if literally everything is
subject to change
and manipulation, in terms of "archeology" consisting of "tactically
planted evidence"?
Page 126 of the book
AC: Well, look at this idea. When they first started this manipulation,
they had a
specific agenda. But here in this particular linear year, 1996, their
agendas have
radically changed. They are faced with "survival" because there is
another threat to
them. It is no longer just a matter of controlling Earth humans, but it
is also the fact
that there are other alien races in our atmosphere and in our solar
system that are
here to help and to limit the damage. Their main concern now is not so
much totally
manipulating us, but trying to get what it is they want, or came here
to get, and get
out of here. Plus, you have this frequency change. All I had tell you
is that the
Andromedans had no idea that this sound frequency emanation from the
black holes
was going to happen. No one foresaw this. It was an instantaneous
phenomenon that
affected past, present and future all at once.
Val: Now, despite the fact that the Andromedans can travel outside of
space-time and
have a viewpoint of a probable line of reality, when this sound
frequency emanation
happened it created an entirely new probable line of reality. They
couldn't have
foreseen it.
AC: Yes, and a totally different set of probabilities. I don't know
about all of that.
Val: So, is it at all likely we could all wake up one morning into a
completely different
reality?
AC: I think it's possible for some beings, but I don't think it's
possible for all of us. I
think that it is going to be a gradual transformation of consciousness.
We are all
essentially going to change our minds and create something else, and it
will be
voluntary and more of a group effort. A part of us will awaken and we
will know what
it is that we have to do. I don't think it's going to change totally
overnight, in an
instant. They have never said it would happen that way. Otherwise there
would be no
need to give us specific dates. It is supposed to be a gradual process.
If they are right,
then the reason there is third density is because we created it. We
have to implode it
responsibly in such a way where a certain set of circumstances have to
occur so that
we can allow those who have chosen not to evolve a chance to create
their space to
continue to evolve.
Val: From the point of view of the regressives, then, they would be
"escaping"
something -- something like a realization by the mass population of how
they have
been hoodwinked.
AC: Yes. They would probably have that kind of perspective.
Val: I mean, they can't go anywhere in this solar system in the third
density. Could they go to a different density?
Page 127 of the book
AC: I don't know that it is an option they now have. I am pretty sure
that fourth and
fifth density are quarantined, because I know a group of Greys tried to
dimensionally
skip out, and they were caught -- their ship was 21 miles in length.
They were going
interdimensional when they got caught, so I don't think that's an
option.
Parallel
Earth Reality Systems and Implosion
Val: There is apparently a parallel Earth, that is one or two overtones
above this one,
that is actively participating in the subjugation of this particular
overtone, together
with world government factions like the NSA and Montauk technology.
So,
presumably, with the "uplifting" of the general vibratory resonance on
all frequency
levels, these other overtones containing regressives would be lifted
upward to a point
where they would have to cease that line of thought?
AC: That's a great question. Nobody has ever asked me about this. My
understanding
is that even as far back as 1931, a parallel reality had been created.
It was something,
that one of the societies in Germany was involved in. Perhaps the Vril.
They were
playing with something. Anyway, my understanding is that any parallel
realities having
their origin out of the original timeline are going to implode back
into the original
timeline.
Val: So, there is a main line of reality into which they would implode.
AC: Basically the line of reality that we ourselves are familiar with.
Val: And the New World Order?
AC: It's going to manifest itself, but it is going to be very
short-lived. The reason it is
going to manifest itself is that it is a reality above us.
Val: In another overtone.
AC: Yes. So its going to manifest itself here because that reality will
be imploding into
this one.
Val: So, one of the keys to the apparent perception, in a linear sense,
of when this
would happen, would be the coincidence of the collapse of the planetary
magnetic field
and the increase of the resonant Schumann frequency at a certain point
in linear time?
AC: Well, that would be around August 12, 2003. It's supposed to get
really weird
here. I mean, like, really weird.
Page 128 of the book
The
Union of American Republics
Val: I once read a book called Illuminati, a white book with a
disclaimer in front, that
described a social situation, where all the "bad guys" were discovered
by the public and
put into their own concentration camps. The public became enraged and
sequestered
the government.
AC: Well, I have been given a probability about a scenario just like
that, and I have
only been given this probability relative to here in the United States,
that those, that
have betrayed us as a people, as a nation, as a race, that are in this
country, that we
consider to be our own "countrymen", will be hanged by the neck in
front of the capital
building. The United States of American will no longer be called the
United States of
America. It will be called The Union of American Republics.
Val: So, having said that, what exactly is the probability?
AC: At the time I asked, it was over 90%. The people will change
everything.
Val: How comforting. Could the phenomenon going on in Texas right now
with the
secession be the beginning of this process?
AC: Yes. I think so. What is interesting about that is that I have been
told just recently
that Bahrain was going to offer gold to Texas to back their currency.
Now, it will be
interesting to see if that actually happens. The regressives want to
divide us against
each other. That's the Orion paradigm.
Val: So, along with this 90+% probability, was there a linear timing
involved?
AC: The probability then was that this would occur in July 2004.
Val: It is interesting that the apparent NWO implementation date is
2002, one year
short of the Andromedan Council expulsion order for all
extraterrestrial influence, and
that presumably if this ban destined for 2003 takes place, then
somewhere between
2002 and 2003 you would have a mass exodus of "bad guys", both human
and
otherwise, and that this would permit a total collapse of the
regressive regime,
allowing the Union of American Republics to form in 2004.
Intelligence
Agencies Living in a Synthetic Reality
AC: Yes, it would. But again I wish to stress that the probability was
90+%, not 100%. You know, Val, the people who are working in the
government like the
NSA, specific
renegade groups in the CIA, the KGB, the Black Guard....there is a lot,
that they are
not being told. As much, as they think they know, they do not know. I
know, that they
are way in over their heads.
Page 129 of the book
They are just being used, but they are
still implanted with
these extraterrestrial belief systems, these Orion prejudices and
illusions of grandeur,
that they are "the superior race". I feel sorry for them in a way,
because they just
don't have a clue. They have already separated themselves so much from
reality, that
they are living a completely different reality already. Moraney has
said, that the
regressives could not be rehabilitated. They are already on a
completely different
course on a consciousness level.
Val: This is where you get the growth, through Intent, of another three
dimensional
"pocket" in reality, in which these people will find themselves until
they can get it
together.
AC: That's correct.
Val: And it's the Intent and the resonance, that creates. There will be
a point after the
collapse of the probable realities having their origin in the original
line into the original
line, where probable realities then can easily be created, and this is
the process, that
allows the formation of these resonant reality structures.
AC: That's right.
Val: So, there is a null point between the point of probable
reality-line implosion and
the zero point where things begin to move through fourth into fifth. Is
that accurate?
AC: Yes, that sounds accurate.
Creation
of Probable Reality Streams
Val: What have you gleaned about the structure of the creation of
probable realities
and its relation to original time streams? What does it take to create
a probable
stream of reality for a planetary culture? Is it a general planetary
emotional trauma, which creates a diversion in creative reality streams?
AC: My understanding is that it all comes down to Intent. If each
individual person
holds a particular Intent, which they freely have created, and 10% or
more of the
planetary population holds that Intent at any given time, you literally
pull that reality
to you. It all focuses on Intent, and that is something, that we are
all
individually
responsible for. The cost of freedom is responsibility. We have not
paid enough
attention to creating reality. We are caught in the idea of just
experiencing it.
Page 130 of the book
Special
Children Now Being Born on Earth
Val: It has an interesting parallel to your statement that with the
Andromedan culture,
education is paramount, whereas with our culture distraction is
paramount.
AC: Yes, the children here are learning nothing. They are not learning
how to think for
themselves. They are being taught what to think, to spit out facts and
belief systems,
and to consume. This process puts the idea, the Intent and the emotion
outside of
themselves, as opposed to the process of turning that creativity inward
to create
better selves. That is something that the Andromedans teach their
young, is to better
the self. Now, we have some really special children being born in our
world, and it's
going to be the kids that are really going to make the major shift on a
consciousness
level to help us. There are a lot of people who are absolutely not
prepared, and they
are not going to be able to deal with the new realities. The kids are,
and I have been
told that many of the children who are coming to this world now already
have a third
strand of DNA. They are aware, but they don't know how to put it into
words. It's kind
of like living in a dream. When it all falls into place, they are going
to teach us what
they know. They are just going to know this stuff.
Helping
the Teens of Today
Val: Getting back to one of the earlier questions, relative to young
people not knowing
what to do with the energy released by changes in the DNA structure, is
it possible for
you to glean, even on a superficial level, what these teens should do
until Moraney
gives a more definitive answer?
AC: I would say that these kids need to be able to have groups that
they can go to
and just talk about what they see, what they dream about and what they
feel.
Because it could be that a lot of these kids feel something totally
different than what it
is they're being told is reality here.
Val: Which would be about par, really.
AC: Yes, I think on some level we've all been through that at one
point. The kids today
are very different -- especially those that have the third strand. They
know more than
us, but a space has to be created to allow them to express it and not
have it be
judged. Just because we don't understand it doesn't mean it's wrong. It
just means we
don't understand it.
Val: A rose is a rose.
AC: Right. That's my only guess. Teens are committing suicide at an
alarming rate.
Val: And elderly people as well.
Page 131 of the book
AC: Right. Everybody wants to get out of here, and that's a scary
thought.
Val: In your understanding, with the change in frequency and density
level, for those
people who end up taking that route to get out of here, what happens to
them?
AC: I don't know. I will ask the question. I know there is no "hell".
They don't burn or
fry for that act. That is not a reality. I don't know if they go to a
way-station and get
healed and then go someplace else, or come back. I don't know.
Thoughts
on Upcoming Earth Changes
Val: Earth changes are something people are interested in, presumably
to give them
something to do while they are waiting for other things to happen....is
there any
perspective relative to any specificity about this?
AC: Well, I know, that they could start at any time. Both coasts will
be
in jeopardy.
Val: We are about 50 miles from Mount Rainier here.
AC: You might find yourself moving inland.
Val: We'll be up to our ash in ash.
AC: I think it will be a lot higher, than that, depending on how tall
you are. You know,
it's the earth reacting to the frequency shifting and to the
consciousness. She is
literally stuck between a rock and a hard place. She wants to go up,
but at the same
time she doesn't want to destroy us in the process. I am amazed at the
intensity of
intention and attention to detail we have here.
Val: The Germans would be proud. Attention to detail.
AC: Yes, but we've lost the essence with our focus on the detail.
The
Andromedan Concept of the Creator
Val: How to the Andromedans view the concept of the creator?
AC: Their conception of God is, that they really don't know what it is.
Even those on
11th density going through this shift to 12th don't know. They are
having a hard time
explaining what is happening to them, because their current mode of
communication
doesn't explain the experience they have just gone through.
Page 132 of the book
The
Andromedans have
always referred to it as the Isness, which is an essence that holds
everything together.
Val: And it is coincident with love as a frequency.
AC: Yes it is, and this whole space was created in a space of love. It
is the primal
creative force. The Andromedans really love us, and I think their
interaction with our
planet has caused a shift within them. I know that Moraney and Vasais
have both
become more emotional and expressive, and I think, that this is rubbing
off on all the
other races, that are here helping.
Val: Of course, emotion is the basis for creation.
AC: Yes it is, but a lot of the races are very technical, and we are in
our infancy when
it comes to that. Yet, look at what we have created without the
technology, that they have. I have before that the Andromedans are
extremely awed by our
ability to create
things. You know, when you leave the house how everything stays there -
it doesn't
dematerialize. Our Intent to create. All the detail in life. They are
in awe of this. Third
density is like jello to those above.
Val: I guess if I were to ask the Andromedans anything at this point,
in the spirit of
things, that are to take place on this planet, it would be what they
could offer to all of
us as guidelines in order to assist the population through these
changes, based on
their knowledge of what is to come. I trust they will do this.
AC: Yes.
Val: I have heard, that physiological life span in shorter in space. Is
this at all accurate
in your understanding?
AC: No.
Val: I suppose it depends on the resonant frequency at which you exist.
AC: There you go.
Val: On a recent Art Bell program, when the astronauts were being
interviewed, one of
them revealed that to him, space looked shiny like patent leather
shoes. I found that
to be interesting. Can you see the stars in space?
AC: That's a good question. If you were in a space, that contained no
atmosphere, it
would be mostly black. Of course, some of the stars we see in space
from the earth no
longer exist, since the light takes so long to reach us. As far, as
their comment on
shiny nature of space, that is not something I have experienced. That
would almost
suggest a holograph.
Page 133 of the book
Val: Oh no! As if they weren't in enough trouble already in the "space
program."
AC: That would mean, that the "shinyness" is bouncing from inside.
Val: Do you have anything else in mind, that you would like to say to
everyone at this
point?
AC: I would like to just stress this, I think. The singular most
important thing I would
like to stress to people, from the point of all I have learned and all
that I still need to
learn, is that the bottom line is that we should not turn on each
other. We all created
this and are continuing to create this.
Chapter 6 -
Leading Edge Followup. Interview With Alex Collier. January 12, 1997
Male-Female
Relationships in Zenetaen Society
Val: How would you define and/or characterize the relationship between
males and
females in the Zenetaen society?
Alex: How would I characterize it? Now, understand, that what I am
giving you is only
my impression from watching them interact when I was with them
continuously for a
period of three months. I would say, that they are equal, and that they
are treated as
equals. I experienced a moment where there was a type of celebration,
in
which one of
their women, who I believe was about 470 years old, was leaving her
assignment as
part of an agricultural science group, that developed new types of
fruit
and things for
them to eat, because she wanted to become pregnant and raise a child.
There was a
celebration. Not all of the women do this, of course. Many of them
decide to remain
doing what they are doing in the position of creativity they are in, in
terms of a "job"
or "career".
Val: In terms of the concept of a "relationship", at least on the
highest human level,
that you can conceive of....
Alex: I can tell you this. The men totally honor their women. If a
group of four or more
women are walking together down a hallway, men will stop and move to
the side and
slightly bow their heads as greetings. Again, there may be
communication going on,
like "hello" or "how are you?", but I didn't hear it, because they are
telepathic and
nothing was specifically directed to me. The only real sounds I heard
were associated
with their music, and Moraney asking me questions, wanting to know how
I felt about
certain things.
Page 134 of the book
The very first time I walked in, we left the smaller
craft, which was in
some type of a hangar and we walked through what I could describe as a
"liquid type
of light". There was some resistance, and as you walk through it you
could feel a
"wetness" on your face. The length of this material was about four or
five feet. You
could breathe in it. It was like a "liquid" but it wasn't. When you got
to the other end
of it, you were in this long hallway and you were totally dry. He told
me that this was
a process they used to disinfect all disease or anything they might
have carried with
them from where they had been.
Val: In terms of the idea of relationships, at least as we consider
them, all the ideas
that involve co-dependency and this don't exist in their society, I
presume.
Alex: I have never seen anything like that.
Val: Do men and women walk around in pairs?
Alex: Yes, they do.
Val: Visually, then, there is just a picture of harmonious existence.
Alex: In my perception, that's exactly right. To be perfectly honest
with you, Val, I did
not see any evidence of dysfunction whatsoever. In fact, it was one of
the most
positive experiences that I have ever had.
Val: Have the Zenetaens ever been under a control system in their
history to where
they were "under the gun" from another race or species? Have their ever
been, to your
knowledge, critical periods in the development of their civilization.
If so, how could
these be characterized?
More on the history of the Zenetaen Civilization
Alex: Let me answer that question this way. I have that question
written down to ask
them, because you gave me a question like that before to ask them. But,
they did tell
me that there was a time when they first left the Lyrae system, after
about 21
generations had gone by, where they found themselves hiding. Again, I
don't know all
the details, but they were being hunted by another race. They were
living in
hollowed-out asteroids and moons. They were moving all the time.
Val: This is the whole Zenetaen civilization.
Alex: That's correct, and I do not know how many there were. They were
basically
living on craft and having to move around all the time, looking for a
place that was
safe. Well, there were beings from the Casseopian system that helped
them, and
apparently at that point in time the Zenetaens were under a kind of
imposed
dictatorship, because they were in survival mode and one person took
control of their
civilization. I can remember Moraney saying that it was imperative that
they receive
help, because they may not have evolved out of that , had it gone on
any longer. What
happened was that they were taken to two solar systems in the
Andromedan galaxy.
We know them as "star 42" and "star 44". Star 42 is Zenetae, which is
now their star
system. Star 44 is Tishtae. Star 42 has 27 planets around the binary
stars. Star 44
has nine planets, but all of the planets are equal to or greater than
the size of Jupiter.
They at this point were all terraformed.
Val: These beings from the Casseopian system interacted with them
approximately
how long ago in our terms?
Alex: About 2.5 million years ago, but perhaps a little longer.
Val: Has the Zenetaen skin color always been blue?
Alex: No. It was red at one time. Their original forefathers were
red-skinned, and I am
told that the Lyraens and Vegans were red-skinned at that time.
Val: How did the progression begin to where the skin color changed to
blue?
Alex: Apparently it had to do with a pigmentation change caused by the
ingestion of
certain minerals...
Val: Copper based minerals.
Alex: It was in the food and everything they ate, and the double sun
had an effect on
this too. You have to remember something here. We are talking about
fifth density
beings, not third density, so you have the additional three color
spectrums. I always
try to take that into account when comparing them to us. They do
literally live in
another frequency.
Val: So, were they ever in third density?
Alex: I am not sure about that.
Val: There seems to be a prevalent assumption among humans that things
"start" at a
level of third density existence. But, that's a misnomer, because...
chapter6.html (2 of 21)
Alex: No all the races have been or are third density.
Val: So, since the period approximately 2.5 million years go, do you
have any idea of
how their civilization has grown and changed since then?
Alex: No, I don't know. All I know is where they are now because that's
the only way I
know them. That would be a question I would have to ask them.
General Queries on Submitted Questions
Val: Now, at one point in time I had asked you whether the Zenetaens
were aware of
another group from the Andromedan system called the Inextrians, and you
indicated
that this group was from a star called Mirach.
Alex: Yes, Mirach is the central sun for that system. There are, if I
remember this
correctly, 919 other suns that revolve around Mirach, including stars
we don't even
see.
Val: Stars that exist on other frequency levels.
Alex: That's correct. I believe approximately 130 of those 919 suns
have inhabited
planetary systems. The Inextrians come from one of those 130. There are
two other
groups from that group of 130 that have been here to Earth before.
Val: How about the civilization from Koldas, the Koldasians that were
involved in the
South African case around 1960. Apparently, according to a question I
received from
Chicago, the Koldasians were involved in something called "Operation
Fireball" which
parallels some of the things going on today that are connected to the
HAARP program,
under which methane is deliberately being injected into Earths
atmosphere and an
attempt is being made to ignite it.
Alex: They're going to "light up" the atmosphere and burn it. That is a
probability.
Val: It makes you wonder how many people in the Department of the Navy,
E-Systems and Raytheon are on Prozac.
Alex: Let me put it this way, getting back to the subject of the
Koldasians. My
experience with the Zenetaens, as far as their description of other
races is concerned,
is that they do not give me a "name", per se, unless they had an Earth
name that we
would recognize or know. But, if there was no name, they would always
use a symbol.
Now, I do not know that any of the symbols that I have written down
apply to what
you call the Kodasians, as they know them. I simply don't know that.
They have
always referred to the other races by referring to the name of the main
star concerned
with their location. I don't know the name Koldasians or Koldas.
Giza Triangular Ratios Related to the Orion Group
Val: Now, we have reviewed some of these questions which originated in
Chicago and
New York, and some of them you indicated that you had no information
about, so we'll
skip those and move on. Now, one question concerned the communication
via
archetypal holographs and symbols and the meaning gleaned by the
Zenetaens
relative to the 9:11 and 7:11 height-to-base ratios embodied in the
Giza pyramid,
which you indicated had to do with the Orion group, and that the
significance
holographically of the triangle or triad symbol was concerned with
Orion.
Mathematical Sequences, Synchronicity and Subjective Reality Creation
chapter6.html (3 of 21)
Alex: Yes. Now, they have a great respect for mathematics and numbers.
Moraney has
always said that they always pay attention to what we know as
"numbers". They
attend to the physics of everything, including tones, sounds and
numerical sequences.
He has always told me that numbers are maps, and one of the things that
we
personally do now in our lives is that we watch that numerical
sequences that come up
in our lives. It seems that as long as we recognize specific numbers
that come up in
things that we are doing, like in phone numbers, bills, addresses,
license plates, then
we know we're on the right track.
Val: Just by the fact that certain mathematical sequences, such as
triplets
(111,222,333,etc) are noticed....
Alex: Exactly, and everyone resonates to a tone or frequency. If you
"stay within the
path of your tone" then you are in effect "moving along your
frequency.".
Val: Well, then, "moving along one's frequency" would imply more
consistent
perception of synchronicity, which is historically connected with the
more consistent
perception of numerical sequences and number sets.
Alex: Yes. These sequences are in effect telling you that you are
staying in
consistency.
Val: This relates to the Law of Consistency that the Zenetaens refer
to. Are there other
telltale signs relative to adherence to consistency other than the more
frequent
perception of numerical sequences?
Alex: I would think so. Other factors are the degree of awareness of
your own
thoughts and what is going on around you. I think it's just overall
perception of who
one is. But as far as trying to create and predict one's future, and I
did not specifically
learn this from Moraney or Vasais, when I start to create something and
come up with
an idea, what I do is apply a numerical set of numbers to that
creation. Then, when I
see those numbers become evident around me, I will immediately
associate whatever
is going on in my life with that creation. I then move toward that
numerical sequence
or number.
Val: How do you assign a number, numbers or numerical sequences to a
specific idea?
Can you give an example?
Alex: At one time there was a very big thing that was coming into our
lives, and we
really wanted to create it. In my mind, when I was meditating on it,
creating it and
seeing the outcome of it, I assigned numbers 18, 19, 20, 21 and 22 to
the creation.
Any one of those numbers.
Val: Why those numbers?
Alex: I don't know why. It is something that I just started doing in
1985 when they
came back.
Val: So, in effect, what you have discovered is that when numbers that
you intuitively
assign to a certain process or creation appear around you, that the
perception of these
numbers lends itself to the support of the creation you are manifesting?
Alex: Yes, and I absolutely pay attention to everything that is going
on. When this
happens, I will stop whatever I am doing in the moment and reflect on
what is going
on in my life, so that I don't miss an opportunity to move in the right
direction towards
that creation. Now, I don't know if this process is something they gave
me in terms of
a telepathic communication and it just became part of the process
within me, but the
Zenetaens follow number-values, totally, and consider them to be "maps."
Val: Maps leading toward what? Toward understanding of the process of
creation and
manifestation?
Alex: I think so, yes. Your own creations.
Val: Interesting. Now, here's another question. Has this race from
Andromeda ever
give a description, scientific or other wise, of Hale-Bopp?
Alex: Everything I know about Hale-Bopp I have already put out there,
and I have
more questions about Hale-Bopp to ask them that are at the top of the
list. I wish I
had something new to tell you.
More on the Draconian Civilization
Val: Another question that has been put to me to ask you is the
following. If
withholding love leads a race to regression and devolution, due to the
absence of
expressed emotion, then why is it that the Alpha Draconians are two
billion years old
and have not yet become extinct? Second, what is the average life
expectancy of the
Draco?
Alex: The average life span of the Draconians extends from 1,800 to
4,100 years of
age. The ones that live as long as 4,100 years are the royal line of
the Draconians.
Val: The winged Ciakars.
Alex: Yes, because their genetics have been kept totally intact. Now,
as far as them
being regressive, yes they are, but what is interesting, Val, is that
they are not
regressive with respect to their own people, only against other races.
So, what you've
got is that you have this race of beings that are very regressive
toward other races
other than their own.
Val: It sounds like a super-model of imperialism.
Alex: They don't turn on their own people and have continued to evolve
within their
own race.
Val: One of the recent themes in orthodox media, especially movies, is
that reptilian
species have a penchant for pituitary and adrenal type substances, and
that they try
and get these substances any way they can, even to the extent of
ripping somebody's
brain out of their head in order to acquire these hormones.
Alex: Well, these hormones, in essence, hold emotion. The brain and
spinal fluids hold
emotion. It is what nourishes the nervous system and the brain.
(Not hormones hold Emotions, but
only White Sun Energy, which is in those hormones, can hold Emotions!
LM).
Val: So, is this media portrayal have any accuracy at all? Do reptilian
humanoids have
to supplement their own internal production of adrenal hormones from
outside
sources? If so, what does this contribute to them physiologically? If
this process does
exist, as has been inferred before, is it a function of a need or just
as cosmic joyride
for them?
Alex: Well, they don't make the same type of spinal fluid as humans do.
As far as their
physical needs, I don't know. I do know that they get a "rush" from
hormones from
other species, that have been in terror. For example, if they capture a
human being,
they will not usually kill the person right away. What they usually do
is terrify them as
much, as possible in order to jack up the level of emotion and
hormones.
Then, when
they consume the physical body of that psychologically terrorized
being, not only are
they feeding themselves but the hormones impart a physiological and
psychological
"rush", which they enjoy. It's essentially a "drug high" for them.
Val: So, they couldn't use hormones from animals, because they don't
have the
emotional range of embodied spiritual entities...
Alex. Cattle don't have the extremes of emotions we have. They do have
emotions,
but the more extreme the emotions, the "higher the high" when the
substances
generated are consumed by the reptilians.
Hale-Bopp
Draconians Might Visit The United States First Because The U.S.
Military Will Attack Perceived Aggressors
Val: We had discussed before the subject of the Hale-Bopp complex in
terms of the
assessment that part of the complex consisted of "protocol ships" from
the Orion
Group. Relative to this planet, do you have any information on
probabilities of where
they will come first?
Alex: They will come to the United States first.
Val: Why?
Alex: Because our military will challenge and attack them. So, they
will be here first,
and then move to Russia. It's a foregone conclusion that they will be
here first.
Val: So, again, another aspect of this submitted question is: what
should one do when
encountering these beings from Alpha Draconis? Are there details on
precise protocols
as you gave relative to peaceful beings?
Alex: I have a protocol for the Alpha Draconians. Run away.
Val: That's pretty precise.
Alex: That's all I know, is to stay away from them. There is literally
no way to
challenge them. It's suicide, to be perfectly honest with you. If they
are in the mode
where they want to do you harm, it's going to happen. The best thing is
to avoid them
at all costs. You have to remember, Val, that the Alpha Draconians, the
Ciakar in
particular, if they come down here, are going to come out of their huge
craft and they
are going to look like dinosaurs.
Val: Do you consider embarkation by reptoids a part of the Hale-Bopp
scenario?
Alex: I don't believe that there are any Ciakar on Hale-Bopp.
Who's Staffing the Hale-Bopp Complex?
Val: What or whom do you feel is on Hale-Bopp?
chapter6.html (6 of 21)
Alex: I think they are staffed by warrior-class reptilian, Draconians
that are seven to
ten feet tall that have the stubby tail. They are skinnier than the
others and
considered the warrior class of the reptilian hierarchy.
Val: Why do you feel that Sirius B humanoids and the Alpha Draconians
are the ones
associated with Hale-Bopp?
Alex: The Andromedans have said that Hale-Bopp is a protocol ship from
the Orion
Group, and that it contains reptilians in cryogenic stasis.
Val: How exciting...
Alex: They are waking up as we speak, I'm sure.
The Hale-Bopp Complex as an Incredible Control Scenario
Val: There was one aspect of the Sheldon Nidle paradigm which is
plausible and
perhaps the case, and that is that radio frequency messages from the
Hale-Bopp
complex have been received by governments, and I would guess this is on
your "ask
list" to try and confirm that with the Andromedans. I was informed that
the messages
contained both a greeting, of sorts, and a warning. The warning said
essentially, "do
not bother to try and attack us with your thousand-year-old weapons or
we will
obliterate you." Now, with the U.S. military setting up hundreds of
these little
complexes in the boondocks around the United States with missiles and
high-tech
electronic equipment, obviously ready to shoot something down from
above, this is a
little worrying.
Alex: Yes, it is. At this point I cannot confirm that this is true. I
will say this, however.
If you were informed correctly about the content of the message
received by the
governments, then we are looking at an incredible control mechanism on
its way here.
Val: Well, one would presume a control drama with the Draconians on the
way.
Alex: Yes, it would be true with any of the regressive groups. From
what Moraney has
said, that is exactly what these groups do. They find a planet
inhabited by a race less
evolved and technically competent, and they conquer it by whatever
means. One of
the first things they do is "put it down". They try and make you feel
inferior.
Val: I guess at this point an overall holistic question relative to
this whole Hale-Bopp
scenario would be, why now?
Alex: I have no idea.
Val: Considering the assumed dimensional type shifting, would it be
logical to assume
that someone desiring to assume control would try it now, rather than
wait until later
when it might not be possible? Could it be that they are fully aware of
the Andromedan
Council edict of "all ET's out" by 2003 and are ignoring it?
Alex: Yes, I believe they are aware of it and are ignoring it, because
both Moraney and
Vasais have both mentioned about sitting down at the Council with
representatives
from the Orion Group and Sirius B. I am not sure the Draconians were
there, but I am
sure they know about the edict.
Hale-Bopp Draconians Possibly a Rogue Group
Val: So, with reference to Hale-Bopp, we are in essence talking about a
rogue group of
reptilians.
Alex: Yes, I would think, or it is a decision by an entire race of
reptilians to act
chapter6.html (7 of 21)
independently. No one speaks for the Draconians. No one. They could
also be coming
here and actually be on their way to somewhere else.
Val: Then, in that case, we would be just assuming that they would be
impacting the
civilization here because they are coming in this direction.
Alex: Well, they may come and attempt to do their "thing" and move on
to some other
part of the sector to continue doing what they're doing. They are
probably not coming
in this direction solely to "get us". There is a much bigger picture
here that is all about
control of this sector of space. There are 21 other solar systems in
this sector with
planets who have civilizations in basically the same boat we are in
here on Earth. So,
we are part of whatever it is but it is not just about us.
Val: Well, if this rogue group comes in here and takes marginal notice
of the fact that
there are a dozen or so thousand-mile-wide Andromedan Council ships
parked in this
solar system, like they are at present...
Alex: It could be that they will just fly by and not attempt anything.
Between you and
me, that's truly what my heart wants.
Val: Well, this rogue group would potentially be in contact with
reputed groups that
are here and would know that they are under the gun and at an impasse
with the
military industrial complex which has presumably been holding them off
while trying to
acquire technology for a defense...?
Alex: I think the regressives know exactly where we are on a technical
level, and I
don't they are concerned about all of that in any way. But, they would
be concerned
with other races in the solar system, like the Andromedan Council, who
are sitting
there and projecting the message "leave Earth alone". The other factor
is that those
reptoids inside the Earth would probably have the chance to leave here.
I don't know
how that will happen, but I think they will have an opportunity to
leave here
voluntarily, and if the Hale-Bopp regressives come in here and try to
be aggressive
with us, I think their chance of leaving here peacefully, in the face
of the
Andromedans, would be completely over with.
Val: In other words, the rogue reptilians would be challenged by the
Andromedan
Council fleet now in the solar system and all we might see is a big
"light show" in the
sky as they battle it out.
Alex: Right. I would not at all be surprised by that. That kind of
scenario has been
foretold by many individuals, even Apolloneus of Tyana, who spoke of
"wars in
heaven" in 79 AD. The proverbial 'war in heaven'.
Val: Do you view the alignment of planets in May 2000 has having any
effect on this
system?
Alex: They have only made reference to how much of a pole shift we
would have.
Val: So, the Andromedans have never mentioned any significance relative
to 5/5/2000
or any planetary alignments at any specific timing?
Alex: No.
Our Main Sun Already Beginning Pole Shift
chapter6.html (8 of 21)
Val: Now, we were talking about HAARP at one particular time and the
situation with
the weather patterns, and you mentioned that part of the collective
problem with
weather patterns is that both the magnetic poles of the earth are
shifting and that also
the poles on the main sun are beginning to shift.
Alex: Yes, it is.
Val: If this in fact is the case, is it flipping from top-down or
bottom-up?
Alex: If you are looking at the sun in terms of North-South-East-West,
what you are
seeing is that the South is moving Westerly. The South is rising up and
the North is
going East. It's rolling towards us, but at an angle, and the magnetic
field of the Earth,
and in fact all the planets in the solar system, are responding to this
process.
Val: We have a second smaller sun that is behind the main sun that we
normally see.
Is the shifting of the main sun affecting the other one?
Alex: I don't know.
Val: That might be a question to go on the list.
Alex: I know the second sun is denser, heavier and not as hollow as the
sun we see.
The Hale-Bopp Companion
Val: Another question which was submitted is as follows: In view of the
probable
scenarios forthcoming in February-March 1997 and the arrival of
Hale-Bopp, if in fact
the companion to HB is larger in mass than Earth, will that create mass
gravitational
effects on Earth with geological consequences?
Alex: No, it would not, because it is a craft, not a planet. It
generates and controls its
own force field, and the extent of it, from within. It is different
than when you are
dealing with a solid mass. It has an energy field which can be
manipulated. It is totally
controlled. The only way a ship of that size could cause a problem is
if they specifically
wanted it to cause a problem.
Val: Now, when we are looking at the HB complex, I was informed by a
friend who
actually went out there out-of-body and looked at it, and he said that
he saw a long
tubelike propulsion unit with four pie-shaped components, presumably
the occupied
areas, attached to it. If you looked at it from the end it would seem
to be a
cross-shape in the middle of a circle. What about the companion?
Alex: All I know about the companion is that it came out of a star
system in the
constellation Cancer. That's all I know, but if you remember when I
first started talking
about Hale-Bopp in 1995, the Andromedans had said that another craft
was on its way
from the constellation Cancer and would join it. That was two years
ago, and here it is.
Val: Has there ever been any kind of discussion that involves what part
of the HB
structure will go where when it comes into this system?
Alex: The only thing that Morenae has said specifically was that two of
the three
"moons" in the tail of HB, once it passed us, would go into an orbit
around Mercury. He
then said, "then your governments will need to tell you that they are
here."
Val: Why? Nobody here can see Mercury anyway. Why would the government
feel a
compelling need to tell the public about this?
Alex: I don't know. Morenae did not give me any more than that, and
maybe that was
for my safety, or maybe it was because the information would tip-off
others to the
chapter6.html (9 of 21)
plans of the Andromedans. So, I don't know why, and I don't know if
that has changed
or not.
Potential Hale-Bopp Tail Debris Impact on Earth
Val: Another question that was submitted to me is as follows: "There is
a rumor that
the northern hemisphere may be actually impacted by some sort of
projectiles coming
from HB. Is that correct, and if so, what can we do to protect
ourselves. Is that why
the military has built so many underground facilities?"
Alex: Well, my understanding is that it won't be projectiles, as we
understand it, but
simply debris from its "tail" that may impinge on the planet, because
it is dragging
along some natural material along with it. It is a small probability.
The military has
build the underground bases primarily with the thought of a pole-shift
in mind.
An Andromedan View of the Soul
Val: Another submitted question: "If souls can be removed from humans
in about four
seconds, then what is the true nature of Soul/Spirit and what we call
God?"
Alex: You know, that's a good question, and I don't know that I know
the answer, but
I will tell you this. Once I asked Vissaeus about what they teach their
children about
the concept of Soul and true essence, and this was the response he gave
me about
that: "We are perceivers. We are an awareness. We are not objects and
we have no
solidity. We are boundless. The world of objects and solidity is a way
for making our
passage through our densities convenient. It is only a description that
was created to
help us. We forget that the description is only a description and thus,
we have learned
not to entrap the totality of ourselves in a vicious circle of
physicality from which few
rarely emerge in a lifetime."
Val: There's one last submitted question here: "Is there any cosmic
intelligence that
monitors and keeps balance in the Universe, or are we destined to be
controlled by the
bigger guy with bigger and better technology." Well, I can answer this
one. The cosmic
intelligence this person is talking about is in fact the Universe
itself which is
self-reflective in nature, self-balancing, homeostatic and itself
conscious. The second
part of the question is unfortunately from the Darwinian perspective,
in that it
presupposes an ongoing situation preoccupied with technology, when in
fact
technology is always supplanted by consciousness itself. Would you say
those are fair
and accurate answers?
Alex: Yes. In addition, during the earlier stages of development,
control by technology
is only possible if we allow it to happen.
Val: Technology itself is a limited material scenario and application
of manifested
creation which effectively replaces the efficient application of
consciousness.
Alex: I wanted to share something else I have on the brain from Vasais:
"The brain
does not create consciousness, but rather it is consciousness that
creates the
appearance of the brain, matter, space and time as all things are being
interpreted as
a physical reality."
The Nature of Niburu
Val: Here's another question that was submitted to me: "You mentioned
that the
Lemurians and Atlanteans were extraterrestrials and you also mentioned
Nibiru. Tell us
about Nibiru and its role and relationship to us in this solar system."
Alex: This is what I have been told about who those connected with
Nibiru are. A very
chapter6.html (10 of 21)
long time ago, colonies on Sirius B and the Orion Group were having
trouble with each
other. In order to bring peace, there was a marriage between two
members of each
group. The woman came from the Orion Group, where the hierarchy
includes a queen
- the matriarchal paradigm. The male was from Sirius B. Both members
were
considered royalty of their respective line. When these two came
together in marriage,
their offspring had the genetics from both lines. Because of these
genetics, the new
race that was created was given the name "Nibiru", which I am told by
Moraney in the
Orion tongue means "divided amongst two". This is who they literally
are - a cross
between those from Sirius B and a race from the Orion system. They
formed a new
"tribe" which has continued to flourish for at least hundreds of
thousands of years. So,
they are a tribe that has become a race.
Getting Down to Brass Tacks
Val: In terms of everything that is going on right now, here on January
12, 1997, and
all the scenarios, possibilities, probabilities, potentials, the
Andromedans hanging out
in the solar system, the political situation the way it is, the
Hale-Bopp complex on its
way, what is your gut intuitive feeling about the progression of
upcoming events. I
mean, we probably have dozens of scenarios at this point, in addition
to the various
probabilities those from the Andromedan system have presented. What
about the next
12 months?
Alex: I do. I think that the end result is that everyone on the planet,
especially here in
the United States, will be re-evaluating the idea of self-sufficiency.
I really see that
people will finally realize that we have to learn to live together and
help each other.
Now, how do I see us getting there? I think that what is going to be
happening very
very soon is that there will be severe racial problems in this country.
Control Factions to Synthesize "Racial Problems" to Distract Population
Val: And these "racial problems" will be deliberately instigated by
factions within the
government of the United States in order to produce instability, in
order to encourage
the population to give up freedom for control.
Alex: Absolutely, because the idea of "racial problems" will mask all
their other
transgressions and screw-ups, basically.
Val: All the drug dealing, etc.
Alex: Of course. You can blame it on somebody else or just create a
scenario that gets
everybody's attention away from what is really going on behind the
scenes. They are
very good at this. I think that is going to happen. I also see a very
severe "correction"
in the stock market, and I know that they have predicted food
shortages, but I think
they were off by a year. I think its going to be this summer in 1997. I
really do. What
I really feel at the same time, Val, is that a lot of people are going
to be dealing with
betrayal.
Val: In terms of realizing how factions within the government have
betrayed the nation
for so many years?
Alex: Yes. I think that the people are going to realize that they have
really placed their
faith in the wrong place for a long time, and I think the people are
going to be
overwhelmed with how to get out of it and fix it. You know, when you
add into this the
paradigms of extraterrestrials and the truth about most of the world's
religions being
archaic dogmatic systems created by a priesthood...
Val: It's one hell of a wakeup call.
chapter6.html (11 of 21)
The Year of the Turning Point: 1998
Alex: Yes. It's going to be wild. I think by this time in 1998, January
1998, we are
either going to be coming together as a group of people, or we are
going to be
preparing for civil war, and I just don't know which way it is going to
go yet.
Val: Is there a possibility that an internal civil war would be
prevented by an outside
party?
Alex: I don't think so.
Val: Since the hierarchy on this planet is ultimately controlled by
reptilian factions,
would all the efforts toward increasing racial tensions be geared and
controlled in
order to make the prospect of Draconia takeover easier?
Prejudice and Racist Perspectives Learned from Extraterrestrial Source
Alex: Well, we're pretty much in chaos already without needing any
additional help
getting there. Most people I know are living in chaos. They have no
idea what they are
doing or who they are. They think they're the person on their "drivers
license", so I
think that I think that the planet is already in the space of severe
vulnerability, but
here's the thing. Let's take that same scenario. If you yourself wanted
to conquer a
race, or you wanted to prove to other races out there that humans are
not worth
bothering with, you would stir up the pot as much as you could and get
the population
to war against itself. Let's face it, prejudice is an extraterrestrial
perspective.
Val: Do you mean that literally?
Attempt To Use Our Own Free Will Against Our Interests
Alex: They said that we on earth have learned the concept of prejudice
from the Orion
Group who were here. When they were here, we watched how they treated
other races
and groups. So, we have just propagated that. The bottom line is, if
they do create
severe racial tension on this planet.....you may hear about it on the
news or read it in
the newspaper, and this is just an example, but in order for you to go
out and actually
harm another soul, you have to consciously make that decision. I think
what they are
going to try to do is use our free will against us. In other words,
they are going to try
and convince us that this is what we need to do, and instead of people
separating
themselves from that idea, they are going to buy into it and try to
manipulate the
situation so it will appear to other benevolent groups that might want
to help us that
we are not worth helping.
Val: But, I would think that the Andromedans and other peaceful groups
would know
that the regressives would try this tactic...
Alex: Well, they probably will know it. I know they know that, but the
fact of the
matter is, if we move down that path and we don't ask for help, they
will not
intervene.
Opening the "Can of Worms": Analysis of Concept of "Request for Help"
chapter6.html (12 of 21)
Val: Well, the idea of "asking for help" opens up an entirely new can
of worms.
Alex: Well, I know.
Val: Personally, I don't see it happening, because I don't see enough
of whomever
getting it together to make a difference. I think the fact that our
race has been
betrayed by others both inside and outside our race is known by the
Andromedans and
other beneficent races. And, the Andromedans and other races in the
Andromedan
Council know that this planet has been manipulated psychologically,
chemically,
biologically and otherwise to the point where the common neurological
functioning of
the human brain in the general population is so dysfunctional that a
common
consensus is not possible with a large number of people at this time in
a direction of
spiritual intent that would allow assistance to manifest itself. Now,
there is no possible
way the Andromedans or anyone else out there could not know how
deliberately
messed up the human brain has become and how the possibility of general
intent has
been thwarted. My question is, in knowing that, why would they then
say, "we'll come
and help you if you ask us," when they fully know that we cannot do
that as a
population?
Alex: Well, I don't know that they know we can't ask.
Val: They know our whole history holographically about all the things
that have been
going on here with the perversion of the human neurology and the
historical
interference with the capabilities of the population in terms of
intent. For example, the
process of water fluoridation interferes with the hippocampus, which in
turn interferes
with the ability to challenge tyranny. This is why the Germans and the
Soviets used
fluorides, and it is why the U.S. is one of the most heavily
fluoridated countries on the
planet. Now, the Andromedans know that this is going on, and that's
just the tip of the
neurological iceberg. So, in knowing that, they would still say, "we'll
help you if you
ask us?" I find this interesting, and somebody has to ask this
question. There must be
a missing piece here somewhere in something they are not saying.
Alex: Well, I don't know what it is.
Val: The whole question is just a logical question to me.
Alex: I can't defend them, and I don't know any more than that. This
has been their
message.
Val: I'm not even asking for a defense of the Andromedan perspective.
I'm exploring
the logic of the situation and how you feel about the possibility that
somewhere in
there they must know about all of this, that the only option left for
them, if they in fact
do want to help, is direct intervention, knowing full well that a
manipulated population
cannot collectively ask for assistance.
Alex: Well, here's the thing, and this is my own opinion...
Val: That's what I'm asking for...
Andromedan Council Will Intervene: Collective Intent is Still Vital
Alex: Ok. Here's the thing. My gut instinct is, from all of the
interest they have had
and the time that they have spent trying to figure out who we are, is
that they will
directly intervene, but they are not going to come right out and tell
us that they are.
They need at least some of us to take responsibility in the asking. Do
you follow what
I'm saying?
Val: Yes.
chapter6.html (13 of 21)
Alex: For example, if you were in trouble and you knew that I was going
to come and
help you, no matter what happened...
Val: There might be a tendency to sit on your butt and do nothing.
Alex: Right. Would you change your behavior any?
Val: Probably.
Alex: Well, most people on this planet wouldn't. How many people know
that the CIA
is involved in drug trafficking, for example.
Val: The number of people who are eclectic enough to really understand
what is going
on here on this planet is very small, far below the morphogenetic field
threshold that
would magnify intent to an acceptable level. Nevertheless, if the
general betrayal of
those in power becomes magnified to a large enough extent, then the
consciousness of
the general population would be magnified to some extent, but the trick
is to get the
population not to turn on itself. That's the trick, and I would like to
know how we're
going to pull that off. Now, correct me if I'm in error, but I am
hearing you say that
the Andromedan Council is going to intervene...
Alex: Actually, Val, they already have to some extent.
Val: And they will continue to do so.
Alex: Yes.
Val: What you then said is that the Andromedans would like to perceive
at least an
effort on our part, to form some general intent in the direction of
requesting
assistance, over and above the fact that they are in essence providing
assistance
anyway. In terms of "asking for assistance", is it a thing like
standing in the back yard
and looking up and the sky and saying "Andromedans, please help us"?
There is a
saying that "when you pray you talk to God, but when God talks back
you're
considered schizophrenic". It was comedian Lilly Tomlin who said that.
I guess at this
juncture, the question would be, if this is what the Andromedan Council
would like to
see, some sort of minimal demonstration of intent, how would that
intent best be
assured of manifestation considering what we have to play with here?
Alex: They would need to see that intent expressed in the form of
mutual respect for
each other.
Val: So, in other words if they perceive, on whatever sensory format
they're using,
that a certain percentage of people are getting their inter-relational
act together, then
they will assume that in fact it is equal to the intent of the entire
planet to move in
that direction?
Alex: Yes.
Val: Could it already be at that point now, or almost to that point?
Alex: Yes. I believe it is almost to that point. It is why they are
here now in the first
place. But, they are not telling me the degree to which the intent has
reached this
point. But, I believe its almost there. I think it was Vissaeus who
said, "It is imperative
to have mutual respect for a healed planet." They use words so
carefully. The word
"imperative" tells me that it is an absolute.
Val: I am addressing these questions now in this way and in this manner
because
everyone who has read all this material and listened to your exposition
of the
chapter6.html (14 of 21)
Andromedan perspective, as well as parallel paradigms, have these kind
of questions
raging in their minds. Somebody has to ask them, and that's why I have.
Alex: That's fine. I'm Ok with it.
Val: The question of the logic of what appear to be all-knowing people
asking for
people to ask for help who cannot ask for help might not have occurred
to some
people, but it occurred to me, and I felt it needed asking - and an
answer.
Concept of the "Rapture" Psychologically Dysfunctional
Alex: There was a time back in 1986, just before I left Malibu, where I
was having a
talk with the Andromedans about religions, and I remember specifically
that Vasais
was very curious about religions. I was on that particular day picking
on Christianity a
little bit, and I had told him that there were a lot of people on Earth
waiting to be
"raptured". He didn't understand what the word meant, and I explained
that it meant
the process of being caught up and taken to heaven. I remember that he
looked at
me, and asked, "where is this heaven supposed to be?", and I said,
"it's a place where
there are angels, and God is sitting on the throne", you know, the
classical definition
of what heaven is supposed to be like, and he just looked at me and
asked, "many are
waiting for this to occur?". I said, "yes". He then said, "this is
extremely
dysfunctional."
Val: He always has a way with words..
Alex: For all I know, he may have taken that little bit of information
back to the
Council and....well, they have some protocols that have to be met.
Val: What are you getting at, exactly?
Hypothetical Events Changing Planetary Consciousness
Alex: Maybe the intervention that is occurring is being done in such a
way that it
satisfies all of the concerns of those in the Andromedan Council, also
giving us the
highest probability of coming to self-awareness as quickly as possible
on our own.
Val: Would you care to give a hypothetical example or scenario, based
on what you
just said?
Alex: Let's say that Neil Armstrong went on national television and
revealed that there
were other races on the moon when the Apollo astronauts went there,
hypothetically,
and that they gave us a message not to come back to the moon, and they
we were to
stay on our world that they created for us. Remember, this is a
hypothetical example.
Now, that would shift the consciousness on this planet so much that it
could never be
returned to its former state. What that would do is that it would
launch us as a
planetary population into a totally different direction. We would look
at religions
differently, archeology differently...
chapter6.html (15 of 21)
Val: So, in the same spirit of hypothesis, based on what is really
going on now, and
your gut feeling, could you hypothesize a scenario relative to a
hypothetical planetary
realization and its subsequent planetary effect?
Alex: Are you asking me what events do I see that could happen that
would trigger
this?
The Most Probable Order of Transformative Events to Come
Val: Let me rephrase the question. Combining your gut feeling and what
you know, in
terms of the highest known probabilities, what type of planetary
transforming events
of that hypothetical nature are most likely to occur, considering
current events and
trends? Now, as a guide, you had before given a listing of events that
had a high
probability of realization during the next ten years. You may have
given some thought
to those probabilities, based on your own knowingness, and come up with
a prioritized
list of what may be likely to occur before other things on that list
that may have the
same effect as the hypothetical analogy you talked about with the Neil
Armstrong
scenario.
Alex: Ok. These are some of the things that I feel that are absolutely
going to happen,
according to my gut instinct, very very soon. At the top of the list is
the
acknowledgement of life outside of our planet in the solar system.
Val: It would be a really large stretch between a public announcement
of bacteria on
Mars and that type of realization. Your feeling must be based on the
idea that
something else is going to happen beyond any kind of media announcement.
Alex: Yes.
Val: Would this "something" be related to Hale-Bopp?
Alex: Yes. Hale-Bopp and other things.
Val: Other things?
Alex: Other sightings. That's at the top of my list. The second highest
probability is the
proof of dimension, that there is "life after death" and that the soul
does not cease to
exist.
Val: What might prompt this realization?
Alex: That, I don't know. But, it is within my gut instinct. The next
would be the
introduction of "free energy".
Val: This is already happening as we speak, to some degree.
Alex: Yes. These guys are literally being forced to have to do this.
Val: To do what?
Alex: To move things along. They can't keep us in petroleum products
because its
destroying the environment.
Transnational Corporations Now Stuck In Their Own Mess
After Losing Planetary Hideouts
Val: Why should the transnational corporations start caring about that
now?
chapter6.html (16 of 21)
Alex: Because they still need us.
Val: As "consumers".
Alex: Yes. If you kill everyone but yourself, what game is left?
Val: But this is presuming they have a long-term plan. Surely they know
that this
long-term plan or anything they could come up with is going to be
punctuated by
things that would in fact destroy the entire transnational corporate
economic structure.
Alex: Well, here's the thing, Val. They had a plan. My understanding is
that the plan
was to colonize the moon and then go to Mars and start a new society
and civilization.
Val: This is a plan that was arrived at by the World War II Germans.
Alex: Correct, based on information that they were given by Gizeh
intelligence.
Val: Who are..
Alex: The group comprised of rogue Sirians and Pleiadians. Now, they
spent a lot of
time and a lot of years, and a lot of energy, putting that plan
together.
Val: I remember when the Apollo program was well under way, and Von
Braun and the
rest of the ex-Nazi rocket scientists were involved. One of Von Braun's
dreams was to
go to Mars. After they went to the moon and discovered what was there,
suddenly the
official public program was shut down, the Apollo program was canned,
the Nazis were
put out to pasture, and the public was convinced to think that
planetary exploration
was abandoned in deference to solving social problems on earth. Or,
that's what the
public was persuaded to think. Meanwhile, the covert program of
planetary
exploration, in league with some alien extraterrestrial groups,
proceeded. That's the
way I understand it to have happened.
Alex: Right. They built structures and complexes on the moon and on
Mars, and the
program continued up until February/March 1989. At that point, it
became evident that
everything they had done was for nothing, because they were attacked by
the Orion
group, who came into our solar system and destroyed the earth bases on
Mars.
Val: And all of these occurred at the end of the 12-year Bush-Reagan
administration.
Alex: Of course, it was during this period where Reagan addressed the
UN.
Val: Yes, with the speech about "what if we were attacked by a force
from space".
Alex: Right. So now, what they realized is that they have allowed the
corporate
octopus to destroy the environment, but now as of 1989 they're stuck
and they've got
to come back here and live in the "shit" that they helped create. They
can't escape to
some other planet now. Now, they have no choice but to start to fix
some of the
problems here.
Val: But, now they've got a larger problem looming in front of them.
It's their worst
nightmare. The thing that they tried to do to us is being done to them.
How ironic.
Meanwhile, the bulk of the population has been just sitting here and
has never realized
that all of this has been going on.
Alex: Exactly. I'm sure they thank God for television...it keeps people
fat, dumb and
stupid.
Val: I just bought an interesting book called "Four arguments for the
elimination of
television". It's a pretty thick book.
chapter6.html (17 of 21)
Alex: I bet they're all strong arguments.
Val: Yes, they certainly are.
Vasais: Creating A New Reality and Different Way of Life
Alex: Well, they're not going to eliminate it. It's not going to
happen. There are a
couple more things I wanted to cover here. I was having a conversation
once with
Vasais once about the idea of creating a new reality and a different
way of life here.
These are some of the thoughts he gave me:
"Create another domain of knowing, communicating and being. In other
words, the domain of calling forth or generating your intent needs to
be
more distinct. Your physics, as you call it, is a good example of this
'calling forth'. There have been men on your planet who have called for
new domains of thinking that never existed. They invented it, and they
didn't fantasize about it. They didn't pretend. They literally created
a
new context for what you now call physics. Your humanity is strong
with these kind of examples. No being, however, makes the distinction
that this is what they are. I would like to give you an example. Your
(concept of) human rights. It isn't so long ago that there was no such
concept on your planet. It didn't exist. Your terrans did not have any
rights. Only their kings and priest had their rights. But most of you
terrans did not have any rights. So, you and other terrans created
'human rights' from nothing. You created the domain that created
the "human rights' and then you called it forth. You created language
for it. You communicated it. And this communication that you gave had
power, because it was full of intent. It has the power not only to
represent and to invoke, but also to literally bring it into being.
This
is what your races need to do in order to clearly know yourselves
and transform the quality of your lives on your Earth."
Val: That's helpful.
Andromedan View of the "Astral Plane"
Alex: There is something else I wanted to share with you. When I first
started talking
with him in 1985, there were a lot of questions that I had regarding
the astral plane,
or "ghosts" and things like that. So, this is dealing with what most
metaphysicians
would understand as the "astral plane, and those who inhabit it:
chapter6.html (18 of 21)
"Their reality is one of collapsed consciousness and personal belief
systems. They cannot any longer expand in consciousness. They believe
they cannot awaken until they are worthy...
Val: This is interesting, because it dovetails a lot with what Robert
Monroe had to say
in his book Far Journeys.
"And this worthiness comes only from within, and it must be experienced
in their own laws. They are stuck in consciousness. We would suggest to
them, if they were to ask for assistance, that it be important to burn
away
all the religious images, otherwise truth becomes very filtered and
squeezed, and you only get a little piece of that truth, and not all of
it."
Andromedan View of "Truth" on Earth At This Time
"Truth, on your planet, is a filtered experience understood only
through
your personal belief systems or concepts. We have discovered that
everyone on your world has a different truth, and there have been
cultures-of-truth in every society or civilization. It has kept a
continuum
of light here on your planet. The truth is not told to everyone because
everyone, we feel, is not ready to hear it. There are some who have,
and
would take your truths and but them in a box, and then keep their lives
detached from it. The problems is that much of your mankind is taking
these truths personally instead of seeing it as an objective truth or
reality. They would take this truth and make it very egotistical in
order
to glorify themselves and others, and as we perceive, and through our
own experience, a truth is not meant for that at all. They would then
create a religion or some kind of dogma again, something which they
could remain detached from, yet glorify in the eyes of others. And a
truth has nothing to do with your earth religions. The secret, wondrous
nature of Spirit has nothing to do with your religions. You are all
multi-dimensional. Think that way. In order to think that way, you
Terns should turn the way you understand and perceive yourselves
and life inside-out, and make all of your belief systems abstract, not
personal. Because of your personal attachments, you have cut yourselves
chapter6.html (19 of 21)
off from universal knowledge. You have to have an objective mind to
gain true knowledge. You have all cultivated the attitude of a
subjective
self. The Is-nests does not live inside of all of you, and if you won't
conceive of or believe in your own divinity, how are you going to make
the leap into the next levels? How are you going to attract and
magnetize
true, unconditional respect and love, to you, without thinking in this
way. If you do not participate, you will only be a spectator. You will
not watch or participate in the plan for growth and evolution in our
galaxy, and not truly experience it yourself."
Val: Could you define a non-personal belief system in terms of what was
just said?
Alex: A belief system not based on personal experience. What I have
learned is that
personal experience is really the only true basis for knowledge that I
have.
Val: So he's saying that belief systems, if they exist at all outside
personal experience,
should be considered to be only abstract in their nature.
Alex: Yes, that's right.
More on Civilizations in Various Star Systems
Val: Changing areas of discussion, could you give me more information
in terms of
star civilizations that you have not yet released to the public in
general, on the basis
that no one has yet asked this specific question.
Alex: There are planets in specific star systems that I know. There is
a small star
called Centaur where there is plant, insect, animal and human beings
that exist in a
setting that would be considered to be equivalent to our Middle Ages.
Another star is
Krugerko. The planets in this particular system are full of minerals.
There is silver,
platinum, as well as plutonium. In the system of 61 Cygnae, there is
planet and animal
life, but no colonies as of yet.
Val: What about the beings on Sirius A?
Alex: There is a race of beings on Sirius A, the humans there, are
called the Katayy.
They are considered benevolent. There is also animal, mammal and
aquatic life on the
planet. Many of the human races there are red-skinned. Their ancestry
is some of the
first Lyraens that escaped with the women and children during the war.
In their oceans
they have whales, octopus and sharks. They are a race that is artistic.
They have
music and are connected to nature. They are builders and not very
political. Their
governments are based on "spiritual technology", which uses sound and
color.
Val: And Sirius B?
Alex: The cultures around Sirius B have a very controlling vibration.
Some of the
humans are red, beige and black-skinned. The planets around Sirius B
are very arid
and are generally occupied by reptilian and aquatic-type beings. Palm
trees originate
from the Sirius B system. The society is more obsessed with political
thought patterns
chapter6.html (20 of 21)
instead of spiritual attributes.
Val: And Sirius C?
Alex: It is now just being terra-formed, so there are as yet only very
small colonies
there.
Val: Has Moraney ever talked about the planet that the U.S. military
has conquered
after using Montauk technology to transport themselves there?
Alex: He did, and I have that, but I haven't been able to find that in
my notes yet. As
soon as I find that I will get that data to you. Ok, around the star
system of Procyon
there are planets occupied by 23 billion human beings in five solar
systems. That's all I
have now. I'm still going through my notes.
The Nature of Andromedan Music
Val: What about Andromedan musical composition and the nature of their
music?
Alex: What they do is as they are traveling, they will record solar
systems
holographically, or the planets individually, and they take the
holographic sound
patterns relating to them and blend them with other sounds of other
planets, suns or
galaxies. They create their music from this.
Val: It is literally music of the spheres.
Alex: Literally, and I have to tell you Val, there is absolutely
nothing like it. It's like the
most incredible orchestra you could ever imagine, but it makes your
soul vibrate, it
really does. It's so profound. End of Interview, 1997
Chapter
7 - Leadership Dictated by Moraney to Alex Collier
What is important this present time in your world is to know the
pioneer leaders of your past who greatly influenced
your world today are removed from the hearts of the people today. The
leaders of today, this present moment, should
share and embrace the same faith, philosophy and objective as the
people. They, the leaders, should thereby raise
each of the governed to his or own level, according to the principles
of consistency from beginning to end.
This mistakes, as we have studied and observed, are that throughout
your history, hero-worship and fame-seeking
has risen to the point of the idea your leaders are great and the
general populace is ignorant and powerless. This
concept in your country contradicts a true democracy and is wrong. So
it shall be that individuals must and will
awaken and united voluntarily. Some will be artist, scientist, and
others from all walks of life. They will become
teaching leaders of the people with whom they are working directly and
will teach all men and women to be leaders. At
the same time, it is also important that those who support them must
become leaders also.
To be a leader in your world, we would only suggest that only the
requirements be simple and evolve from the real
essence of mankind. Leaders should be in absolute faith of their
humanhood, declaring always, the
greatness of God and self-responsibility. They should also have a
strong sense of responsibility for themselves
and those that they teach. A leader should always love his people,
protect them, and encourage them warmly into
their own power and humanhood. The leaders sense of responsibility will
deepen by his affection of his role as teacher
and father or mother.
When a leader lacks mercy or compassion, they will be self-serving and
irresponsible. And a leader/teacher should
always strive and be broad-minded. He should always try to be capable
of understanding his member's needs, and
individual situations, and putting himself in their place. A leader
should practice gentleness and forbearance, and be
determined to hear the problems and teach guidance and
self-determination to any person to establish self-faith and
happiness.
A leader also needs to be impartial. He must not be swayed by his own
feelings or self-serving considerations. Always
eager to give a fair hearing to reasonable suggestions, but firm in
protesting self-serving goals or mistaken views,
even to his seniors.
Leaders should be careful of those that flatter them, as not to cater
to their personal agendas. Leaders should cultivate
the sense to spot cheap tricks, lies and sneakiness. He must also put
the right person in the right place and be
courageous about it. The idea is to build long-term integrity in all
aspects of life and leadership. Always acknowledge
the inconspicuous efforts of others, as all souls are part and
contribute to the whole.
Your leaders should also have self-confidence, courage and
decisiveness. Leaders must believe in their ability to
protect his members and help them advance to self-responsibility so all
may become determined. Those persons who
have done the inner work on the path of being a true human being,
acquire wisdom and are true leaders. They always
have faith in themselves. Those who walk the path of heart will
discover that through faith emerges wisdom. And this
same faith enables the leader to employ his wisdom effectively in all
situations.
Courage is indispensable to the leader. Leadership is no place for
cowardice. Always strive to advance wisdom and
courage. Building an honest and healthy race of human beings means
producing a world of leaders of the true law of
oneness. Development of faith, integrity and character is both the
starting point and the end result. This will make all
people capable human beings.
Every child born in your world is a new opportunity to build and honest
and real world. Leaders need not criticize each
error on the part of their members or staff. A leader should praise
them for what they have done well and capably.
There will be other people who will criticize. Being a leader or
becoming a leader does not mean you have perfect faith
or wisdom. These are life-long pursuits. Beings a leader is to develop
people, and to help people into
self-responsibility, spiritual maturity and the freedom to cultivate
voluntary introspection. Mankind can develop
remarkably, even under adverse circumstances. When Earth awakens to her
mission and towards her great objective,
we will have full faith than you all will be successful, and a source
of great pride to all of us.
On The
Relationship With the Is-ness
Moraney to Alex Collier 2/24/95, California
The worship of the Is-ness (God concept) is silent, and solitary, free
from all self-seeking. The silence is a necessity,
as all speech is feeble and imperfect. Therefore, as with your
ancestors and ours, their spirits and consciousness would
ascend out of time and space to the Is-ness in wordless adoration
(feeling). There are no priests or "saviors"
authorized to come between a man (soul) and our maker. Each experience
is personal, and different than another, and
should not in any way be meddled with or judged. Each soul should
become conscious of the divinity that is in itself.
There should be no shrines, no temples among you. Accept nature and the
caretaking of nature by mankind. Be a real,
natural human being. Your real faith may not be formulated in creeds,
as you have been taught, but from a deeper
portion of yourself that you have forgotten, or ignore. Temples were
built on your planet to honor and worship the
extraterrestrial beings believed to be Gods. The Is-ness can be
worshipped by honoring yourself and that which is
given you. By honoring yourself you honor the Is-ness, because you are
truly One and the same.
Look at your Earth, your ocean, your night sky and the galaxy. This is
your "church", and you are the "alter" in that
"church". So, release yourself from your past limited thinking. It
takes only a decision. What anyone else thinks does
not matter.
It is important to remember that the Is-ness does not place value upon
the material fabric of time. This has only been
created so that we as souls could learn more about ourselves and return
with our experiences to contribute to the
creation of ourselves. The rituals of "offerings", "sacrifice" and
other symbolic objects only means something to you
(alone). The Is-ness is only interested in your intent, the path of
your heart. Look to find your highest happiness and
the motive for power in your existence.
Do not look with ill upon those of simplicity or poverty. The goal of
one's path, regardless of lifetimes or lifeforms, is
not the accumulation of wealth and the enjoyment of (material) luxury.
It is to discover your true self, that which is
"apart" from the Is-ness; it is that part of you which chooses to leave
the comfort and safety of all eternity, to fall into
the concept of time. To become a true human being is the practice and
constant embracing of your essential self. And,
from that place of eternity, your thoughts, actions and s should
emanate into the world.
Human beings should be vulnerable, open, focused, strong and flexible.
In your world, the three concerns all of you
must address personally are Self-Worth, Trust and Expectation. Your
Earth not only needs healing, she also needs a
responsible and worthy companion. That companion is the masculine.
There is a great need for the men of your world to become intuitive and
focused on the development of the soul. Men
must cultivate unconditional love on all levels. The men of your world
are too aggressive and full of self-imposed
loneliness. Please remember that all energy moves in a circle, so
everything returns: the love, anger and despair.
Please, we ask you to also acknowledge the fact that the love you
withhold is the pain you carry. So, let love warm
your voice. Let love be the wonder to children's ears. Let imagination
create a world of unconditional responsibility. It
will also change the order of the old world. Let your emotions give
motion to the "hero" that struggles within all of you
for the freedom to act, to be, to witness and to apologize.
The responsibility of becoming a human being is great, but it also
natural. It is prayer in motion. It is your evolution
and free will in action. It is the flow of life in all things. So, love
the Earth and make new life, for children are always a
new beginning. Most of you have yet to rediscover a world you've
"already discovered".
More on the New Density Characteristics
Moreney to Alex Collier. Released 1/9/97
It is the start of One-ness that we would like to talk to you about and
share with you. The vibratory rate of the
universe is changing very fast, as compared to the rate of compulsory
evolution. In your world, the rate of this
vibratory rate will be measured by the frequency of the Earth. The
effects of the new dimension were introduced in
your year 1994, and it is affecting all physical material worlds
regardless of their state or dimension.
The effects are changing all physical matter, including atoms, photons,
hydrogen molecules and all matter in the
eleven creational densities. It is important that this be explained or
stated for those that will listen, for it will prove to
be verified for those who waiver in doubt. All physical matter is going
to change because all thought is changing. It is
starting in all of us at a higher level in spiritual form, or what we
would "coin" for your discernment, the One Mind.
As we told or spoke to you earlier, when we (first) recorded this new
dimension, we explained to you that we were told
(of it) by the Paa-tre, a race (consisting) of a single
group-consciousness in what you could observe as the 9th
density, that the frequency being emitted from the black holes is of
one polarity. We now have more data that we can
share and explain about its profound effects on all of us who are
physical. We know not why this is happening, but
(only) that it will change much of all of our lives and conscious
experience in a short time.
chapter7.html (2 of 48)
We, in Andromeda are preparing ourselves and our young, as well as
trying to express as best as we can to other
races what we have learned, so that others may choose to act or not to
act in whatever way each acknowledges to do
so.
The most immediate changes is in the 11th density, as we are told. To
describe it to you in your limited language is
nearly impossible, as one cannot express or explain infinity to a first
grader or five-year-old in your world. We do not
(mean to) imply that you are not capable of understanding, but we are
at a loss to explain precisely to you when
(because) your languages fall (so) short of true expression of the
soul. But, we (will) try by saying that a dimension
(containing) white light contains 72 more frequencies of light and
consciousness, and that the levels of consciousness
contained within a holographic dimensional picture of the same 72
frequencies, contained in one dimension, has tripled
itself in an instant. The 11th density is now beyond description to
those (who were) in 11th density, and their mode
and quality of (descriptive) language and thought is now inadequate (to
explain the change).
Those consciousness (aspects) that exist to evolve are having to create
whole new realities of communication. An
example of what we are trying to express to you is that -- if one
million people could not express or explain what had
happened to them as a whole or as individuals, this would be very
profound to the remainder. That is what happened.
The changes and leaps of consciousness are so profound on the 11th
density, those beings cannot relate to it in their
present wisdom. They cannot explain "what" it is or "why" it is,
because their past ability to be at One with their own
existence has not prepared them for what has occurred. Their new
reality is beyond all experience or expression.
The effects are now beginning to be seen and felt on the 9th and 10th
densities, and we as a race are starting to try to
be at one with the vibration, so that there will be no interruption in
our cooperation and vigilance with your present
3rd density and 4th density realities.
Be it know to you that we cannot express to you what changes you will
experience, until we have experienced them.
But, based on the past and future experiences of 9th, 10th and 11th
density beings, we already conclude that we may
not be prepared to express it. The beings of the 11th density are
having difficulty expressing it themselves, and
expressing their experiences to each other of the Oneness of their new
consciousness. In other words, it is like a child
who has thoughts but does not know how to speak, and struggles to say
the first words, and isn't sure what was said
or why. It's first grade on the highest level of consciousness in our
universe. We love and share with you. Lose not
your faith. Be at one always. Your brother, Moraney
Dealing With Current Social Crisis
" The most necessary action now, for all of you who are aware, is to do
what you are capable of doing to illuminate
your degenerated societies. Consciousness is your scale. It always
provides balance, which does not fail. It speaks to
those (who
listen to it) and tells them what to do, and what not to do - to one or
all beings who chose to be involved."
" The key to your happiness is in the hands of your consciousness. We
have perceived that you have arranged your
lives not according to yourselves, but according to others. Your
disappointments are due to this fact. This kind of
conduct of yours is what is limiting your race. Each one of you is a
free soul, a free consciousness.
No one is the
servant or a slave of anyone else, though the hidden ones would trick
you to believe otherwise. Mutual respect is
imperative for a healed planetary race. Help is being extended to you
if you want it. Because of our genetic lineage to
your race, we would like to be with you during your difficult times.
Today, you are a planet and a race that destroys
itself in ignorance. Your goal is to uncover the genuine human beings
lost deep within yourselves. Always be at one
with yourself."
" We have been in communication with many races in discussions
regarding militant decision making. We all agree
that conflict in the end serves one purpose -- to create fear. And,
this we know removes the original intent from
creation. We
are hopeful that sincerity will gain momentum."
Some Historical Aspects of Human
Physiology and Genetics
(3 of 48)
Material in brackets [ ] has been added for linguistic clarification
"In your linear time of 3rd density measurement, of 439,231 rotations
ago [years], war on a grave scale occurred in
your Solar System. This aggression occurred against those on your
worlds that included not only you Terrans, but also
those called Niburu. This invasion of your systems by Orion was led by
a queen named Suttee. This (war) was
destructive on many levels [frequencies) of physicality.
"We will focus tonight on your Terran physical form. It matters little
of those, who hear you, Alex, who do not listen.
Please share (this) regardless of (any) emotion returned to you in
challenge. When your science truly removes their
bigotry, they
will discover of the wisdom of it (what is said here). The last grave
conflict was very harmful to your physical form.
Many weapons of destruction, many of atom-splitting (nuclear weapons)
have been used. This is the reason for most
of your Terran skin tones. We shall explain.
"Orion was and is most interested in the females of your race. Because
of the pro-creation (reproductive) and genetic
strengths. We want to share (the fact) that much of your Terran history
has been misleading in its truth by those who
eventually conquered in control of your solar system (those in control
rewrote history to hide the truth). Nibiru won,
but only a short battle, before they and other outposts were forced to
leave (the solar system) because of genetic
damage.
Your original races were green-skinned. This we know, because of large
copper traces in your Terran 22 blood type
(refers to the composite of human genetics which comprise genetic codes
from 22 humanoid species). Also, the
pituitary and thyroid (glands) were fully functional (at that time).
The genetic damage to these organs was caused by
(the) radioactivity in (the) air and all things of contact (on all
things in the environment). The air was like this for a
long time.
" It (the radioactivity in the environment) caused the genetic memory
of these organs (genetic memory of full-use
capacity) being closed and almost atrophied (caused the function of the
organs to shut down and the organs to
atrophy). Your world experienced drastic changes in climate and massive
magnetic fluctuations. Your different skin
tone races are a result of an adema damage to your blood (changes in
blood chemistry). It was (then) necessary for
survival to create self-sufficient and contained environmental
habitats, (both) above and below the surface. Much of
the fossilization of your terran remnants is caused by this radiation
of your planet (here they imply that ambient
radiation plays a part in fossilization processes). Your system
contained 3 suns at that time. Only two remain (one is
on the opposite side of the visible sun, and rotates in such a way that
it is hidden from view from the perspective of
the Earth). Your physicality (body) in its original form contained a
great balance of zinc, copper, magnesium and iron.
Your true (original) blood color was green, like your chlorophyll.
Some, we have discovered, even had (blood of a) gold
tint. As such (at that time) your physicality (body) could survive in a
high carbon dioxide (content) atmosphere.
Because of this skin color green, the (only) stars in your system that
affected your physical form were in the color
spectrum of orange-red, blue and green.
" Many of your Terran races were stranded on the surface. The genetic
changes were the result of radiation damage.
Your race (skin color) went from green, to red, to yellow, to black,
and then to white. Your white races were then
considered then to be genetically weakest (Note: that should steam some
people). As such, the survivors and
descendants of the war were genetically altered and became white
through edema (he means anemia?} And they
were persecuted and (were) forced to
live underground, only to surface 5,508 rotations (years) ago to the
surface of your world. The copper blood line is
(now) a small race on your world (Note: He has to be referring to the
'blue blood" self-declared nobility), but it is the
strongest
genetically.
Your native red nation race is very strong and easiest to discover and
understand {Note: this might explain the
penchant for abduction of those with 'red' genetic bloodlines, and also
the relative genocidal murder of the 'red' races
by the white). The red is the closest to the original form among you.
Your physicality had a natural defense to positive
and negative frequencies (due to the) copper mineral in your blood
(resistance to electromagnetic variation). This lack
(now) of copper in your blood has caused a partial loss of brain
capacity and nervous system (capacity). Remember
(that) your DNA contains cellular memory. It is possible to unlock this
memory with (the) use of minerals such as
copper. Your blood systems (are) adapted (now) to iron, because of
copper depletion due to (ambient) radiation. We
will share more, but we must return now. Be at one, Alex.
Telepathic
Statement from Moraney, 11/3/96, Released 11/5/96 National Election Day
"Alex, we have already spoken with you in detail of your races' genetic
transfers and reincarnation before. I will
mention them again when necessary because your path and happiness
depend on being able to attain the truth. Yes,
we are aware the situation of your planet shows great deviation of the
right path in the sincerity period. But, please, if you would try to
share this moment in your planets evolution as a
preparation for the investments, which will be made
in the very near future for your races. Since the removal of conditions
by density technology, your evolution
is going to a faster pace, I think you say, than
before. [Note: here Moraney paused in the middle of the talk to listen
to information regarding movement of craft
around Uranus. He smiled and then resumed]
We have had to raise the frequency of your planet to move change and
enlightenment along. Such a broad word you
use, this word 'enlightenment'. It was necessary. This also means great
tests of tolerance in situations will be needed,
by your races. The most important of these tolerances will be caused by
delusionary discriminations between your
peoples. At the present moment your races are carrying in your DNA
genetics the influences of a thousand centuries,
as you count rotations, both the positive and negative aspects. Please
understand we are trying to prepare your races
for advanced maturity.
At present moment, many transfers occur in your planet from many
different cultures and planes. Each member of the
races on and in your planet will naturally exhibit their own mentality.
They do and will contradict your habitual
cultures. But, please do not forget that we have told you about mental
conflicts, (that they) cause each to go through
tests of maturity. We determine your mentalities through
the impulse signals we receive from your races chain of thoughts. Now,
the selection of man or woman and the
situations they transcend are much more difficult, because their
preparation (in terms) of the future is in accordance
with their level of consciousness. Alex, you cannot help all your
races. Each member of your races will feel their
essence in (during) the balancing of positive and negative as they have
done, and it will be weighed in their own
consciousness. Those who prepare and invest will be prepared for the
evolution to another density. The countenance
of your planet is changing very quickly.
Please don't confuse our compassion for your races with a love for your
planet. Please understand that they [two
concepts] are separate with our race. We are neither pleased with your
worlds riches, nor dismayed by its poverty. We
come to hear, to assist in the period of sincerity. The clarifying of
the original intent in all of us in this 'veedia'
[holograph]. Because of lineage to your races, we returned to
you.
Your world is a place of veiled consciousness. In order to be embodies
in physicalness, all frequencies should be
assembled in a whole intent. The very distresses, the many anxieties,
are the result of conflict with the limitless
awareness in your races. This is the reason why your planet races
cannot attain your own Selves [and] you desire to
possess everything. The reflections of your evolutionary state of
physicality, causes your races not to live comfortably
on your planet. Your present religions cause your races to unify [the
idea of] your physical bodies with your abstract
egos. You call this "progress". We do not. Stop looking to your
physicality to bring you enlightenment. Your bodies are
the effect of the cause, which is Intent, moved by emotion, which
creates physicality.
During previous past times in your 3rd density, education of the soul
took many incarnations of life and death of the
physical body. Situations and reincarnations would reflect this system
it appears. All beings would transcend your
physicalness in accordance with the degree of consciousness attained.
Since it appears that your races, having no
concept of the Law of Consistency, became very fragmented in extremes.
Religions became divisions of beliefs, and
conflicts among your races took place. The worship of belief systems
and idolatry came into existence.
Now, the technology of advanced races in higher densities have taken
control of your evolutionary systems, and by
means of this systems' control, the evolution of certain dimensions.
Reincarnations have become history, and by this means your races, Alex,
and others [races] than yours, have a
probability of DIRECTLY attaining your FULL ESSENCES.
The reason for telling you this truth in all clarity is to free you of
the conflicts and contradictions, so your races can
attain the truth as soon as possible. So, don't ask us about yourself,
ask ABOUT yourself TO your own Self.
If your races cannot attain the truth and cannot be unified with YOUR
ORIGINAL INTENT, we will not be able to be in
touch with your planet races. Since the EGO CONSCIOUSNESS in your races
still goes on, and since you cannot break
the denial of your inner self, your race becomes detrimental to the
planet and to your planetary system.
At this moment, there are many beings who cannot attain genuine respect
for Self and Self-Awareness in our galaxy.
They, as well, are being kept under control. Their evolutions are being
made in an indirect way. Your races have also
been persecuted and manipulated by other galactic races from planetary
systems negatively charged, other than your
own. Since during your different past time periods they have tried to
prove to your ancestors their own TECHNICAL
POWER, fear has been CREATED in your races. We have returned, to convey
the truth, to erase these fears.
Since your planet is the site of both the most primitive and most high
maturity, it is very full of contradictions. Your
religions which helped many to evolve, have not been released. Your
races have refused to let go of a system of
beliefs that have not serviced your planet for the last 453 rotations
of your star [years]. Be freeing you of this, and
with the use of COMMON SENSE, we hope your races will attain your OWN
SELVES, and BECOME FULLY INDEPENDENT. Be at one.
The
Greys and the Earth Agenda. A 1995 Alex Collier Lecture. Interaction
Between Gizeh Group and Nazi Germany
The Greys made contact with a world governmental body for the first
time in 1931. This was in Germany. The Greys
were however turned away by the German government, because it had
already committed itself to involvement with
the Gizeh intelligence. Now, I don't know if you know who Gizeh
intelligence is, but I will tell you that it is a renegade
group of human extraterrestrials that were headquartered under the
Gizeh plateau in Egypt. They were predominantly
Pleiadians at the time. Ashtar was part of that group, Kamagol was part
of that group. Even Jehovah was part of that
group for some time. They did their own thing. They came down here and
"played God" with us, and people
worshipped them as "Gods" because they had this technology. They abused
their power. The Germans were, in the
1930's, building rockets and starting a space program because of their
contacts with extraterrestrials - the Gizeh
intelligence. Technology was developed and used to create weapons,
because the German
governmental bodies involved were
concerned that there was going to be an alien invasion. The Gizeh
intelligence told them that the Greys were here. However, there was not
an actual invasion, per se, in progress.
Weapons, such as sound devices, lasers, neutron
bombs, particle beam weapons were created , although many of these were
actualized later on in history. The
Germans were given a lot of this technology by the Gizeh intelligence.
These technologies also included free energy
devices and anti-gravity technology.
Tripartite Interaction: US, USSR and Britain
The United States was the first to open its doors to the alien race
known as the Greys. I have been told of a contact in
1934, wherein the Greys made their presence known to the United States
government in Washington State. It wasn't
until 1947 that actual contact occurred with the aliens and United
States officials, due to the shooting down of an alien
craft in Roswell, New Mexico. This pressed the Greys into contact
earlier than they had anticipated. After this crash at
Roswell in 1947 the United States, the Soviet Union and the British, at
the very highest levels of government, became
"blood-brothers".
Now, these governments did not know what Germany was really up to at
that time in history. The Germans were very
very secretive about their contact with Gizeh intelligences. What was
going on in Germany and what was going on
between these other countries were two separate issues.
The Roswell incident created more of an urgency to develop a true space
program in order to defend the Earth. Again,
the United States government and the Soviets thought that there was a
threat due to the technologically advanced
state of the aliens they had encountered. The true space program was an
"underground" development that we are just
now beginning to hear about. It was originally financed by members of
the Club of Rome. Now, you will need to do
some homework to find out who those members are, and don't be surprised
at who you see. We'll talk more about
that when we discuss the moon. The Greys assisted the "black
government" with the building of some of the first
facilities on the moon and Mars. Prior to all of this, between 1850 and
1950, there were instances of
the mutilation of both cattle and humans. The
NSA, which was created in the 1950's, knew that aliens were
responsible. How they knew this, though, I have not
been told. I will try and get more clarification on that. In 1952, the
government prepared itself for the realization of
ongoing alien contact. When our military radar systems started to bring
down craft, the Greys realized that in order to
perform their genetic experiments on such a large scale, in an attempt
to genetically save their race, they would need
the cooperation of a political body of a high caliber. In other words,
they had to come to terms. A select body in the
United States was designed to be the liaison between the Greys and
earth humans. The military was very enthusiastic,
in the hope of exchanging raw materials for alien technology. This
liaison group, the political structure, was the
National Security Agency. This is what its original purpose was.
The Agreement and Contract
In May of 1954, the United States government made the agreement with an
alien race. Some of the terms of this
agreement featured the exchange of technology of anti-gravity, metals
and alloys, environmental type technologies,
free energy and medical technologies geared toward dealing with the
human body. All the Greys asked for in return,
they said, was to be allowed to study human development in terms of
consciousness and emotional makeup, and to be
allowed to stay here on Earth. The agreement took place at Holloman Air
Force Base. This single act involving the signing of a "contract" with
an
extraterrestrial race was the most significant event in
human history, because it launched mankind in a direction we were never
intended to go in the first place. It also
thrust us into a role that we were not prepared for, either, of being
host to an alien race. This also essentially
"handcuffed" the Andromedan Council, and those benevolent
extra-terrestrial races from being able to take a more
active role in our evolution.
chapter7.html (6 of 48)
In effect, it has placed the burden
squarely on the shoulders of humanity, to enlighten
itself relative to the facts, and to consciously create ascension on an
individual basis, because outside help was now
unavailable. The particular treaty was agreed upon between these aliens
and the
Ultra unit in the NSA, which is in actuality a
government unto itself. Now, pay close attention, because this is the
first time I have ever mentioned this. The
particular document and originally exchanged materials may be found
today in the NSA facility called Blue Moon,
underneath Kirkland Air Force base in New Mexico. The entrance to this
base is in the Manzano mountains. Also, at
this location is the private Department of Energy (DOE) technological
base. Currently, the building of free energy
devices for use in space is ongoing in this particular facility. Much
of the alien technology has been reconstructed and sent, via a
connecting tunnel, to Los Alamos and an area
located underneath the cliffsides of Los Alamos canyon, where huge
vaults are built into the earth. This facility is
29,000 square feet, and contains laboratories equipped to study light,
thought, and pure energy. This facility is also used as a jail for
aliens captured by black
government factions.
Now, the NSA is exempt from all laws in the United States, unless it is
itself mentioned in any creation of law. This is
because of its interaction with alien species and what it sees as
necessary intervention into the civil and constitutional
rights of the American people.
The Underground Network and Its Management
Corporations that are currently assisting the various alien groups and
the "black government" are: Standard Oil,
Lockheed, Northrop, McDonald-Douglas, AT&T, IT&T, the
A.Matthews Construction company, the Robbins Company,
the Utah Mining Company, and a host of others. There was a great deal
of private money used by the NSA to build
alien technology, and to keep humanity under control, and the status
quo secure. Even the CIA doesn't know a lot
about the Ultra unit or the Blue Moon unit in the NSA, which deal with
alien technology and information.
Now, Alpha 1 and Alpha 2 (under Blue Moon) control
compartmentalization, building and applications of alien
technology. According to the Andromedans, Alpha 2 is MJ-12, and MJ-12
is at the bottom of the hierarchy, even
though we are led to believe that it is at the top. Alpha 2 also
controls the release of information and the security of
that information. MJ-12 meets in a facility called the "country club"
in the mountains of Virginia. The "country club" is
owned by the Rockefeller Foundation. The vital meetings are held
underground, and the members of MJ-12 are taken
via a small subway to the town of Warrington, Virginia. From there,
they are taken to an underground city called
"Ravenrock", which is located just south of the Blue Ridge summit in
Pennsylvania. The effort and energy they put into
keeping all of this secret is incredible. It's nice to know that a race
2.2 million light years away knows what is going on
here.
Most of the underground tunnel system across the United States is
between 2,500 and 3,500 feet underground. The
Boeing Aerospace Company built and created fuel batteries and power
generators to operate this subterranean
highway system that is apparently all across the United States.
Apparently, in these fuel cells, they mix chlorine and
hydrogen and electricity is created, as well as hydrogen chloride,
which is then reseparated again into hydrogen and
chlorine. The process continues forever, creating electricity forever.
It never wears out, apparently.
The planning and implementation for blueprints and designed for the
tunnel connections underground was handled by
the Navy. The National Research Council was responsible for the
underground tunneling systems across the United
States. The management of all these facilities is handled by the
Department of Energy.
Now, the machines that were built to create this underground tunnel
system and the underground facilities were built
by the Jarva Corporation of Ohio, the Morrison-Knudson Company out of
Boise, Idaho, and the Robbins Company in
Washington State. Most of the financing for this program, and all of
these facilities, has been done through the NSA.
Black Project Finance Through Drug Trafficking
Ok. The New World Order and the "black government" financed the
building the alien bases and underground facilities.
How is it that the NSA signed a treaty without going through Congress
and did this without anybody knowing about it?
The majority of the financing was the result of the CIA creating
solutions to impossible situations. Proceeds from the
sale of narcotics (to the American people) have been used to finance
these black projects. The one example that I will
give you, that apparently is just now coming to the surface, is a book
called Compromise. It talks about Bill Clinton's
involvement with the CIA, and the import of over $100 million worth of
cocaine, each month for a period of years, into
Mena airport in Arkansas, from where it was distributed throughout the
United States.
Secret Bases and Tunnels
There are also underground bases around and tunnel systems that
penetrate all throughout the earth. Some of these
are millions and millions of years old, built by advanced alien beings
who were here in the past, mining our planet for
minerals and precious metals. Some of these underground ancient
facilities are protected by current earth
governments. As you will notice, the bulk of the underground
installations are in the United States, and we are going
to talk about ,where those bases are, and about what information I have
been given about them.
chapter7 (7 of 48)
In Australia, there is Pine Gap, located in the center of the
continent. Pine Gap is an extremely dangerous place. Many
of the things, that are being taken from the Earth to the Moon, are
leaving from Pine Gap. Also, in the Snowy Mountains
in Australia there is another base. In China, there is an underground
base, that is US-Alien-Soviet
controlled located in Mongolia, in Xining. There is also a
benevolent alien base under Tibet. The Soviet Union. Now, much of the
underground hidden space program,
which developed the lunar bases, has been a
covert US-British-Soviet operation since 1958. Most of it has been
launched from the Soviet Union, because of its vast
expanse, and no one, anywhere, can see what is coming and going. They
did not use the technology, that we're used
to seeing, these large rockets, to get that stuff up there. The Greys
provided anti-gravity technology, which allowed
them to do this very easily. There is a based at Serov, that is a joint
US-Soviet-Alien base. The Andromedans say, that
this base is very large and very dangerous. There is a base at Karaga
and Sakaueen. There is an ultra-secret level
base in the Ural Mountains, north of Serov. There are bases in Iran.
There is one right smack in the middle of the
country, in the desert. It's very large, and
apparently there are tunnel systems, that run to the Red Sea and to the
Indian Ocean. The Masurine Islands,
underwater, there is a very large trench, where there is also a base.In
Algeria, there is base in the Tahot mountains.
In Africa, in the Sudan, there is an alien base in the Nyala Range. In
Zaire, there is an alien base west of Kindu. In
Botswana, there is a base at Kamahaki. There is a base at the South
Sandwich Islands. In Egypt, there is a base close
to the Libyan border, and I understand that the base is as big as the
state of Maryland. There is also one west of
Cairo, underneath the Giza plateau. There are no aliens there at all
right now, I am told, but there are United States
NSA personnel in it.
In Switzerland, there is a base under Mount Blanc shared by seven races
considered to be benevolent. In Scandinavia,
east of Narvik there is a base. In Sweden, there is a base under
Gottland island, a private island. How many of you
have seen the story of Hangar 18? According to the Andromedans, that
particular craft was given to our government
by the Andromedans themselves as a good-will gesture to open up dialog
and communications. Apparently, they still
have not been able to get inside the craft because they still haven't
figured how to open it, but what they did was
move it to Gottland island off the coast of Sweden. That's where it is
now. There have been many attempts by the
Andromedans to open up a dialog with the government. The benevolent
Pleiadians and a group from Sirius A have also
made the attempt, but the first thing they ask the government to do is
to disarm itself, because the government
doesn't really know what to do with the technology they have,
especially with the nuclear weapons. The benevolent
races are afraid of what the government might do to them with these
weapons. They have offered help in dealing with
the problems here on earth if they would only put their weapons away,
but apparently the world government's don't
want to abandon their killing capability.
In South America, there are bases in the Andes Mountains. In Chile,
there is a bases north of Calama. In Brazil, there
is a base at Moto Brava Cuinva.
In the United States, there are bases on one of the borders of Alabama,
in Missouri east of Braxton, south of St. Paul,
Minnesota, east of Amarillo, Texas. In New Mexico there are bases at
Dulce, Datil, and at White Sands. In Arizona,
there are bases in the White Mountains and the Superstitious Mountains.
In Utah, there are bases underneath Salt
Lake. There are bases in Montana, Wyoming and Idaho. In Oregon there is
a base under Mount Hood, which is a very
significant one, and I will talk more about that one later. It's
important, but not in a positive way.
In California, there are bases at Twenty-Nine Palms, Death Valley,
Edwards AFB, and in Bishop, where there are
landing ports. There are also bases in the Mojave Desert and a NASA
secret underground base at Crows Landing near
Nights Ferry.
In Washington State, there are two. There are several in Nevada,
including Groom Lake and Sunspot. There are 19
miles of caverns and tunnels in the Yucca Mountains that are used for
the construction of gravity craft. This area is
also attached to S-4. These facilities were designed and built by the
A.A.Matthews Construction Company in Maryland,
which was once owned by the Payseur family (See Alex
Christophers’ Pandora's Box). Now, relative to S-4, the Greys
gave our government nine of their craft. Out of that nine, our
government duplicated and created 53 other craft. The
NSA now has at least 53 of these UFO-type craft, and virtually all of
them are sitting on the moon at this time (1995).
In Alberta, Canada, there are bases near Calgary. In British Columbia,
there is a base near Dawson Creek. In North
Bay, Ontario, there is a large NORAD facility.
Benevolent Facilities
There's Mount Shasta, the Grand Tetons and Banff, Canada, and of course
Mount Blanc in Switzerland. There is also
one in both the Atlantic and Pacific Ocean. I don't know a lot about
it, but I can tell you this. I don't know if any of you
are aware of the recent efforts of the government wanting to "test
sound devices" in the ocean, off the coast of Hawaii
and down to New Zealand. It's the military that is running this. I have
been told by the Andromedans that the military,
in using this technology, is trying to look for a particular
(benevolent) mothership that they know is hiding south of the
equator in the Pacific, and that they feel they cannot find it in any
other way. They are thinking that the sound will do
the trick.
chapter7.html (8 of 48)
Geo-Electrical Grid Anomaly Launching Sites
In the Indian Ocean, there is also a base at Diego Garcia island. Now,
the earth has an electrical grid system around it,
and there are times, when this grid system shorts out, and whereever it
shorts out, it creates anomalies. Well, two
places that is predisposed to these anomalies, on a regular basis, is
the area of the Bermuda Triangle and the island of
Diego Garcia. My understanding is, that when the grid shorts out,
gravity becomes null and void. Whatever is caught
within that area, when the grid snaps back, is blown up into space.
What
they would do is, that they would send a craft
from the moon, hook up a towline to whatever went up from Diego Garcia,
and simply haul it to the moon. Tractors,
bulldozers and all kinds of equipment to build underground bases and to
move earth have been "launched" from Diego
Garcia island. They actually have platforms built, and they slide them
out to where the anomaly is going to be, and
they just sit there and wait for the anomaly to occur. Boom. Once it
occurs, the item is instantaneously up there in
space, in the upper atmosphere. Now, this has been going on for more
than 30 years, and all the while no one has had
a clue.
Underground base illus #1
Underground base illus #2
Genetic Research At Underground Facilities
The Greys are genetic engineers. They're not the only ones. Most of the
extraterrestrials out there are genetic
engineers, because they value lifeforms, as opposed to gold and silver.
That's their wealth. A lot of the genetic
engineering and experimentation, that is going on here on Earth, is
being
done now by the Greys, who are also doing
the same thing on Phobos, one of the moons of Mars. They are using this
opportunity to try to satisfy their own agenda,
which is to create new DNA and genetic stock that is
clean enough to foster new physical life forms that are capable of
regeneration and birth. As of right now, the Greys
are destined for extinction. Through constant interaction and
manipulation of the human race, they have created
hybrids grey-human children. [Editor note: for further data and
pictures, see Matrix II ]. There are many problems
that come with this. The Greys are really interested in female genetic
stock, because all the family lineage's follow the
female line, as far as they are concerned.
Many new races have been created this way throughout our galaxy. It's
not just something that came about "new"
here. It's been going on for a very very long time. Few races today
remain as their pure original genetic stock, with
the exception of two races that the Andromedan's say are really
"clean". Those two races are the reptilians from Alpha
Draconis and the other are those that we know as the Elohim, which are
a very ancient race of humans survived the
wars in Lyrae.
All other races in this universe, as far as the Andromedans know, are a
mixture of hybrid genetic stock. The Greys
themselves would like to be free of the Orion Empire, and will have no
chance of survival if they do not create or
match their body type or genetics with ours. You see, time is running
out for them, and we are also evolving at a tremendous rate, on a
spiritual level. So, even though what they're doing is inappropriate,
they are caught in
a very tough position themselves, because
what they are doing to us has been done to them. This does not serve as
a justification in any way. When any of these
have a hybrid child, they take it outside the atmosphere of the earth
so that the child is fully aware of its
reincarnational history and has no veil. Apparently, there is some kind
of "agreement" that if you are born inside the
atmosphere of the planet you have a veil.
The Grey's agenda is to create a slave race, which is currently in full
swing for the purposes of control, physical
services and labor, sexual energy acquisition, as a food source, a
stock for more hybrid experimentation, and as
biological material. Apparently, they feed off of energy. If two people
are fighting, for
example, we create a lot of energy. They can feed
off that energy. Whenever there are wars going on, there are a lot of
"ufo" activity feeding off the energy of fear. Also,
they are doing extensive research on the capabilities of the human
brain and the nature of the soul. Many people who
have been implanted by the Greys are aware of the fact that they have
been put on a kind of machine and are "being
trained" in some kind of activity. According to the Andromedans, the
Greys are "training" humans to fight their war
against the Draconians, when they arrive here.
[Editor note: This was also the presumption in Matrix II when it was
written in 1990].
They intend on using humans as their soldiers against the reptilians,
while at the same time preparing the planet for
its new, soon to be arriving, owners. This has very serious
implications for us.
Now, I am not here to promote fear. I don't believe in that, but I am
telling you what I have been told to tell you. We
have boxed ourselves into this corner, and the only way we can change
this is that we have to become consciously
aware of what our world is really about, what is really going on here,
and that we have to create a space of love. If we
can create a space of love, the Greys, Draconians and other controlling
races could not handle that kind of vibration.
Now, either this has to happen or we are going to ask for some serious
intervention here.
[Editor note: See our January 12, 1997 interview with Alex Collier for
the complete discussion on the topic of
intervention].
In the case of serious intervention, there will be "war in the heavens"
as the Bible has predicted, and the whole thing
will be for our sake.
Ashtar, Haton and "Savior' Scenarios
You know, this talk about "Ashtar" coming down here to save you. Ladies
and gentlemen, it isn't going to happen. It
just isn't going to happen. It's belief systems. When I was coming up
here today, someone was reading some material
to me by Haton, who was saying the same thing, "we're going to pick you
up and take you to Mars." No thanks, I don't
want to go to Mars. [Editor note: That is where the Orion Group is].
Nobody is going to "save" you. According to the
Andromedans, if you are sitting here waiting for a 'savior', you're not
'doing the work' yourself. Now, who else [but
negative controllers] would come down here and 'take you off the hook'?
For what purpose? You'd only re-create the
situation again, because you haven't permanently evolved to the level
of becoming your own savior. You haven't
learned the lesson, and this is what their strongest message is.You
have to do the work yourself. You are only responsible for
yourself. Nobody is going to come down here and take
you off the hook. They even said if that even if they do directly
intervene, they are not going to baby-sit. That means
that we have to get it straight. We as a race have to come together and
decide what it is we want and how it is we
want to live. We have to decide how we want to raise our children, what
moral and ethical systems we want to have,
etc. We don't need to be told by somebody else 'out there' what is best
for us. It never works, and it isn't going to
work now. Most human beings would rather die, that live as slaves. That
is just our nature. Our soul. We need to be
free, and we are coming to that point again. We're there.
The National Security Agency, the
Greys, Implants and Human Clones
The Greys are currently (1995) monitoring the brain waves of those they
have implanted. The Greys have been
implanting people for the last 100 years. So, generations of family
members have had implants. The cloning of human
beings, of life forms, was taught by the Greys to the NSA. The art of
subversion was taught by the Greys to the NSA.
On the two highest levels of human interaction with the Greys, within
the NSA, there exist cloned human beings or
human beings so heavily implanted, that according to the Andromedans,
the NSA no longer considers them to be
human beings. They are part of the Grey group-mind. These people have
no free will and are essentially robots and
their soul is trapped.
The Grey Group Mind Complex and
Communication System
The Greys clone their own race into a caste system, just like insects.
They all basically think the same things at the
same time. [ Editor note: As I pointed out in Matrix II in 1990, this
is the reason that the Greys have a hard time
when you "throw them a curve". They don't do well with the unexpected].
Their minds are like 'radios'. If there are no
'radio waves', they don't do anything. In other words, the Greys
themselves have computers, which put out a vibratory wave (carrying
information), instructing them what to do. If somebody
shut off the computers, they would stop in
their tracks, because they don't think for themselves. They are part of
a group mind. They are not individualized
intelligence, like we are. They would very much like to create us to be
like them. Now, this is not the case exactly with
the aliens from Zeta Reticuli 1, who have the same technology, but use
it to heal, not to control. We'll get to that later.
The
Grey Group Mind Conceives of the Creator as a Mind
The Greys consider the Creator as a mind. What has happened is that
they have completely detached themselves from
their spiritual essence so long ago, that their physical existence and
personality has become pure Ego. This is also the
orientation of the Draconians, who are pure Ego as well. Many of the
other races genetically altered by the Draconians
are also experiencing the separation from their own essence. I don't
understand the process or how it works, but they
no longer believe themselves to be Spirit, to be an essence. They are
in fact trapped, physically and emotionally, in a
purely physical existence, and therefore, that is all they see. They
literally disown, or fractionalize themselves, away
from their spiritual essence. That no longer becomes a part of them.
Human beings have been known to do that to
themselves, as well. You can fractionalize your Self into many
different personalities. Now, with this dimensional
compression that is going on, this why we are seeing a lot of insane
things going on. Ego is now being compressed on
itself. It's imploding on itself, and you are finding huge pockets of
incredible negativity, not only here, but in other
parts of the galaxy as well. On Sirius B there is a terrible civil war
going on right now. In Perseus, there are 21
systems getting ready to go to war in a battle between the Orion Group
and the benevolent races of the Andromedan
Council.
You have to understand, for people in this state of being, they
associate their physical life and the ego as the same
existence. They are totally detached. Those beings that refuse to
acknowledge their spiritual essence and only
associate with the physical and the ego are going to be removed from
our universe and put somewhere else that is
apparently is in the process of being created. According to the
Andromedans, the healing of all Souls in this universe is
not possible at this time, because some of these Souls literally
threaten the existence of universal consciousness. In
other words, they are going to resist and there is no way they are
going to make the leap, so they are going to be
removed. [Editor note: See the beginning discussion on "pocket" forming
at the beginning of this book]. Pockets will
be formed holding them and new universes will be created for them to
work on their problem. The Greys are very sophisticated in mathematics
and energy sciences. It
has been said that our military, at the time of
the Holloman agreement, had an exchange of personnel with these aliens,
and that 16 military personnel were
supposed to have been taken to the Grey's point of origin. They left us
several of their own. Now, according to the
Andromedans it was really 109 human beings that were taken by the
Greys, they did not end up being brought to the
Grey's point of origin (Zeta Reticuli 2). The humans instead were taken
to motherships and to Phobos, where they
were experimented on.
Viral Technologies, Human Cloning
and Planetary Surveillance
They have certain viral technologies to the National Security
Agency,
who in turn passed these technological
developments on to lower levels within the military industrial complex.
In Africa, we find the testing ground for the
AIDS virus. There is a reason for this. This type of biological
technology was given to Ultra within the NSA. One of the
NSA facilities that deals with this is under Fort Meade in Maryland.
There are 19 acres of underground caverns with
some of the most highly technological supercomputers in the world, that
were build and designed inside this facility. They have never seen the
light of day. This area, and the area we
talked about before at Mount Hood in Oregon, are
engaged in massive surveillance of the world's communications. The
complex in Oregon is where our military is cloning
human beings. I don't know what aliens are involved, but they are
cloning human beings there.
More Historical Review
In the late 1950's the Greys approached the Russians in regard to
the
idea of mutual exchange and signing treaties
but the Russians were already at the time included in the proceedings
of the NSA, and chose not to sign an
independent treaty, because they knew full well that the Greys would
try to pit the United States against Russia. It is,
in fact, and I have gotten this straight from Vasais, the Soviet Union
that informed John F. Kennedy of the presence of
the Greys during the Cuban missile crisis. The Andromedans have stated
that the Russians were trying to blackmail
the U.S. into sharing the alien technology. Thus, the Russians put the
missiles in Cuba in order to attempt to
intimidate the United States. The Russians became
increasingly aware the NSA and the CIA were developing incredible
technology and were not sharing it with the Soviet
Union, as was the original agreement shortly after the Roswell incident
in 1947.
Apparently, Kennedy asked the CIA three times, if the Russian
allegations were true. The CIA lied twice to Kennedy,
even though nuclear weapons were only 18 minutes away from striking the
United States. They just lied to him. This
prompted Kennedy to want to "scatter the CIA to the winds". This is one
of the more important reasons the "black
government" saw Kennedy as a threat, and why Kennedy died prematurely.
It was the desire of President Kennedy,
that some of this technology would reach the common people, and be used
for the betterment of mankind. This was
one of the reasons that he launched the public space program, in
anticipation of the possibility that the people could
share in some of this technology.
[Editor note: some of the data in the
next paragraph duplicates some data given in
a previous lecture, shown on page 22, but not all of the data]
Now, in 1953, satellites and radar showed large objects coming toward
the Earth, and these were Grey, time-traveling motherships. They were
the same craft seen near Venus in 1787, 1788 and
1789. In 1645, it was reported that "a
large moon" was seen near Venus, and was seen coming and going until
1767. The same type of incidents happened
in the vicinity of Mars on November 25, 1894, when a large ship was
seen illuminating part of Mars. The same thing
happened with Mercury in 1789, the Sun in 1859, and this same body that
sits out there today, has been dubbed
Vulcan. It's a large mothership. During the total eclipse of July 29,
1878, astronomers saw two large planetary bodies
the size of Venus between Mercury and Venus. According to the
Andromedans, these bodies were Pleiadian and
Andromedan motherships that had traveled back in time and were
observing the Greys, who were at the time orbiting
around the Sun. In 1783 and 1787, huge bright lights were reported on
the moon, mistakenly reported as volcanoes,
they then lit up the dark side of the moon. In February 1894, a comet
was photographed striking a large dark object in
our solar system. It happened to have wings, and according to the
Andromedans, this was a Draconian mothership.
The same phenomena occurred on April 4, 1892, and the Draconian ship
was about one third the size of the moon,
about 700 miles in diameter, and it had wings. Another Draconian
mothership was observed on January 27, 1912. It
was 250 miles in length and 50 miles wide and resembled a crow. It was
sitting on the moon.
Religious Programming of Human Cultures
Now, ladies and gentlemen, I don't want to offend anybody, but I am
going to tell you just the way it has been
presented to me. Ok? All you have to do is listen. If it doesn't feel
right for you in here, then dismiss it. If it does feel
right, and you get chills, then maybe you should start paying attention
to it. Many religious operations have been
undertaken by the Greys over the past 500 years for the purposes of
manipulation and control of human belief
systems, and to get us to compromise our free will to a 'savior-like
image'. Under these false pretenses, the Greys
would be absolved from creating karma for themselves. Instead, they let
us create the karma ourselves. It's such a
set-up, it really is. The power of belief systems can be used as fuel
for the game of seducing people into believing that
certain things are 'true'. By the power created by these conscious
thoughts, we can literally make these things occur
and come true, whether they benefit us or not. These are real spiritual
dynamics at work, here, and they are being
used against us.
According to the Andromedans, "Our physical bodies, and matter, are the
embodiment of ideas or belief systems. Our
universe consists of ideas and thought systems, condensed and turned
towards itself, to create and originate spirit and
energy." In other words, we really are "Gods". We really can do
anything we want to do. They continue: "We of earth
have evolved only in terms of technical and material sciences. Our
spiritual evolution for the most part has been
suppressed from us by a group of extraterrestrials, now the "black
government' or the New World Order." Because,
upon learning of these spiritual truths, the NSA and the world
government realizes that everything they have been
trying to do, according to the Andromedans, could be swept away in a
day, should humanity become enlightened.
If a billion people come to the realization and decision that this is
going to change, that we no longer want the current
reality, then it will literally change with the setting and the rising
of the sun. But, they stress that we need to be clear
about what we want, which is part of the decision and responsibility
that is ours. So, if we are going to create it, we
have to take responsibility for it.
The Shroud of Turin
According to the Andromedans, this one example of extraterrestrial
manipulation and an assault on our belief systems.
The holographic image on the shroud was created by the Greys in order
to strengthen a belief in a "savior". This belief
system assists their plan for control, because humanity would love to
give their power away to someone that appeared
to be a true and legitimate messiah, because they have been taught to
do that. The Greys know that few people truly
want to accept responsibility for their own evolution. Most would
rather be told what to do, than to realize the situation
and take appropriate action necessary to free themselves.
A Staged "Second Coming"
To further Grey manipulation on the belief-system level, there is also
a plan in development, according to the
Andromedans, to play out a staged "second coming". This will occur
shortly after the destruction of the world
economy. We are not very far away from that. Maybe six years at the
most. This being will be a cloned biological
human being, who will be holographically be imprinted with information
regarding spiritual truths contained in all earth
religious and metaphysical systems (that the Greys have already
implanted on the planet). He will strongly profess the
Hindu philosophy. Why, I don't know, but this is what they're saying.
The Andromedans continue, saying that the
intent of this being will be evil, that the being will not have a soul.
It is in fact a robotoid. A synthetic clone. The Greys
have this kind of ability to stage this with their technology. This
individual will be "the image of the man on the shroud
of Turin".
"The "Anti-Christ" will not be the evil soul portrayed in the Bible. In
fact, the "Anti-Christ" will (ironically) be someone
chapter7.html (13 of 48)
who tries to express the truth, and who sees the United States
government as the cause of all this evil." This is what
they've said. Now, I have to add this, in defense of that belief
system. The Vatican, in 1960, admitted that there were
14 plagarisms in the New Testament. They refused to say what they were,
but they said there were 14 of them. In
other words, it wasn't "God" who wrote it, but they changed it, and
they admitted it. So, you do with that piece of
information what you want, ok? But, everybody is believing that this
kind of event has to happen, and by us believing
it has to happen, we're going to create it. And, they are sitting up
there laughing at us.
The Incident At Fatima
The Greys are responsible for the Fatima episode in Portugal, where the
Virgin Mary supposedly spoke to the children.
In fact, according to the Andromedans, this was a holographic image of
a woman, professed to be the Virgin Mary,
"the mother of Jesus Christ." During this incident, "the sun"
supposedly "fell from the sky" and "miraculously healed
people". Using Grey technology, these apparent "miracles" did in fact
occur, but they used light and sound beamed at
these people to effect these changes. Now, this is technology that has
been here on the earth for at least the last 100
years or so, but it is against the law now in most places in the United
States --- because it works. Color and sound
technology. The reason that color and sound work is because the entire
universe is a holographic projection, turned
inside of itself. It's all a holograph. Virtually all the people
present at Fatima were implanted during the "missing time"
phase of this episode.
"Jesus" and "Mary" Are Composite Characters Created by Council of Nicea
A large ship positioned itself in front of the sun to create this
occurrence. The reason that this is not a "true miracle" is
because the Biblical Jesus is a composite character, and as such is an
allegorical myth. The Virgin Mary is also a
composite character. These composites were made for the purpose of
uniting religions of the ancient Roman empire,
so that their resources were not being used to constantly stop
religious wars between different factions. From 310 AD
to 325 AD, the Council of Nicea created these composite characters.
Some books that discuss this truth are Holy
Blood, Holy Grail, Antiquities Unveiled, The Messianic Legacy, The
Council of Nicea: Gnosis and the Law. Reincarnation
was "written out" of the Bible by Justinian and Theodora in 553 AD.
Pollution and Population
In the 1950's, the so-called meetings of the JASON society were
triggered by information given to the Ultra unit in the
NSA by the Greys about the world situation, regarding the subjects of
pollution and our population. It was at this
particular time that the Greys offered little assistance or sharing of
technology regarding environmental issues. This
has persisted, even until today. The Pleaidians have, in fact, offered
more solutions than any other group to date, but
they were turned away by the NSA. This prompted the first of three
"alternatives" that are often discussed in "ufo
circles" today. These "alternatives" were in fact a reality. "The "New
World Order" is in a major predicament. The
Greys are 2,500 years ahead of us technologically . The "black
government" is afraid to tell us the truth concerning
this reality, because they fear a revolution, overthrow and
self-preservation for the people who will want their scalps."
This is what the Andromedans are saying. Two large motherships are on
the planet now hiding in the ocean (1995).
One is below the equator and the other one is in the Atlantic. I don't
know who they belong to, but they are here. My
feeling is that they are benevolent in nature, because the government
has actually talked about implementing
"alternative 4", which was to create a controlled pole-shift, and the
Andromedans have said that they would not allow
this to happen. So, my feeling is that these ships are, in effect,
there to "anchor" the planet on its axis.
Attacks on the "Space Program"
Aliens have been more openly attacking us in space as time as
progressed. It started with the Russian Mars probe,
when it was destroyed. The Mars Observer was captured by reptilians on
Mars. Also, closer to home, on December
1993, a Landsat satellite disappeared in orbit. It just winked out of
existence. In August of 1993, the European Space
Agency lost two communication satellites. Again, they just vanished
from orbit. A Canadian Telsat was destroyed in
our atmosphere on January 15, 1994, and was seen crashing to earth.
This was shot down by the Greys. Again, I don't
know why. A NASA Satcom-3 communications satellite vanished in May of
1979. It was just taken. Two Soviet
Mulanaya satellites just vanished from orbit.
Governments Ask for Help With Greys - Draconians Respond (Hale-Bopp)
Here's a scenario. The benevolent races have told the world governments
that would help them, but they would have
to dismantle their nuclear weapons. The earth governments don't want to
do this, because they don't know who to
trust because of their own activities. However, the world government is
so desperate to get rid of the Greys, that they
apparently have put a "call" out asking for help, using the SETI
program. Well, the Andromedans have told me that
there is a group that has offered to help our earth governments with
the problem of the Greys, and even to give them
weapons to fight the Greys. The ones who responded are the reptilians
from Alpha Draconis. Ironically, the only real
enemy the Greys have and that human beings on Earth have. Now,
interestingly, the Greys actually work for the
Draconians. It's all part of a setup. We will invite them in here,
there will be no battle, and once they're here, we'll
never get rid of the Draconians.
The Line of Defense Against the Orion and Draconian Groups
chapter7.html (14 of 48)
The Pleaidians are assisting the Andromedan Council in an attempt to
quarantine our solar system from the invading
forces, namely the Orion Group and the Draconians. The quarantine
defense line is between Uranus and Pluto, and
consists of a mixture of benevolent races, both physical and
non-physical. Included are groups from the Pleaidian
system, the Arcturian system, Andromeda, a group from Sirius A,
Reticulans, and others. This line of defense is really
like a last resort, because apparently two huge Grey motherships have
already been turned back that were on their
way to Earth and Mars. There were casualties on both sides during this
process.
The Underground Alien Population in 1995
There are currently (1995) over 15,000 Greys under the United States,
and they are a renegade group of Reticulans
who have not been to Reticuli for hundreds of thousands of years. They
have been traveling through space in their
"arks". Before they came to Earth, a process which also involved time
travel, they were residing in the Sirius B
system. The Andromedans have huge mother ships on Jupiter, the moon of
Gandymede and the moon Demos. I don't
know if they were actually on Jupiter when the comet hit, but they
probably weren't. There are 3,000 greys on the
moon (1995).
Reptoid Redoux
There are approximately 1,833 reptilians living underneath the United
States. Their underground habitat ranges from a
depth of 100 miles to 200 miles beneath the surface of the Earth. They
generally live in caverns and the ancient tunnel
systems created hundreds of thousands of years ago. They are not
benevolent, and every once and a while they come
up for a contact. They have been seen in New York City, Missouri,
Chicago and in the Southwestern states. These
areas happen to be the largest areas, coincidentally, for missing human
children, numbering in the thousands. The
Andromedans have stated that 31,712 children have been taken by the
reptilians over the last 25 years.
In Linda Moulton Howe's book, Alien Harvest, there is mention of human
body parts being seen in underground bases.
The Andromedans confirm that we are being used for food. The Greys use
our blood and the reptilians consume live
human flesh. Their favorite human food is children. [Editor note: Not
to belabor the point, but this material is
discussed in great detail elsewhere in this book].
More on the Subject of Walk-in's
The Greys are searching for walk-in's because of their desire to learn
about the human Spirit. Walk-in's are necessary
at this particular time. They are higher evolved souls. There are
72,000 walk-in's on the planet right now (1995), and
are part of the Andromedan Council. In the next three years, 72,000
more will be coming. [Editor note: Gee, that's
144,000. Where have we seen that number before?].
All this is to balance the negativity being created. Because of the
Council's laws of non-intervention, the Andromedan
Council felt it necessary to intervene in another way that would not
violate Council directives. Thus, the walk-in's, who
are earth human beings, are here to do that work. It's a "back-door"
approach.
There are 1,531 actual human benevolent extraterrestrials on our planet
right now, and where they are I don't know.
But, they are here to record, report, observe and possibly assist some
of the walk-in's. At some point they will be
leaving, but they look just like us in our everyday lives.
Washington D.C Hasn't A Clue What's Happening
The regular government in Washington, D.C. hasn't a clue what is going
on. They really don't. The "black government"
itself consists of various levels. At the top they know everything. The
lower levels only know small pieces. Knowledge
is very compartmentalized, need-to-know basis. The total picture
involves outrageous deceit and subversion of the
public trust.
Our Solar System and Earth's Future
A 1995 Lecture by Alex Collier
[ Editor Note: For this lecture series, an attempt was made to only
include material and narrative that is not included
elsewhere in this book. Some duplicated data is included in order to
preserve continuity.]
This is an interesting lecture, if I say so myself. There is some very
specific information in it. I am not going to pretend
that I understand all of the things that are happening that I am going
to be telling you about. I am learning, just like
you about all of these things. Let me read you something:
chapter7.html (15 of 48)
"All of life strives to discover itself, and stretch its boundaries
of self-awareness. Conscious life forms make decisions regarding
their motivations. They also, at some point, create a vision of
what will best serve their personal agendas or journey of growth."
Tonight, I am going to share with you a probability of our solar
system's future, which also includes us here on earth.
The universe is changing, evolving and creating right in front of us.
Some of the changes have already occurred on our
ninth, tenth, eleventh and our new twelfth density. According to the
Andromedans"
"We are our level are just beginning to experience the feelings of
change. We have not yet experienced the real movement and display
of change in our galaxy, as of yet."
What will the changes be? How will we experience them? When will they
happen?
These are all good questions. No one has all the answers yet. There is,
however, one answer to consider, and that is
by the end of October 2013, according to the Andromedan Council, all
consciousness in this universe will be 4th
density that is now 3rd density. Some of us, by that time, will
actually be carrying 5th density light-bodies with us. We
will also have experienced a natural pole shift of the planet of 17
degrees, putting the new north pole near Saudi
Arabia. So, start looking for your alternative sources.
We are about to discover the real power and love of creation. Is-ness,
God, generator of dimensions, whatever you
want to call it. The essence that created our universe, or the essence
that creates energy that we use to create and
manifest, is both inside and outside our universe. This is apparently
the first time that it has been actually discovered
by dimensional beings. The Andromedans and other races are aware of
other dimensional universes within our
universe, as well as other completely physical universes and
dimensional time continuums. They are also aware of
their vibratory rate and other basic elements which differ from those
in our own universe.
On March 23, 1994, nineteen suns in our galaxy went through pole
shifts. The north and south poles experienced
either a 90 degree or 180 degree slip. The Andromedans feel that this
is just the beginning. Now, this is the first time
this has ever happened, and it all happened at once. It's a very
significant thing in the universe. It doesn't mean a lot
here, yet, but our there it means a tremendous amount. Changes are
occurring in all the stars that are 8 billion years
old or older, and there is something going on here. This phenomena
occurred simultaneously with the emanation of
the sound and color (aquamarine) frequency being carried into the
universe from all the black holes. Nothing before
has ever come out of black holes before since this initial creation of
our universe, 23 trillion years ago.
This Type of Universe Change Also Gave Birth to Our Universe
The big bang. How the Andromedans explain this is that apparently much
of the energy and matter that we have in
our universe, including us as energy sources, as souls, as
consciousness, came from someplace else. In that other
place, as it was evolving, there were certain energies that simply
could not evolve with it, or they chose not to.
Whatever the reasons were, pockets of "resistance" were formed, and as
that universe went through its shift, these
"pockets" grew until they burst. When they burst, matter just exploded
and went everywhere. Almost every galaxy
has a black hole at its center, because it is a "portal" to somewhere
else. Now, what is happening now is that our
universe is starting to shift, and "pockets" of resistance are starting
to form in our universe containing negativity.
What is on the other side of the black holes is unknown. It's an
absolute "don't go" area, even for projected
consciousness - no information comes back. Yet, now this sound and
color frequency is now emanating from all of
them as of March 23, 1994. What is even more interesting is that this
frequency is CODED with programmed data that
is affecting all the energy frequencies and dimensions in our universe.
Now, according to the Andromedans, there are 11 prime creational
densities, each containing within itself evolutionary
densities. This new 12th creational density that has appeared is
connecting all of the other densities all the way down.
Now, instead of you having to change your physical form to evolve into
a different form for a specific density. My
understanding is that based on their preliminary findings, certain
souls will literally be able to walk into the next
densities, instead of having to change physical form and makeup. This
frequency carries the color of aquamarine on
our third density level, and another color on the other dimensional
levels, even though the totality is only one color
and one sound. According to the Andromedans, we should prepare for a
huge leap in consciousness, whether we are
ready or not. We will start to see this color in our rainbows.
What will this consciousness leap be like? According to Vasais, it will
be sudden to some and complete in its effect for
some individuals. A lifting of the "veil" will occur, and you will
remember your true essence. You will suddenly know
everything. To others, it might be slower process, but it will involve
a growing awareness of the nature of ones
environment.
Now, the essence of what is happening is that it is a reintegration of
our present dimensional levels into a new
frequency pattern. It will also add a new color to each dimension. As
this energy continues to form and build its
chapter7.html (16 of 48)
polarity, it is drawing the existing primary creational densities
upward to it. The single frequency at the 12th is
drawing everything up to it. This frequency, according to the
Andromedans, contains profound awareness, which has
already changed the 11th, 10th and 9th density awareness levels already.
New Type of Souls Appearing in the Universe
New souls have also appeared that have an awareness beyond anything
known in our universe. My understanding is
that a lot of this information comes from beings in higher dimensions
that are talking with the Andromedans about
what they are going through. These new souls have not made contact with
any being yet, but according to the
Andromedans these new souls are in an observational mode. There is no
name given to them yet. Because nobody
knows what they are.
Consciousness Evolvement Rate Increased Tenfold
Because of this new frequency, evolvement of consciousness has been
sped up almost tenfold from its normal rate of
evolution. A lot of you, I'm sure, are experiencing things moving very
quickly on all kinds of consciousness levels.
New Frequency Has Purpose and Direction
This new frequency does not carry a balance of positive and negative
polarity, which also implies a specific purpose
and direction. What that is at present unknown.
Four Other Universes Are Experiencing The Same Thing
This frequency and density shifting is also happening in four other
universes at the same time it is happening here.
Current Moon Bases & Their History
A 1995 Lecture By Alex Collier
[ Editor Note: We have tried not to duplicate other information given
elsewhere in this book in this lecture, other
than material included for continuity. Consult the Master Index for
further data. The other material on the moon starts
on page 18.]
More on Early Moon History
We're going to talk about the moon, and we're going to focus on the far
side that we don't see. As I said in other lectures, the moon
originally came from Ursa Minor and is 6.2 billion
years old. It was one of four moons around the 17th planet of the
system referred to in the Orion tongue as "Chowta".
It was an outpost for members of the Orion Group and was at one time,
according to the Andromedans, inhabited by
as many as 5 million military members from the Orion Group.
The moon was purposely put into the tail of a planetary asteroid, which
brought it across the galaxy to our solar
system, more than 11,000 years ago. The origin of the moon was not from
the earth, which is the theory that is
taught in schools. The moon is older than the earth. This same asteroid
which dragged the moon here circles our
galaxy every 25,156 earth years. The moon has been inhabited
periodically in its history for 1.8 million years. Now it's
being inhabited again, and many of the original structures on the
surface were destroyed during the Black League
wars, which was a battle fought by humans against the Orion Empire.
The true military complex was underground. Entrances were at both
poles, the Taurus mountains and Jules Verne
crater (far side) and Archemedes (near side); all these were the
original entrances when the Orion Group was there.
However, the secret government has created more openings and is
currently expanding the underground complexes.
The expansion is for the operation of private scientific and military
agendas for the New World Order.
Many of the craters on the moon were used as spacecraft hangars. Large
craters were capable of housing 200 or more
craft. Some of the craters are as much as 170 miles wide. The personnel
consisted of half human-half Grey, and half
human-half reptilian. The surface bases consisted of nine domed cities.
The vegetation was grown inside these domed
structures. Small lakes were scattered around the surface. The remains
of these domed structures were discovered by
NSA astronauts, the Russians and the Apollo astronauts.
The National Security Agency Goes to the Moon
The NSA astronauts were there in 1958. They have been there ever since,
as has a secret portion of the Russian
government called the "Black Guard". Upon arriving on the surface of
the moon, the NSA astronauts (with their Grey
"tour guides"), were taken to the underground facilities where the
remains and skeletons of reptilian-like beings and
human beings, as well as Orion technology, were located. This location
has been identified by the Andromedans as underneath the
crater designated "Jules Verne" on the far
chapter7.html (17 of 48)
side of the moon in the southern hemisphere, and this underground
facility is approximately the size of New York
State. These underground facilities contain huge lakes, transplanted
earth planet life, and alien manufacturing
equipment that was abandoned and left there from the previous occupants
of the facility a long time ago. There are
also food storage facilities and spacecraft hangars, which are also now
being used and operated by human beings from
Earth. Alien writing and script is evident on the walls of hallways
connected some of the areas of the facility. Also
discovered were eight sealed vaults. Information regarding the contents
of the vaults has not yet been disclosed to
me.
Artificial environments are being created all the time to house
hand-picked personnel by the world government. The
Andromedans project a potential population on the moon of 600,000 based
on the amount of expansion work currently
in progress. Much contact between world order faction and non-friendly
alien factions is occurring on the moon. The
operation of these facilities was managed by the NSA and the Russian
Black Guard (1947), although the British were
later brought on into the operation, primarily for reasons of financial
funding. As mentioned before, the NSA currently
has 53 earth-built gravity craft stationed on the moon, fulltime.
Planetary Defense Weapons Built on the Moon
Weapons are being built on the moon, such as particle beam weapons,
nuclear bomb-satellites, anti-matter weapon
systems and plasma beam weapons. The reason these weapons are being
built on the moon is because if there was an
invasion of Earth, the moon is considered our first line of defense.
How did everything get up there? Outside of using anti-gravity
technology which the Greys had given the NSA,
anti-gravity anomaly areas were also used [Editor note: see references
in index to Diego Garcia and Pine Gap]. Alien
technology is being used to create an atmosphere on the moon to permit
extended habitation, and this process is
taking a great many years to accomplish. In the meantime, food is being
grown underground. There is a military base
on the far side of the moon. The first manned mission and landing on
the moon was in 1958 by the
Russians and the NSA, as was previously
stated, and it became an official "colony" in 1961. I'm talking about
the facility that was as large as New York State. The structures that
were built on the surface were designed by JPL.
These domed structures were built first on the
moon, to test them, and then on Mars. One of the other corporations
that was very important in this effort,
and who actually did do the construction, was the
Bechtel Corporation, who has a covert construction team that works with
the NSA. Now, the reason we only see one side of the moon is by design.
The
"dark side" of the moon truly represents the dark
secret of how long extraterrestrials have been watching the Earth.
Large mass structures, functioning as weights, have
been designed into the structure of the moon to keep it from rotating
on a normal basis, and they are located at both
poles. These are magnetic in nature. When the Apollo astronauts landed
on the moon, we had already been
there for some time. The NSA had already
established a colony there eight years earlier, and the technology
involved was not shared with the lower echelons in
NASA or even the military. NASA was used as a "blind" to keep the
people of the United States ignorant of what was
really happening in space, and is still fulfilling that function.
Some of the greatest scientific minds on our planet who have vanished
without a trace were taken to the moon and to
Mars in an attempt to start a brand new society. Engineers, architects
and people from every walk of life went there.
Alternative 4: Stage a Controlled Pole Shift
Q: I know what Alternative 1,2 and 3 were. What was Alternative 4?
A: Remember that at one time the world government was colonizing Mars.
They built a huge base there that at one
time held 300,000 people. In March of 1989 it was invaded by the Orion
Group, who destroyed the base. The Orion
Group is not friendly to us. Since the world government realized there
was now no place to go, they had to come back
here. According to the perception of the world government, population
is a "problem", and the corporations have
polluted the environment. The fourth alternative is to stage a
controlled pole shift while they are safe in their
underground facilities, in order to eliminate most of the planetary
population and artificially "cleanse" the environment.
Right now (1995), the earth is tilting, and the wobble is 72-85 feet
every 14 months and its getting wider [Editor note:
This is referred to as the Chandler Wobble in geophysics]. The
implementation of Alternative 4 involves the placement
of strategic nuclear weapons underneath the South polar ice cap and
detonate them, they could cause the cap to slip,
which would cause the planet to rotate 90 degrees on its axis. Within
24 hours, 83-85% of the population of the planet
would drown. The Andromedans, who have technology 4,700 years ahead of
us, have said they would not allow this to
happen. This might indicate why the world order is spending so much
time arming itself on the moon, because they
think they are going to be able to "deal" with things when help comes.
They won't be able to. The moon will simply be
pulled out of orbit, moved away from earth and dealt with by the
Council.
[ Moon bases #1 ]
chapter7.html (18 of 48)
chapter7.html (19 of 48)
[ Moon bases #2 ]
chapter7.html (20 of 48)
[ Moon bases #3 ]
chapter7.html (21 of 48)
[ Moon bases #4 ]
chapter7.html (22 of 48)
[ Moon bases #5 ]
chapter7.html (23 of 48)
[ Moon bases #6 ]
chapter7.html (24 of 48)
[ Moon bases #7 ]
chapter7.html (25 of 48)
[ Moon bases #8 ]
chapter7.html (26 of 48)
[ Moon bases #9 ]
chapter7.html (27 of 48)
[ Moon bases #10 ]
chapter7.html (28 of 48)
[ Moon bases #11 ]
chapter7.html (29 of 48)
[ Moon bases #12 ]
chapter7.html (30 of 48)
[ Moon bases #13 ]
chapter7.html (31 of 48)
Clones and Creation of Ourselves
This evening, the lecture will be on clones, weather modification and
the creation of ourselves. It's nice of you to
come. It's going to be, as Ed Sullivan would say, an action-packed
evening.
Operation Deep Freeze: Planetary Manipulation Program
Now, we've all heard of a world government. It's not just a group of
bankers and politicians. In order to have some
teeth and to make the governments do want they want, and to be able to
control and manipulate governments and
world events, they have to have another organization. This
organization, from what I have been told by Moraney,
started originally in the CIA, shortly after it became the CIA in the
1950's. This operation, which exists today, is called
Operation Deep Freeze. The way it works is that members of the CIA,
FBI, NSA, KGB and Mossad are "declared dead",
given false identities and put into active service in the capacity that
they can go to any country, having total
anonymity, do what they want and they can't be touched. They are
outside all laws. In 1988, according to Moraney,
there were 12,310 of these people. Today, there are over 26,000 of them.
What brought this whole thing up is that the lecture I did last
Saturday, a gentleman brought up something about a
mark on the palm of the hand. So, I took that information and went to
Moraney. I said, "Well, what about this?". Well,
I opened up a can of worms. I had no idea. Anyway, this group is called
Deep Freeze. It's called that because they're
all supposed to be "dead" but they're not, and it is these individuals
that basically run messages back and forth
between world governments. In other words, messages on what to do, when
to start a war, when not to start a war,
when to bomb, when to kidnap, etc. It is also this same group that is
in charge of the doubles and clones.
Now, folks, some of this might be really hard for you to understand, or
to even relate to. I'm just here to offer the
information. I don't have a problem with this information. I'm just
telling you where I'm coming from. Now, I'll start
and I'm going to have to give you specific times, dates and background
information so that you can go back and try to
prove it wrong. Okay? I asked for specific information because I know
that on the "believability scale" this is pretty
tough. Again, this information is what the Zenetaens (race from
Andromeda) have provided me with.
chapter7.html (32 of 48)
Regarding Henry ....
Okay. On January 26, 1979, Nelson Rockefeller, the ex-Vice President of
the United States, was murdered. He did not
die of a heart attack "making love to his secretary", as most of us
have been told. When he passed away, or was
killed, his next in command was Henry Kissinger, who was apparently a
Rockefeller devotee, and Kissinger thought he
could take Nelson's place as far as helping to run the Rockefeller
Empire. On February 4, 1979 Kissinger left for
London from Washington. Now, this is just after the funeral for Nelson
Rockefeller. From London he went to two secret
destinations in France, then back to London. At 11pm, he left Heathrow
Airport in a private jet back to Washington,
D.C. He was accompanied by his wife, now his ex-wife, Nancy.
According to Moraney, there were 26 Earth-built spacecraft watching the
plane. At 7:12 pm, Eastern Standard time on
February 5, 1979, all contact with Kissinger's plane was lost. Now, I'm
giving you the specific information so that you
can go back in time and try to disprove this or validate it, whatever
the case may be. The plane never arrived in
Washington. Several days later, his aides claimed that he was "on
vacation" somewhere. According to Moraney, the
real human being Henry Kissinger has never been seen or heard from
again. He was cloned.
On March 9, 1979, film clips of Henry Kissinger were put together for
it to appear that he was doing a real interview on
a newscast. The same thing occurred on March 25, 1979, for a hoax
television interview on Meet the Press. According
to Moraney, if you listen carefully, questions put to "Kissinger" are
not answered but he says something else. They
didn't know where Kissinger was when they created these mock
broadcasts, and they didn't want to create a panic
within the structure of the government, because Kissinger had been
carrying vital intelligence information back and
forth.
Maldekian
Redoux: A Shadow of
Your Smile
Now, the Rothschild family, and those close to it, are the souls of the
leaders of the former Maldek, a planet, that was
destroyed in the past and now remains as the asteroid belt. They have
continued to be reborn in the same family, in
order to retain their control. Many members of the shadow government in
the United States and many individuals in
Russia are also souls, who were conscious of themselves and originated
on Maldek at one time. Most of these
Maldekian souls, who were physically incarnate in Russia, have been
removed, and according to Moraney this was done
by a group of Pleiadians, who apparently have a huge base in Russia and
are actively involved on that end. There are
still a large group of these souls having their origin with Maldek,
that
are incarnating in human form, and conscious of
who they are. They're all into war, hate, greed, power and control.
That's what they're all about. Unfortunately, most
of those, who are incarnating and are still in physical form, are in
the
United States, underneath us in the underground cities and facilities.
Double
Your Pleasure, Double Your Fun
There is in our world today an intelligence war of sorts going on
between doubles and clones. The nations on our
planet today, that can literally create doubles and clones are the
United States, Russia, Britain and Israel.
We're Not Talking Peanuts, Here
During April of 1979, for the period of a week and a half, President
Carter and Vice President Mondale were out of
public view. Now, if you will remember, Carter was looking very sick
and apparently he was. He was dying of leukemia
and cancer, as a result of material injected into his food by the CIA.
He went to Georgia with his family for a ten-day
scheduled vacation. Walter Mondale supposedly went to Iceland,
Scandinavia and the Netherlands. In other words,
they had a double for him. The real Walter Mondale was executed by
Operation Deep Freeze on the evening of April
20, 1979 in New Richmond, Wisconsin. On April 21, 1979, President
Carter and his family were executed. I know this
sounds hard and unbelievable. [Editor note: Actually, Dr. Peter Beter,
a man with a list of impressive credentials a
mile long, maintained this fact adamantly, before he was killed. I have
seen the material, and the documentation was
impressive].
They've all been replaced by clones. Jimmy Carter has had at least 18
clones since he was killed in 1979. The person
we see, and the person who recently went to Korea in 1996, is not a
real human being. He is what they call a
synthetic. I am sure you're all asking, "how could this be?" There's no
way I would have talked about this unless I
could give you some, you know, "nuts and bolts".
Never Clone When Home Alone
What is the difference between doubles and clones? A double is more or
less a person acting like another person, who
has been cosmetically changed to look like that person. A clone is a
synthetic biological organism with a
holographically imposed memory complex.
chapter7.html (33 of 48)
In 1953, scientists named Watson and Crick discovered the double-helix
molecular structure of DNA. During the 25
years following that, many developments have come about, including test
tube babies, artificial microbes, artificially
produced clones and exact duplicates of various creatures. These
duplicates are created in underground laboratories in
Mount Hood, Oregon, Sandia Laboratories in New Mexico and at Fort
Meade, Maryland, amongst other places, with the
cooperation of regressive extraterrestrials. An organic clone can be
created and can be programmed to do whatever
desired. They are not human, but a kind of "computerized animal" that
looks and acts like a human. Like any
man-made thing, a copy is never perfect, and small discrepancies do
exist.
Merrily We Clone Along ...
The first successful clone was put into "action" in June 1975. Okay. A
biological computer modeled after the brain is
what is grown inside clones.
[Editor note: I became aware of the existence of biological computers a
long time ago. Such computers were said to
have been brought to Vietnam in 1968 for some kind of testing. I was
there in 1970].
The Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Corporation has been very instrumental
in creating this technology. Computers
exist today that can do virtually everything that you, as a human
being, can do.
[Editor note: It has been estimated that computer technology is at
least a century ahead of what you see around
you, and technology in general has advanced about 40 years for every
year that has gone by since World War II].
Achieving the Ultra-Sonic Cerebral Hologram
Man-made biological computers even contain a "plasma"-like material
which circulates through a viscera-like envelope
that allows them to be totally self-healing. In other words, they can
to a great extent repair themselves. The key to
simulating a "human being", however, is the clone's ability to simulate
their behavior, and this ability depends on the
programming in the brain. This programming is done using
three-dimensional holographs. This process was evidently
discovered at Novosibirsk, a "science city" in Russia, where they
discovered exactly how the brain works. This
discovery was the key to achieving believable clones.
Now, a ultra-sonic cerebral hologram must be obtained of the person who
is to be simulated. This procedure is
painless to the person, and most people who are to be simulated don't
even know this is being done to them when it is
happening. The biological computer, the cloned "brain", is then caused
to form according to the recorded data in the
holographic cerebral hologram obtained from the original source
subject. In other words, the take the image, project it
into a clone and allow the brain inside the clone to grow exactly like
the original source model. The body is already
there and the grow the brain inside it. The Greys gave us this
technology. They can accomplish this whole process
within 90 days, creating a believable clone of an adult human being.
All they need to grow the body in which the brain
is later to be grown is three cells from the original body.
Now, although the cerebral hologram automatically duplicates the memory
of the original person, portions of the brain
of the clone may be made to deviate from the entire holographic print.
So, they can put information in there that did
not exist in the original person's brain.
The result of all of this is a programmable biological computerized
brain, and a clone that knows essentially everything
which the original person knew. They can be programmed for suicide
missions, or missions too dangerous for normal
humans such as specialized missions into space or time, or they can be
used as they are often used now - for insolent
invasion of world planetary governments.
Here's just a few of the people who have been cloned. Carter, Mondale,
David and Lawrence Rockefeller, and Defense
Secretary Brown (cloned April 6, 1979). On July 5, 1979 Carter was
supposed to give an energy speech. It was
canceled and the home-cloned family of the Carters were sent to Camp
David. The original Carter clone was "burning
out'. Camp David appears to be the place where many people in
government are replaced with clones, so if you get a
personal invitation to go to Camp David, I would decline if I were you.
Is Clinton a clone? Rumor has it. They should have cloned Hillary,
that's what they should have done. She's the
"master mind." Anyway, on July 11, 1979 the Wall Street Journal
reported that President Carter had a "nervous
breakdown". Clone's do not have nervous breakdowns, per se, but they
may become unstable in certain ways. On July
15, a Sunday, Carter gave his energy speech, and two days later on July
17th, the entire presidential cabinet and
senior White House staff members resigned, all at once. This is coming
from Moraney, who is asking us to remember
this. In other countries, it would have meant that the government has
fallen, but not in the United States.
The Carter clones had some trouble in the beginning because of real
instabilities in the brain of the human being we
knew as Carter. A new type of clone has also been created recently.
It's called a genetic synthetic.
Genetic Synthetics: Neo-Darwinism at its Worst
The programs involving genetic synthetics started in November 1980, by
the CIA and Greys operating within the
National Security Agency. They are generated using transmutation of
certain tissues extracted from cattle. This
process grew out of experiments which began in 1959. Now, what's the
first thing that comes into your mind? Cattle
chapter7 (34 of 48)
mutilations. [Editor note: Contemplate that, will you?]
The "Right Stuff"
Astronauts Young and Crippen are clones. The real humans were killed on
the space shuttle Columbia on November
24, 1979. The training shuttle Enterprise was given a new name and
these clones landed for public viewing at Edwards
AFB. [Editor note: Dr. Peter Beter also maintained, that Young and
Crippen were synthetics, in a very detailed review
in his audio letters. Ref: Audio Letters Transcripts 40-80, page 106.
Thanks to Biagio Conte for supplying this data]
Clone Questions and Answers
Q: Can clones be differentiated from real people in any measurable way?
A: On a physical scale, the real way to tell a real human from a clone
is that the clone does not have an aura energy
field. [Editor note: To be perfectly accurate, there is a slight field
around the head , which contains the biological
processors, but it is not like the field around the head of a normal
human].
Q: Do they realize that they are clones?
A: I don't know. I don't think they would realize it. If they are
essentially living computers, they're programmed to
believe whatever it is, that has been programmed into them. Nothing
more, and nothing less.
Q: Was the reason Carter had 18 clones because they were trying to
perfect something, or just because his
neurological structure had so much instability?
A: I think it was a combination of both.
Q: Back in 1978 and 1979, they were launching some really strange
military satellites...
A: Many satellites put in orbit, one in particular by Young and Crippen
(which is why apparently they had some trouble
or were killed and duplicated), were developed by the National
Reconnaissance Office (NRO). They were spy satellites,
but were also equipped with tungsten shields and powerful dynamic gas
lasers weapons, and designed to defend
themselves against alien aggressors.
Q: Are their other areas, where cloning facilities are maintained?
A: Other areas in Russia are at the space facility at Semipalatinsk,
and at Area 51 in the United States, where they are
also building gravity craft, which the Andromedans called ISV's or
inner-planetary space vehicles. They're building the
same things at the two Russian cities I mentioned.
Weather Modification Engineering & Technology
Operation Certain Sentinel
Okay. Weather modification. The weather modification operation is
called Operation Certain Sentinel. Factions in world
intelligence are in control of this operation from space and from the
moon. On October 25, 1979 it was reported in the
press, that a satellite had monitored a low-yield nuclear explosion on
September 22, 1979. On February 21, 1980 it
was claimed by CBS news, that this 1979 explosion was "Israel's first
atomic bomb test", which was assisted by the
government of South Africa. This was not true. No radiation. No
fallout. No gamma rays, x-rays or neutrons were
produced. According to the Andromedans, what they had seen was a
twin-firing of particle beam weapons at an area
in the ocean from the moon.
chapter7 (35 of 48)
This event was part of a weather
modification test of the ability to create large storms at
sea, and then in the future, to guide the storms to the shores of a
specific not-so-favored nation. According to the
Andromedans, much of the rain in the midwest, and the tornadoes and
snow storms this past winter were aggravated
and exaggerated by weather modification stations on the moon. [ Editor
Note: The "El Niño" cycle in 1998 was
overlaid with these type of operations from the moon ]
Production of Weather Changes: The Process
According to Moraney, "Currently, in your hierarchy, there is a secret
project called the TX Project, that is under way. We will give you more
information on this." Well, I haven't got that
specific information yet, but I'm sharing with you
what I have. Here's how they do it. Weapons on the moon enable storms
to be
generated artificially at sea, or over large lakes,
then guided to a specific target or location by modifying upper
atmosphere electrical charges. Hurricane Alan was
created in this way on August 3rd, when it hit the coast of the Gulf of
Mexico, according to the Andromedans. Now, I
remember this storm. It hit the Gulf coast with 125 mph winds. And, it
appeared almost out of nowhere. It was very
early in the season, and it was seen as a "fluke". Now, they're doing
this on purpose. They want to create weather
catastrophes all over the planet, so that we all become stuck in
survival mode, and to get is to come together and
approve a one-world government to "protect and save us."
Production of Artificial Earthquakes
Now, natural earthquakes are one thing. If you remember during the
lectures, I said, that many earthquakes would not
be natural ones. However, natural earthquakes can be triggered by
artificial induction. The Northridge quake is a good
example of this. Many people remember seeing a flash of light before
this quake started. This is exactly, what Moraney
was describing, when he talked about the use of particle beam weapons.
All they have to do is generate beams from
two points and cross them at a specific location on the planet. It
creates a "flash" and a pressure will move down into
the earth, reverberate somewhere in the crust and come back up and
induce an earthquake. Now, one of the only
things keeping the United States economy together is the State of
California. Devastate that, the United States
economy is history. Most overseas transactions from China, Japan, Hong
Kong and the Philippines come through Los
Angeles and San Francisco.
On Creation
This information was given to me on February 4, 1988. It is from Vasais
and it is about creation. Now, this is
word-for-word and I apologize, if you have trouble understanding it.
This is the first time I am reading it in public.
"Your scientists understand the atom to contain neutrons, protons
and electrons. Combining in various ways and bonds to create the
basic building blocks of your nature. From this starting point, atoms
combine to form molecules and on we go up the scale to you'll reach
a blue whale. But consider the atom. First, let us explain to you its
properties from the standpoint of motion, as we see it. Are the atom
and its elements composed in a pre-determined structure, with the
neutrons, protons and electrons all obediently lining up and counting
off? The answer is no. What you have is a mad dance. An entirely
unpredictable one. As the electrons jump from point to point, within
the limits of this sphere, never stopping, never falling into any
consistent pattern or ritual. Now, consider this, Alex. The smallest,
most basic unit of physical
matter is one entirely unpredictable. Constantly spinning and dancing.
What does this tell you about the solidity of your precious physical
matter? There's an answer.
chapter7 (36 of 48)
The
word intent is a command. But to return to your atom, where
do these
tiny building blocks, these minute elements, come from? Are they in
fact the smallest unit of matter, or can we divide them further and
further? This question is unanswerable in your scientific terms. It
presupposes, that the origin of all of your physical third density
matter is physical matter. That stuff must come from stuff. This is
not the case. Intent is the origin of physical matter. Intent. It is
as if there were an invisible membrane on one side of the physical
reality, that you know, and on the other side is invisible machinery,
the intent of the Is-ness, which makes it all possible. Intent is the
key word for you and your other teachers. Desire, if
you prefer, can also be used, but it is the Is-ness, whose desire and
intent to explore itself in all possible manifestations, that creates
your physical world. That intent begins at the very smallest unit of
matter. An electron, then is the first hesitant physical manifestation
of your intent, as it eases through the membrane into physical life
and begins to joyfully dance. There are pockets, then, gaps in that
membrane, which, when energized
with enough Intent, transform that intent into a physical unit. And
once an electron has been given birth, in such a manner, it calls back
to the Is-ness and sends its own intent back to the Is-ness, begging
for its 'playmates' to join it. So, that can create and assist you in
creating a brave new world. This makes it easier for other units of
matter to follow, as they are denser and therefore created by a
stronger burst of Intent, than the electrons. Now, let's talk about
that. What he's saying is, that our Intent to
manifest in the physical, creates electrons. Electrons
then create and copy themselves. Okay, but what happens is, they copy
the original Intent. Now, if you remember, I
have tried to share with you their viewpoint, that most of us have
gotten so caught up in the idea of being in the
creation, maintaining the creation, that we forgot to strive toward the
creator (human). So, we are expending so much energy
trying to keep this together, as opposed to changing it and creating
something much better. Do you follow? It's so
subtle. And this is how we have been controlled and manipulated.We are
not seeing ourselves beyond our physical selves. Okay. Like a
game of tug-o-war, the electrons send back its
desire to engage in the joy of physical creation. This desire helps
ease creation in to its brethren elements. Now, they
talk funny and I can't help that. And so, in a wondrous exchange, not
only is physical matter created out of desire of
the Is-ness itself, but also the joyful song of physical matter reaches
back through space and time and connects with
the body of intent, and across that invisible membrane, and pulls more
of itself into being. Physical matter than
creates itself, but only after we originally create the intent. The
exuberance of the atom. Now, just focus on your intent. The more you
believe it, the further it
will manifest itself because you, with your intent
and your belief, will give that energy to the physical intent, that you
just created and allow itself to simply manifest. You create your
reality, now your neighbor's. We had a three hour
lecture on the words intent, wish and want. And,
when you say I wish something, or I want something, you're manifesting
that you don't have it. But, when you're
saying I intend and attempt, you're manifesting and you have it. The
word intent is a command. So, let's just say a
large percentage of people say, "there will be no earthquake this
year", the "chances" drop. The problem is that most
people do not realize the power they have.
chapter7 (37 of 48)
Now, where was I? Okay, Vasais continues:"The exuberance of
the atom is multiplied in the wonder of a molecule,
which astonishes itself in the miracle, with a single-celled organism
and on and on up the ladder to these simply unimaginable, complex
organisms that is you, and all of your brothers on Earth. You are all
composed of uncountable such atoms and molecules. Every one of
them jumping for joy to join in the partnership to create who you
think you are. We emphasize that the natural state of the world is one
in which love and fulfillment are the easiest paths to follow. It is
much more work to bring yourself negative experiences that it
is to deny beauty and wonder. So, don't deny the beauty and wonder
of your own beings or turn deaf ears on a song of molecules that
compose you, that you stray from the path of fulfillment."
The Problem with Clones and Spirit
"Now, the grid, your energy field, is a grid of Intent. Your energy
field is what keeps you together, because you are literally created
from your own Intent. That is why Spirit can attach to us. Do you
follow? If an organism or a structure is created, cloned or copied,
Spirit cannot attach to it. This is the problem the Greys have with
the hybrids, and this is why the human clones do not have an energy
field, because Spirit can't attach to it, and this is also because,
there
was no Intent in it's creation (in terms of self-maintaining
consciousness).
There was, in your terms, no spiritual Intent to create it. The
non-physical pattern of your body is composed of virtually
uncountable "blocks' of Intent. Each assigned a particular function,
and each specifically directed toward a creation and sustenance of
a particular part of your body."
"As long, as you restrict your inquiry only to the physical forms
perceivable, you will all have questions and no answers. Just as the
atom is constructed or originates out of Intent, and not physical
matter, so does the body find its origin in a plane quite hidden from
your scientific instruments. The blueprint for the body is not
contained
in a genetic structure. The chromosomes simply reflect the greater
origin or the Intent. It is the grid-work, the structuring of Intent
and
desire, that serves as the blueprint for your bodies. And, that Intent
is
then literally flushed out to create the shape of the body."
Q: Do all organisms have a soul?
A: No. Apparently they have Intent, but the "chief cook and bottle
washer" of all that Intent is the Soul. Some
lifeforms, as a group, have 'herd souls'. An example of this in
practice is, when you see a flock of birds all turn at the
same time. These type of 'souls', however, are not like our
individualized Souls. They are more like a collective
consciousness.
chapter7 (38 of 48)
Q: So in actuality, what is actually controlling the sustenance of the
human body in the normal human is our own
consciousness, projected from the 11th dimension, which is in fact us.
A: Yes. You know well, you're already having the Intent, because you
are not vaporizing in front of us. I think the
whole point in them, sharing all of this with us, is for us to be able
to
trace back, where the Intent is actually coming
from, and for us to see ourselves for, who we really are.
Q: As the population increases, does that mean, that there are more
souls...
A: There is more Intent. Other beings, who want to express themselves
here. The soul creates the Intent. The Intent is
you. A population increase is just more souls wanting to have Intent
here. According to the Andromedans, there were
the same amount of Souls or Spirits in our Universe until March
23,1994, when several new ones apparently stepped
in. This was when the new 12th density started to create itself,
because of the Intent of the Is-ness.
Secret Colonies on Mars
I want to thank all of you for coming here and allowing me the space to
share this with you, so I don't have to carry it
any longer by myself. The purpose of the lectures is to inform you
specifically of the extraterrestrial intervention in our
development and the development of mankind. Mankind has been fascinated
with Mars ever since time began. The
story of Mars that has been shared with me by the Andromedans is both
compelling and quite fascinating.
Unlike some of the moons of Jupiter and Saturn, the moon of Earth and
the planet Venus, Mars actually originated in
our solar system. It is 6.1 billion years old, and its inner sun, which
all planets have or had, is burned out. So, the
inside is cold, dark and wet. The surface appears to be desolate, sandy
and windy. However, Mars is changing, and it
has been changing for the last 30 years. The Andromedans say that Mars
is getting closer to the sun every three
years, and the 200 mile-an-hour storms are becoming less and less
frequent. Every year, the polar caps are showing
more and more of a change of seasons.
The technology does exist today to enable Mars to sustain human life as
we know it. According to the Andromedans,
given the correct coordination of events in terms of technological
applications, Mars could be fully habitable for human
life in only 20 years. One of the moons of Saturn also offers us this
possibility.
Mars has a part very similar to that of Earth. It has a history of
repeated colonization and life. According to Moraney,
Mars was the first planet in our solar system to explored and
colonized. When civilizations were coming to our solar
system, they stopped first at Mars. Mars at one time had an ocean and
an atmosphere. It was also in a different orbit
than it is now. It had plant life and some very basic life forms which
didn't evolve there, but were brought to both
Mars and Earth 189 million years ago by traders, explorers and miners
from Alpha Draconis, Ursa Major and Minor,
Lyrae, the Pleiadies, Zeta Reticuli and Sirius.
Now, there have been some other groups that have passed through here,
but those groups were predominantly those
who worked our system for minerals, ores, biological samples and all
kinds of things. When they came, they always
seemed to leave something behind. Some of the life forms that have been
and will be discovered on Mars are exactly
identical to life forms we have here on Earth. Space travel has existed
in our galaxy for 4.4 billion years, according to
what the Andromedans have said. The fossil records of both Earth and
Mars apparently show that most life forms have
had very little actual evolution and appear almost fully formed. In
other words, there just suddenly appeared on the
scene because they were brought here, according to the Andromedans, by
early space explorers and biological
engineers. Every time they came, they tinkered with life forms.
Apparently, 69.3 million years ago a very large planetary asteroid came
through our solar system, laden with a lot of
debris. This asteroid, according to Vasais, was so magnetically
powerful that as it came through it ripped Mars from its
original orbit (which was nearer to the Earth) and pulled it 19 million
miles further out. All this happened in a very
short period of time, and this devastated everything on the planet,
ripping off the atmosphere and causing three
successive polar shifts in as many days. Although this asteroid left
Earth's atmosphere reasonably intact, Mars would
take tens of millions of years before it was able to host even the most
basic life forms. According to the Andromedans,
Mars even had dinosaurs on it at one time, and the fossils of these
beasts have been found by the teams that have
been sent there. Eventually we will hear about this when and if things
become more open.
According to the Andromedans, Mars has been periodically inhabited for
3.8 billion years, and that there are ruins all
over the planet. Most of the ruins are buried under hundreds of feet of
sand, just like here on Earth in the Gobi desert,
where there are ruins of ancient cities. Now, most of us have heard
about Cydonia and the pyramids on Mars. There
are also war ruins in the Cydonia region that have not been found yet.
It is interesting that the word al quahir, the Egyptian word that means
Cairo, also means Mars, and that this has been
in the Egyptian language for thousands of years. Strange coincidence.
Ruins on Mars
The area known as the Tharsis Ridge contains ruins of an ancient city
approximately 69 million years old. The Utopia
region also holds the ruins of a city equally as old. These cities have
been buried for 69 million years. A really
interesting area is called Mariner Valley Canyon, where there is an
ancient Lyraen city that has been buried for 113
million years. There is a vast network of underground tunnels and
caverns under this area. This area is where the
Earth bases Eve is located.
Earth Base Eve
The Earth base on Mars called Eve is a vast complex built originally
millions of years ago, reactivated with the help of
the Greys for the Earth world government. It stretches over an area of
118 miles and is three levels deep in some
places. It housed approximately 300,000 human beings, and the deepest
portion is 6,200 feet below the surface. It
has four openings to the surface consisting of two elevator shafts and
two pressurized hangar entrances, complete
with elevators. In other words, if you're flying in a ship, you fly
into a hangar, which closes, and you're pressurized,
dropping you down into living quarters. That's how the whole thing is
done.
Earth Base Adam
Much of the hardware taken to Mars, as I mentioned once before, came
from the moon first, via Russia and Diego Garcia island in the Indian
Ocean. The area known as Hellas Elanitia,
or the Plains of Gold, is the location of the earth colony, and east of
there is a city dubbed Adam. There used to be a large fresh water lake
in this area long in the past. There are essentially three large domed
structures built into the
mountain range there. The largest of these domes
stretches 2.6 miles in diameter, and the other two average a mile in
diameter. Each of these domed structures is
connected by tunnels to the other domes. The largest dome is built
1,000 feet into the surface of Mars. Underneath
the mountain range where Adam is located, there is another tunnel which
leads to a cavern area that is seven square
miles in size. They don't have any idea what is inside this cavern
area, because the Orion Group has a force field which
shields them from view. Nobody can see what they're doing in there.
Orion Group Redoux
In March 1989, the Russian Phobos probe took pictures of mother ships
landing on the surface of Mars, as well as a
picture of one of the scout craft firing at the probe, just before it
exploded. One of these large ships, 250 miles long,
landed at an old Orion Group base that has been reactivated. The base
is more than 1 million years old and is
completely underground, occupies 64 square miles, contains five levels
and extends to 8,500 feet below the surface. It
was fully operational as of June 1994, and contains 2111 scout craft
and over 100,000 Orion and Draconian troops.
The Andromedans are real specific when they say "troops'.
The Cyndonia region was the last based occupied by the Pleiadians,
Lyraens and Sirians when our solar system fell to
the Orion Group about 317,000 B.C. That base was partially destroyed in
that attack. NSA lands on Mars in 1959. The first Martian landing by
the NSA 'black government' was in March 1959, when three craft were
sent to the Cydonia
region. Only 29 military and scientific personnel went on this first
mission. The 'fortress' area housed the craft and the
workers while Eve was being reopened with the assistance of the Greys.
The construction that was done was
performed by the same groups that had done construction on the moon,
the Army Corps of Engineers, Bechtel, A.A.
Matthews, Robbins Corporation, Psi Corps, and scientists and engineers
from JPL. All of the personnel in this project had no families to worry
about them, and all records on their existence, except for personal
memories of people on earth, have been wiped clean by the NSA Ultra and
Blue Moon units (Alpha I and II), who recruited personnel for this
mission. All this was done on the premise that the Earth was going to
self-destruct due to pollution, population and disappearing natural
resources. The bases were completed in 1968. The Andromedans have said
that the 'black government' would do anything to maintain secrecy on
this matter.
In March of 1989, thirty years to the month of the landing on Mars, a
group of Orion and Draconian forces invaded the
Martian colonies and all communication between the moon bases and Mars
ceased. Some of the greatest talent and
minds are stuck on Mars. Three hundred thousand humans out of
communication. The American and Russian Mars probes were sent,
subsequently, to see what they could observe on Mars, and they were
destroyed or taken out of action from the surface of Mars.
Q: When we start to see ships in the skies, whose will they be?
chapter7.html (40 of 48)
A: I've been told that the very first mass sighting of ships that will
be seen in the United States will be our own. They'll
be the ones that our government has actually built. It won't be the
aliens. It will be our own. The first real big signs
will be in the area of New Mexico, because it is the area most
controlled by the government and the Greys. They have
that area so sealed up that nothing could go wrong there.
The Holographic Record of Christianity
Q: Can you be specific on what the Andromedan viewpoint is on
Christianity, especially in view of the fact that they
have holographic access to all events that have happened on Earth? I
mean, what are some of the specifics?
A: You know, I don't like talking about this, because I was raised a
Catholic. I was an altar boy. The truth broke my
heart. You know, to find out that what I thought was reality really
wasn't. Where I'm at with it is very personal, but
I'm not counting on anybody to come down and save me. The Andromedan
perspective of the whole scenario is really
different that what we've been told.
Q: Well, it's apparent that there were several characters in history
with the name Yeshua, translated loosely as
"Jesus". There's Yeshua Ben Joseph, etc. How did all this develop?
A: Okay. Basically what happened was that the Catholic church created a
composite character, because at the time
they were expending a lot of resources putting out religious wars. It
seemed like a good idea at the time, but like
many things it got perverted. Yeshua Ben Joseph, was a Jewish rabbi who
lived from 70BC to 9 BC. He was apparently
crucified at some point, charged with being a thief. Prior to that
there was a man by the name of rabbi Hallel who
apparently died in 100BC. Rabbi Hallel was called "The Great Teacher".
Many Christians are led to believe that a man
named Jesus was called this, when in fact it was Rabbi Hallel. Now,
what happened was that the New Testament
composite character of "Jesus The Christ" was created by the Council of
Nicea. Most of the words that are attributed to
this composite character, referred to colloquially as "Jesus", were in
fact spoken by Apollonius of Tyana, who the Bible
calls "Paul of Tarsus". Because Rome had their armies scattered all
over the place and all these wars were over the
subject of religion, what the Council of Nicea decided to do is
essentially create a "State Religion". So, what they did
was combine the religions of the east and the west, both of which were
concerned with Sun worship. Those in the
West worshipped Hesos, also called Hess. Those in the East that
worshipped the Sun worshipped Krishna, which in
Greek is called Kristos. The very first "Bible" that was put together
in 325AD. They took some books that Apollonius of
Tyana had brought back from Burma, called the Codes of the Initiates
(which concerned themselves with man's
relationship to the seasons, among other things) containing lessons
that were handed down to those particular Holy
Men in India during that particular period in history. The Codes of the
Initiates allegedly contained words that were
spoken by Krishna. The very first "Bible" was called the Helios
Biblios, which means "The Sun Book". This is what they
did in the very beginning.
Q: When was the Helios Biblios assembled?
A: Between 324 and 355 AD, by the Council of Nicea under Emperor
Constantine The Great. Then they slowly
developed a "God", a personage, to replace the Sun, and slowly changed
the books, disposing of the material detailing
reincarnation and many of the other teachings. They changed meanings,
and every scribe that worked on this thing
kept changing things as belief systems were revised with the prevailing
times.
Q: How about things ascribed to the historical "Jesus" such as the
Sermon on the Mount?
A: The exact words ascribed to the historical "Jesus" with reference to
the Sermon on the Mount were found in a
Turkish museum, authored by a Greek Senator in 64 AD. The Church went
out a gathered all the information they
could at various times in history, and they suppressed what they didn't
agree with or what they didn't want the people
to know.
Q: Then, who was the healer in this whole scenario?
A: That was Apollonius of Tyana, who the Catholic Church referred to as
the "Anti-Christ", despite the fact that he was
also known as Paul of Tarsus, mainly because he encouraged rebellion
against Roman tyranny.
Q: And Yeshua Ben Joseph?
A: From what I understand, he was of the royal line, but he tried to
create rebellion against Roman tyranny as well.
Now, there was also another Yeshua.
Q: Another Yeshua?
A: Yes. It was a very common name than in Judea. He was a rabbi who was
also a rebel, of sorts. He died at Massada
in 64 AD, and his presence at Massada was why Massada was attacked. His
name was Yeshua Malathiel. The bottom
line is there was no "Jesus Christ" in history at all. It was a
composite character, and history reveals this fact.
Q: Now, Robert Morning Sky revealed that the specific crucifixion that
involved a Yeshua was a mock crucifixion, in
that the person did not really die, because he was given an herbal
mixture to simulate death, and that Bar Abbas was
in fact the son of the Yeshua concerned here.
chapter7.html (41 of 48)
A: Yes, if you take the name Bar Abbas, which is a two-word name (not
Barrabas, as in the Biblical product of the
Roman Church), and you go back to the ancient Hebrew, it means "Son of
the Teacher" or "Son of the Master".
Q: So whose son was Bar Abbas?
A: Yeshua Melethiel.
Q: His son.
A: Yes, and from that grew the lineage in France.
Q: The lineage in France? That is where Alex Christopher's book
Pandora's Box picks the trail up. The so-called
"bloodline of Christ" that related to the mission of the Templars.
A: That's right. It related not to Yeshua (Jesus) Malathiel himself,
who died at Massada in 64 AD, but to his son, Bar
Abbas, who survived and went to France.
Q: This is also connected with the "blue-bloods" and extraterrestrial
genetics?
A: That's exactly right.
Q: So Yeshua Malathiel was a "blue-blood"?
A: Yes, he was, and he was connected to the House of David, and if you
go all the way back through the line, through
David, and you get to Moses, who was a human-extraterrestrial
"half-breed".
Q: So, was it Yeshua Malathiel who was involved in the "cross scenario"?
A: I don't know for sure. The only place I have heard of the story that
Robert is talking about is from a book called
Crucifixion By An Eyewitness (which does not at all imply that Robert
got his data from that book, just that the book
mentions it)
But, the Essenes were herbalists and knew how to mix potions and knew
about this kind of thing. Of course, the real
secrets about all of this lie in the Dead Sea Scrolls.
Q: Which the Israeli government have locked up, or at least most of
them, and will only let a few select people see a
few of them.
A: Yes, by the Israeli's and the Roman Church, because what the Dead
Sea Scrolls show, according to the
Andromedans, are that "Christianity" and "Judaism" were really one
thing, one religion, and they also tell the true
story of who Yeshua was, as we have spoken about here.
Q: Yeshua Malathiel?
A: Right. Rabbi Wise in the 1950's and 1960's did an extensive study of
the death warrants and death certificates of
those who were crucified during that time period, as the Romans kept
records, and the only Yeshua listed as being
crucified was a man coincidentally named Yeshua Malathiel, who was
listed as a traitor and a thief. Mary of the house
of Magdelana was the wife of Yeshua Malathiel. She came from a very
well-to-do family who raised doves for sacrifices
put on by the Pharisees at the temples. I think the book Holy Grail
talks a little about that, too. The Jewish tradition
was at that time that any man 13 years of age, who was a rabbi, must
take a wife and have children. That was the
law.
Q: How did the crucifixion scenario arise with Yeshua Malathiel and his
son, Bar Abbas?
A: Well, the story behind that is that they took Bar Abbas because they
knew that the father, Yeshua, would come
after his son. The story goes on to say that a ransom was paid, and
they did a "mock" crucifixion in order to hide the
fact of a payoff to the Romans. Malathiel did not leave the area. He
continued to do what he did and died at Massada.
There is apparently a scroll which is in the possession of the Russians
that proves this, and the son, Bar Abbas, was
escorted to France with the rest of the family.
Q: So, presuming that somewhere along the line Christians or Jews would
read this material, what would you say to
them if they feel concerned by it?
A: Well, all I would say is that true history does not support the idea
or the proof that a "Jesus Christ" lived. It does
prove that Apollonius of Tyana was real, and the other thing I would
say is, "you've been duped". There is no middle
man between you and the Creator, and your relationship is directly with
the Creator.
Q: Of course, this is why Gnosticism has been so suppressed throughout
history.
A: Yes. These "churches" exist only because people "believe in them"
and support them financially. If you take that
away and say, "my relationship is with the Creator, I don't need a
middle man", then "there is no need for you." Let's
face it, the church is politics and a form of government. The
Andromedans share very much the same viewpoint as
chapter7.html (42 of 48)
some of the Pleaidian groups - that all religions on our planet are
forms of government, and they don't see any
difference between government and politics (power-brokering), in their
perspective. I mean, people used to have to
pay priests in order to "assure their place in heaven".
Q: Are there any religious systems on this planet that are at all
beneficial?
A: There are two religious systems they say have been beneficial, and
they were the original form of Buddhism and
the original form of Shinto. All the other stuff is designed to hold
you back and control you. That is their perception.
Creation of Our Universe
Q: Why
would the group consciousness of the Paa Tal come into third
density?
A: The
Draconian legends, according to the Andromedans, talk about wars
with the Paa Tal, who created the human
form of physicality. Now, let's just pretend here
that we
(as the Paa Tal) knew
as a race, that there was no way we were ever going to destroy this
reptilian race. This war would go on
forever. Now, being the spiritual beings that we could be, and here's
just a concept or an idea, it could be that we
realized that the only way to take care of the negative polarity in our
universe was to come and incarnate at its
lowest point, its lowest frequency, and alter that frequency so much
that everything in its path would evolve. You could
do this so none of the negativity could hide or defend itself.
The transformation would be so fast, so
instantaneous that suddenly they would be light. You've ended
all wars. There's no more death and suddenly everybody is an
enlightened being. There has only been a period of 200
years during the last 2000 years, when there hasn't been a war on Earth.
Q: But
isn't that "forcing" enlightenment?
A:
Well, we hold a frequency of war, and this frequency emanates into
space. Now, if this
is truly us, then our minds are creating, firing or triggering other
like consciousness everywhere.
We're the catalyst. It's not by force. They have a
choice. You change the catalyst and there's no more fuel for anything
else. Everything else just burns out. For
example, look at what is going on in Bosnia, and who is giving both
sides the weapons of war. You take away the
weapons and there is no war. Somebody is paying them to do this. So,
you have to take away the fire. Right now, we
are the fuel, and the Draconians, Greys, the Orion Group and others are
benefiting by this fuel. It starts right here,
and other galaxies are sending ambassadors to come and watch, what is
happening here - what is going to happen in
2013. We have one side saying 'no way' and one side cheering us on.
Q: Who's cheering us on?
A: The benevolence. Just in our galaxy alone there are 139 different
races and planetary systems that want us to evolve because they are
sick and tired of war and defending themselves,
and having to worry about us. Everything affects everything else in the
universe.
Inside the Planet: The Hollow
Earth (page 225 of the book)
All planets, suns and moons, that are real, that were created by part
of
the creation, are hollow. There are no
exceptions. I want you to look for Life magazine, an issue, that was
published on November 10, 1967. It shows a
photograph of the Earth, taken by the lunar orbiter, which shows a
1,600
mile diameter egress into the planet at the
north polar area.
Now, we are always taught, that the Earth is round, a sphere. Being
somewhat pear-shaped, this is mostly true. However, persisted legends
of flat areas. The top of the planet, having
been hit a glancing blow by a planetary body
billions of years ago, is very flat. Most space photographs of the
Earth either delete the top of the planet to some
degree, or the photo's are doctored to show, what the public expects to
see. The
magnetic
north pole is at 23.5 degrees latitude. About 200 miles south of the
circular dip at the top
of the planet is a 78 mile diameter opening into the planet. It's
technically in northern Canada. Now, according to
the
Andromedans, the nature of gravity is different,
than we are told. We are told, that because a
planet spins on its axis, the centrifugal force "creates gravity".
Well, according to the Andromedans, that is not at all
accurate, and that gravity is produced by highly penetrating radiation
in the electromagnetic spectrum at a frequency
of about 1 trillion cycles per second. Because our planet is hollow, it
contains different caverns throughout
its shell.
chapter7 (43 of 48)
It can support many times the life, we
think, it can, because there is a lot more livable surface area, than
we
are taught there is. The following is a description, of what it is like
to descend into the interior of the Earth, given to
me by the Andromedans: "When you
go five
miles into your
Earth, you will rapidly lose body weight. The reason for this is the
limited ability of gravity radiations. And the gravity radiations and
gravity effects of the Earth above counteract the gravity effects of
the Earth below. Their counteracting effects are enhanced by the mass
of the Earth, above which will transform some of the infrared
radiations,
emanated by matter into a gravity-producing radiation per the laws of
redistribution. When you reach a depth of ten miles, you will notice,
that it begins to get lighter around you. Vissaeus
said, that there are no
shadows to be found anywhere in the
interior of the Earth at a depth of 100 miles, because the light is
contained in the particles, that come from all
directions and not a single source. In other words, the air itself
seems to glow, along with everything else. Plant and animal
forms flourish and grow larger, than on the surface of the planet. At a
depth of some 700 to 729 miles, one reaches
a space of almost zero gravity, because of the screening effect of soft
particles. Going further about another 700
miles or so, you break out into the surface of the inner sphere, which
has gravity due to the mechanics of the soft
electrons and other balancing forces. An inner sun has formed, because
the particles of light concentrate at the center.
Now, the orbit of the Earth has been changed three times, according to
the Andromedans. During the time of Atlantis,
is was possible to see both of the suns in our solar system, and the
benefit of this is, that you had day and twilight
instead of day and night. But then, the planet was moved.
Q: Why was the planet moved?
A: I don't know. That's a question the Pleiadians will have to answer.
It was moved into its current orbit about 14,300
years ago. We cannot see the other sun now, and, apparently, it was
done
on purpose, according to a larger agenda. This movement of the planet
caused a lot of geological activity and
flooding.
A One World System, That Works
The Andromedans have a planetary government, but the entire
purpose for
the existence of this world government is
to make sure that everything on their worlds evolve. That is the only
purpose of it. No other objective. To make sure
that every life form evolves. It's run by the people themselves, and
everybody volunteers to hold a position in it, which
is easy for them because they live a couple of thousand years. But,
there is no such thing as a "professional politician"
on their world. No such animal. All of their children go to school, and
all the education is free. They spend an average
of 150 years in school.
On Varying ET Information
Now, I know that there are other extraterrestrial groups talking to
people. Vasais and Moraney are talking to three
other people. Rumor has it that Pleaidian groups are talking to at
least 30 people.
Q: But the information the Pleiadians are giving out is totally
different than what you are giving out.
A: It's a different perspective, yes, but a lot of information (between
the two sources, or many of the sources) is
compatible. It's just that the Pleiadians are telling the whole story
about their involvement in things. They're hiding it,
which the Andromedans feel isn't the right thing to do. They think that
everybody should put all their cards on the
table, right now, and deal with it.
General Questions and Answers
Q: Can the Andromedans teleport themselves?
chapter7.html (44 of 48)
A: Yes, they can go anywhere they want. All you have to do, according
to them, is have a destination and speed up
the atomic structure of the body and you just disappear. The atoms are
projected to where you want to go and you
just appear there. They are thousands and thousands of years ahead of
us in evolution.
Q: Do you go through a physical change when you are with the
Andromedans?
A: Do I go through a change? Not one that is really noticeable, except
that sometimes I feel depressed when I have to
come back.
Fourth and Fifth Density: 2013 AD
If you remember in earlier lectures, we talked about the new vibration,
the new color-sound vibration that is coming
out of the black holes. The reason I bring this up is because
everything in our world has been set up. Everything.
You're going to see things start to move. You're going to see some
incredibly positive things and some incredibly
negative things. Now, it is important to understand this. The
"negative", or what we call "negative", is really blocked
energy. Where this energy is, whether it is in us or in the planet,
doesn't matter. The fact that it is blocked does
matter.
Now, these new frequencies are hitting our planet, and we are moving
up. The physical is being bombarded with
energy. This frequency is first hitting our main sun, and the Sun is
speeding up in vibration. This is why there are
more solar flares happening right now. When in third density a Sun goes
to the nova state, our scientists (being
material reductionists) view it as "dying out". To the Andromedans,
however, what is happening is that it is leaving
third density and moving into fifth. It is now a sun on fifth density.
What we are seeing is its "release" when it moves
into the new vibration. The physical third density part of it cannot
exist at the same time as the physical fifth density
manifestation of it.
There's a great misconception about fourth density, and a lot of people
throw that term out there because it seems
"hip", but they don't really know what it means. Now, fourth density is
a state of consciousness, awareness and being.
It's about knowing yourself completely. It's about becoming real. The
result of moving into this state is like everybody
suddenly becoming psychic. It will just happen. Not everybody will
physically survive the changes in a way they
expect.
Now, according to the Andromedans, the Earth has tried to get into 4th
density, with humanity on it, twice before.
Twice before, there was a terrible war. The last time was during the
time of the sinking of Atlantis, and the other time
was a situation with Lemuria when it sank due to a conflict with
Atlantis. Now, if you look at the book of Revelations, it
predicts a terrible war. The Andromedans have often said that
everything is a belief system, and if we buy into a belief
system, we will self-fulfill that belief system, because we are
creators.
They say that major changes will start to be observed between 2004 and
2009. Some of us will "be there" sooner. An
example of "being there" is that if the phone rings, you will know who
it is. If someone knocks on the door, you will
know who it is. You think of a family member and they will call. As it
progresses, you'll be "in tune" all the time. You
will not be in a position to say, "it's just coincidence", because you
will have come into a position of knowing this. It's
not coincidence, but it is divine order. In other words, we'll be "in
the flow".
Now, this doesn't mean we are not going to have our challenges. There's
going to be war on the planet. There is still
going to be crime, for a while. There are still going to be people who
don't understand what is happening. There will
still be people clinging to religions and begging for someone to come
and save them. Be your own Savior. That is the
only permanent way to evolve. It's the only way. Even those who were
perceived as "saviors" in the past didn't come
to "save", but they came to teach. Because of religious belief systems,
there are millions of people who expect that
somebody is going to come down here and solve all the problems. It
isn't going to be like that at all. If there was a
"Jesus Christ", and he did "come back", he would be pissed off. I can
just picture "Jesus Christ" walking into the
Vatican and saying, "Look what you did with what I gave you. What is
all this gold for? What are all these paintings
for? What are all these stupid hats you wear for? What is all this
shit? This isn't what I gave you!".
Now, what will happen when the Earth moves into 4th density herself?
She will start to heal herself, which means she
won't need our help. This is why it is paramount that between now and
2004, we do everything we can, at least on a
conscious level, to be consciously aware. They say that by the year
2004, the obituary pages will be very long because
some people can't handle this. The children will be the least affected
in a negative manner. As I have said before, the
most affected will be men, because male energy has been totally
irresponsible at this point. The Earth is female in
nature. When she starts blowing off this energy, it's not going to be
selective. When this energy comes up, they said
that a lot of males will have brain strokes, sudden heart attacks and
just cross over. They will also be some females
affected in this way, but it will predominantly affect a large portion
of the male population, which is at least half the
population of the planet.
The two polarities will become more pronounced, particularly between
now and 2004. A lot of folks will act on the need
chapter7.html (45 of 48)
to move out of cities and into small communities. A lot of this will be
done in the mode of trying to be ready for
survival. Last week we talked a bit about the viruses that are coming
and the TB outbreaks in major cities. You will
have people in your life just leave. You might be letting go of people
in your life because they're of a different
vibratory nature, and there will be people who will judge you because
from their perception and point of view, you are
not waiting for a savior, or for other reasons. Let these people go
from your life. Just bless them, love them and send
them on their way, because the space will be filled by others of like
mind. Like minds attract each other. Positivity
attracts more positivity. Negativity attracts more of the same.
The Next Step: 2 + 1 = 12
Now, we have mentioned that we used to have 12 strands of DNA, and that
strands were removed leaving us with 2 in
order to limit our capabilities. The strands that were removed dealt
with spiritual energies and remembrance of those
energies, and the racial and genetic memories of our forefathers. From
the Andromedan perspective, we don't need
the 12 strands any more. We are basically going to be transforming into
a three-strand system which will encompass
the range of the 10 strands that were removed from our system.
You remember that the Andromedan Council issued an edict that all ET
influence was to be off this planet by August
12, 2003? Since telepathic races use symbols, it is easy to understand
why the Andromedans indicate that part of the
function of the crop circles we are seeing is to let them know they
must leave. Another aspect of the crop circles is to
inform the Earth entity about the process for dimensional shifting.
There's going to be a period between 2003 and
2009, four to five years, where we will be on our own, because they
want to see how we interact with each other
without ET manipulation. This will be our test. [Editor note: In this
light, it is interesting that the current political
administration falls just short of that point in the time stream]
Fifth Density
How many people will move into fifth density?
The
last time I asked the
question, which was about a year ago, the
Andromedans said that between 435 and 510 million people will literally
move into 5th density by December 3, 2013.
In 5th density you can create and manifest anything you want directly.
Our "bodies" will become energy form,
although we could "materialize" into matter forms if we chose to do so.
You won't need to eat food. All you will need is
the energy from the Sun, which will supply your life force. When we
move into 5th density, our solar system will have
27 planets on that frequency. Jupiter, as I have said before, will
itself be a light-blue Sun. Earth's physical form will
experience a pole shift, and the new North Pole will be in Saudi
Arabia. The South Pole will be off the coast of South
America. The Earth will experience a lot of rain and a lot of changes.
Not everybody will move into 5th at the same
time. There will be some who are still physical from our 3rd density
point of view. There will appear to be a 10,000
fold increase in the number of stars visible in the sky.
We will discover billions of different life forms that have been on the
planet that we have not previously been able to
perceive as we go through these frequency changes. As it gets close to
that time for 5th density, people will begin to
see more ghost-like images. Many drugs that we have now will no longer
work the same because the physical body
will be shifting. All of major medicine is going to have to shift to a
light-color-sound format, because nothing else will
work properly. It has to move in that direction, because that is what
we are becoming.
Being spiritually evolved doesn't mean that you listen to every
lecture, buy every book, retain all the notes and
watched all the movies. Spiritual evolution comes out of experience
only, because only out of experience do you gain
wisdom.
Changing Consciousness
Becoming a Leader
Because we are essentially like hamsters inside a cage, spinning on the
wheel, we are not moving because we are still
inside the cage. Even if you jump off the wheel, you are still inside
the cage. The idea is to eliminate the cage
completely.
Practice not being in a survival mode of consciousness. Just do it for
15 minutes a day, if you can, then try extending
the period of time. Get into a space where you have everything you need
in your life. Everything is right there. Now,
all thought creates reality. So, for 15 minutes a day, you just
convince yourself, and if you can't pretend, then pretend
to pretend. Whatever it takes. Do you know what will happen? That 15
minute period will start to happen many times
a day, all by itself, and you won't even realize it. It will just be a
mode of being that will become part of your life. Do
you have any idea how much energy it takes to take yourself from 11th
density and focus in to this little box? This tiny
box. It's awesome.
The Law of Consistency is that everybody evolves together. No one falls
behind. If one is held back, then we are all
held back. This is what 4th density is. It's essentially a group mind
where we honestly care about each other. It's not
about money, power, greed, material things, sex, religion and all of
that. This part of me that you see is only one
percent of who I am. You are seeing a copy. You are seeing a
holographic projection and image that I have projected from myself that
has materialized in 3rd density. You may come up and
shake my hand, but your not shaking all of
me. Now, there is a lot of change coming. A lot of folks are not
prepared
for it. You have it within you to help to be
teachers. To help pull the race together. There are outside influences
here already and more of them coming that are
going to try and divide us as a race. We can lose, but we can forestall
graduation. We don't want to do that if we can
help it. You must stand in your power. You have to do that yourself,
and there is only one requirement - to believe in
yourselves. If you don't believe in yourself, go back and look at
everything everybody ever told you culturally and just
erase it, because it is a lie. It's a lie. They were wrong. Again,
stand in your strength. Stand in your love. Be who you are.
Remember that the word warrior meant a person
who is not afraid to be who they are. To be who you are every single
moment, whether somebody likes it or not. It
doesn't matter what other people think if you are being impeccable. As
long as you don't do something to hurt them,
consciously, it doesn't matter what they think. How many of you that
have been shaped by peer pressure are happier
because of it? None of you.
The New World Order will do anything to formulate itself. It will in
fact do that, but it's life will be short-lived. In other
words, they will set up the structure and framework for a manipulative
world order, but just when they think they
have it nailed down, the rug will be pulled out from under them, and
the people will then rise up and assume the
leadership role on the planet.
Just Do It! Alex
O Great Spirit,
Whose voice I hear in the winds,
And whose breath gives life to all the world,
Hear Me. I am small and weak, I need your
strength and wisdom
Let me walk in Beauty, and make my eyes ever behold
the red and purple sunset
Make My Hands respect the things you have made and my ears
sharp to hear your voice
Make Me Wise so that I may understand
the things you have taught my People
Let Me Learn the lessons you have hidden in every leaf and rock
I Seek Strength, not to be greater than my brother,
but to fight my greatest enemy - myself.
Make Me Always ready to come to you with
clean hands and straight eyes
So, When Life Fades, as the fading sunset,
my spirit may come to you without shame.
Ahoe!
1997,1998 United States of America.
Please note that this online edition does not include graphics that
appear in the printed book.
Chapter 1 - The
Extraterrestrial Global Connection
The Draconians and the Paa Tal
Humans Have the Ability to Create Without
Technology
The Hierarchy in Our Galaxy
Time Travel Permits Altering Consciousness of a Race
The Abduction of Humans
The Rest of the Galactic Hierarchy
The Andromedan Council
The Negative Hierarchy: 932 to 3,700 Years Ahead
Forbidden Planet: U.S. Military, Montauk and Altair
Earth Humans: The Race That Kills Itself
To Believe or Not to Believe: That Is The Question
Space is the Place to Really See Your Face
History: More of a Circle Than a Spiral
Things Change, But They Remain the Same
The NSA: Black Monks, Alpha 1&2 and MJ-12
Project Blue Moon, Alpha 1 and Alpha 2
Our Moon's Forbidden History
Mars: Cultural Propaganda vs. Reality
Tetrahedronal Geometry and Magnetic Frequency
Generation
Holographic Image Technology
Life in the Cosmos: Bullets
The UN Global Biosphere Program
Flights Among the Stars: Spirit Journeys
Intention, Following Instinct and Frequency Shift
Effects
Hale-Bopp: The Blue Star and the Empire Strikes
Back
The Future, Self-Responsibility and Self-Determinism
The Andromedan Perspective on Human Biblical
Matters
The Andromedan Perspective: The Next Nine Years
More on the In-Human UN Biodiversity Treaty
Free-Thinking Humans Appear to Be the Enemy
Humans Shackled By Lack of Vision
If We Are Eternal, Then What's All the Fear About?
Belief Systems and the Creation of Physical Reality
Earth Evolution in Progress
Planetary Oxygen Level Near Critical Level
Who's The Real Power Here?
Sirius B Humanoids
Our Solar System At Fifth Density: Transforms in
Progress
About the Space of Fear
Withholding Love Creates Perpetual Disintegration
Reincarnational Souls of Influential Planetary
Personages
About the Subject of Walk-ins
The Concept of the Second Coming and Related
Topics
Nazi Scientists and Time-Traveling Greys in 1931
The Paa-Tal Redoux
Our Ancient Heritage in the Lyraen System
The Draconians: A Beginning Dialogue
On the Subject of Intention
Intent as the Primal Force of Creation
Questions and Answers
Chapter 2 - An Andromedan Update: The Alex Collier
at 1996 Global Sciences
Time for Us to "Walk the Talk"
The Andromedans from the Star System Zenetae
Consciousness as the Scale of Illumination
The Brain, the Speed of Light and Evolution
The Threat to Elitists of Our Unlimited Spiritual
Potential
Time to Get It Together and Collectively "Kick Ass"
Regarding the Frequency Shift and Third Density
Implosion
In the Final Analysis, All We Have is Each Other
The Andromedans Define Our Future
Corporate and Government of the Current Situation
Solar System and Slide Program Commentary
An Initial Protocol for Personal Extraterrestrial
Contact
Andromedan vs Earth Educational Systems
Probable Events That Might Occur in the Next Few
Years
The Andromedan Perspective on the Concept of Time
contents.html (1 of 4)
Chapter 3 - Alex Collier Lectures At the American
Gnostic School, Nov 1996
The True Meaning of the term "Warrior"
The Love You Withhold is the Pain You Carry
Human Genetic Transfers and Reincarnation
Human Evolutionary Stages of Development
The Issue of "Fear" and the Changes Around Us
What Makes a Human Being
Most Humans Haven't a Clue What's Happening
Human Children Being Taken Off the Planet Each Year
The Implosion of the Government Begins in 1997
The Andromedan Holographic Language
More on the Upcoming Dimensional Changes
Intervention Changes Reality for Everyone
Effects Between Now and 2013 Are Long-Term
The Human Concept of "Angels"
More On What Will Happen in the Next Ten Years
On the Meaning of the Use of Feathers By Native
Americans
Questions and Answers
Chapter 4 - Leading Edge Research Interviews Alex
Collier
More on the Magnetic Color-Sound Frequency
On a Misteaching in Metaphysics
General Trends of Humanoid Races in the Universe
General Observations on Andromedan Society
Other Races Associated With Andromedans
The Draconian Royal Line
The "Rescue Mission"
Galactic Interplay Behind the Scenes
Captured Human Souls
When the Dominos Start to Fall
Which Side of the Coin is What You See?
World Leaders At Gizeh in 2000
A Higher Agenda Which Involves Us As Souls
Chapter 5 - Leading Edge Followup Interview with Alex
Collier, May 5, 1996
A Planetary Update
More on Draconian Activities With Human Children
An Update on Benevolent ET's on Earth
More on the Sirians
When the Andromedans Arrive and the Prime
Directive
Time Travel and Changing Agenda
Parallel Earth Reality Systems and Implosion
The Union of American Republics
Intelligence Agencies Living in a Synthetic Reality
Creation of Probable Reality Streams
Special Children Now Being Born on Earth
Helping the Teens of Today
Thoughts on Upcoming Earth Changes
The Andromedan Concept of the Creator
Chapter 6 - Leading Edge Followup Interview with Alex
Collier, Jan 12, 1997
Male-Female Relationships in Andromedan Society
More on the History of the Zentaen Civilization
General Queries on Submitted Questions
Giza Triangular Ratios Related to the Orion Group
Mathematical Sequences, Synchronicity and Reality
Creation
More on the Nature of the Draconian Civilization
Hale-Bopp Draconians Might Visit the USA First
Who's Staffing the Hale-Bopp Complex?
The Hale-Bopp Complex as Potential Control Scenario
Hale-Bopp Draconians as Possibly a Rogue Group
Our Main Sun Is Already Beginning a Pole Shift
The Hale-Bopp Companion
Potential Hale-Bopp Tail Debris Impacting Earth
An Andromedan View of the Nature of the Soul
The Nature of Niburu
Getting Down to Brass Tacks
Control Factions to Synthesize Racial Problems as
Distraction
The Year of the Turning Point: 1998
Prejudice and Racism Learned from Extraterrestrial
Source
Attempts to Use Our Own Free Will Against Our
Interests
Opening A Can of Worms: Analysis of "Requests for
Help"
Andromedan Council Will Intervene: Collective Intent
Vital
Concept of the "Rapture" is Psychologically
Dysfunctional
Hypothetical Events Changing Planetary
Consciousness
Most Probable Order of Transformative Events to
Come
Transnational Corporations Now Stuck in Own Mess
Vasais: Creating A New Reality and Different Way of
Life
An Andromedan View of the "Astral Plane"
An Andromedan View of "Truth" On Earth At This
Time
More on Civilizations in Various Star Systems
The Nature of Andromedan Music and Composition
Chapter 7 - Ancillary Reference Materials, Lectures and Information
An Essay on the Concept of Leadership
An Essay on the Relationship With the Is-ness
More on the Characteristics of the Evolution of New
Densities
Dealing With Current Social Crisis
Some Historical Aspects of Human Physiology and
Genetics
A Telepathic Statement from Moraney on Election Eve,
Nov 1996
Greys and the Earth Agenda - A 1995 Lecture
Maps of Planetary Underground Bases
Our Solar System and Earth's Future - A 1995
Lecture
Current Moon Bases and Their History - A 1995
Lecture
Maps of Moon Bases and Other Features
Clones and Creation of Ourselves
Weather Modification and Engineering Technology
On Creation
Secret Colonies on Mars
The Holographic Record of Christianity
Creation of Our Universe
Inside the Planet: The Hollow Earth
Fourth and Fifth Density: 2013
Changing Consciousness
Maintaining Impeccability: A Personal Note from the Editor
This whole project involving the work of Alex Collier has been more
than a year in the planning, and has taken literally hundreds of hours
to accomplish. Every effort has been made to capture the essence of the
message that is being brought to us, in that we may make use of it for
self-empowerment and for planetary evolution.
The release of this book in 1997, it is hoped, will assist the process
of planetary change in a positive and progressive way.